Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 23, 2012

Registration No. 333-177332

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 3

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

C HEMO C ENTRYX , I NC .

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  

2834

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  

94-3254365

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

850 Maude Avenue

Mountain View, CA 94043

(650) 210-2900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

ChemoCentryx, Inc.

850 Maude Avenue Mountain View, CA 94043

(650) 210-2900

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Thomas A. Edwards, Esq.      Alan F. Denenberg, Esq.
Michael E. Sullivan, Esq.      Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
Latham & Watkins LLP      1600 El Camino Real
12636 High Bluff Drive, Suite 400      Menlo Park, CA 94025
San Diego, CA 92130      (650) 752-2000
(858) 523-5400     

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

 

Accelerated filer   ¨

  

Non-accelerated filer   x

 

Smaller reporting company   ¨

                                       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $73,600,000   $8,434.56

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

(3)

Of this amount, the Registrant previously paid $7,907.40 in connection with this Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-117332, filed on October 14, 2011, as amended.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated January 23, 2012

Prospectus

4,000,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of common stock by ChemoCentryx, Inc. We are selling 4,000,000 shares of common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.

 

 

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CCXI.”

 

 

 

    

Per share

     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                    $                

Proceeds to ChemoCentryx, before expenses

   $                    $                

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 600,000 additional shares of common stock to cover their over-allotment.

Glaxo Group Limited and Techne Corporation, two of our principal stockholders, have agreed to purchase $7.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of our common stock in separate private placements concurrent with the completion of this offering at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. The sale of such shares of common stock will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock on or about                     , 2012.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan   Citigroup

Cowen and Company

                    , 2012


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     42   

Use of Proceeds

     43   

Dividend Policy

     44   

Capitalization

     45   

Dilution

     47   

Selected Financial Data

     49   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     51   

Business

     65   

Management

     104   
     Page  

Executive and Director Compensation

     109   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     137   

Principal Stockholders

     139   

Description of Capital Stock

     143   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     147   

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     150   

Underwriting

     154   

Legal Matters

     158   

Experts

     158   

Where You Can Find More Information

     158   
 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell shares of our common stock. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

Until                     , 2012 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 and our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Overview

ChemoCentryx is a biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing orally-administered therapeutics to treat autoimmune diseases, inflammatory disorders and cancer. Our approach has been to target the chemokine system, a network of molecules including chemokine ligands and their associated receptors, as well as related chemo-attractant receptors, all of which are known to drive inflammation. Chemokine ligands concentrate at the site of an inflammatory event, serving as signals that attract and guide inflammatory cells to the tissue, where, based on the chemokine ligand and receptor combination, a specific inflammatory response is initiated. In certain diseases, discrete chemokine receptors that play a specific role in the pathology of interest have been identified, and the therapeutic goal is to specifically inhibit that receptor to provide clinical benefit. Accordingly, each of our drug candidates is a small molecule designed to target a specific chemokine or chemo-attractant receptor, thereby blocking the inflammatory response driven by that particular chemokine while leaving the rest of the immune system unaffected. Using our pioneering insights and proprietary technologies designed to better understand the chemokine system, we believe that we have established the broadest pipeline of novel drugs targeting chemokine receptors. Our compounds are designed to be highly potent, selective to minimize the risk of off-target effects and orally-available for improved patient compliance. As small molecules, they are also easier and less costly to manufacture than protein therapeutics, or biologics.

We currently have five drug candidates in clinical development and expect to advance one additional drug candidate into clinical development in 2012. The following table summarizes the status of our drug candidates and preclinical programs:

LOGO

Our drug candidates include: Traficet-EN (CCX282 or GSK’786), our most advanced drug candidate, currently in three pivotal Phase III clinical trials being conducted by our partner Glaxo Group Limited, or GSK,

 

 

1


Table of Contents

an affiliate of GlaxoSmithKline, for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease; CCX140, our lead independent drug candidate, which successfully completed a Phase II clinical trial in type 2 diabetics and is currently in two Phase II clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy, a form of kidney disease; CCX354, which successfully completed a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, or RA; CCX168, currently in a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic antibody, or ANCA-associated vasculitis, or AAV; CCX832, which completed a Phase I clinical trial and, subject to further discussion with GSK, is expected to enter a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of skin inflammation; and CCX662, our independent drug candidate for the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, which is expected to enter a Phase I clinical trial in the second half of 2012. CCX140 and CCX662 are wholly owned and are being developed independently by us, while Traficet-EN, CCX354, CCX168 and CCX832 are subject to our collaboration agreement with GSK. We are also advancing several additional independent drug candidates through preclinical development. In addition, our strategy has been to identify next generation compounds related to our drug candidates. All of our drug candidates, including those under our collaboration agreement with GSK, have been internally discovered.

Traficet-EN is intended to control the inflammatory response underlying inflammatory bowel disease, or IBD, by targeting the chemokine receptor known as CCR9. In adults, CCR9 is found primarily on a population of T cells, a subset of the body’s inflammatory cells, that migrate selectively to the digestive tract. It is believed that when CCR9’s ligand, CCL25 (also known as TECK), is over-expressed, the migration of T cells to the small and large intestine causes persistent inflammation that may result in Crohn’s disease or ulcerative colitis, the two forms of IBD. We have completed nine clinical trials with Traficet-EN in a total of 785 subjects, including five Phase I clinical trials, one Thorough QT study (an assessment of cardiovascular safety which is required for regulatory approval), and three Phase II clinical trials. We completed our PROTECT-1 Phase II clinical trial in 436 patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease in 2009. Results from this clinical trial indicated that Traficet-EN was effective in inducing a clinical response over a 12-week treatment period. The results also indicated that Traficet-EN was effective in maintaining clinical remission over a 36-week treatment period. Traficet-EN was safe and well tolerated in all clinical trials completed to date. In December 2009, GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license to further develop and commercialize Traficet-EN. To date, GSK has initiated three pivotal Phase III clinical trials with Traficet-EN in Crohn’s disease. If approved, Traficet-EN would be the first oral agent with a novel mechanism of action introduced for the treatment of Crohn’s disease since the introduction of corticosteroids and oral immunosuppressants.

CCX140, our lead independent drug candidate, targets the chemokine receptor known as CCR2. CCX140 is a potent and selective antagonist of CCR2 that is found on subsets of monocytes and macrophages, which are cells of the immune system believed to play an important role in inflammatory processes. Blocking CCR2 is intended to reduce the abnormal monocyte and macrophage driven inflammatory response implicated in renal disease. In addition, we have shown that levels of CCL2, the main ligand for CCR2, are elevated in the kidneys of patients with diabetic nephropathy, which is characterized by a persistent and usually progressive decline in renal function. Current treatments of patients with diabetic nephropathy primarily focus on treatment of the underlying type 2 diabetes and hypertension. Given that the current standard of care does not halt or reverse the progression of diabetic patients with impaired kidney function to end-stage renal disease, we believe that an unmet medical need persists for the treatment of diabetic nephropathy. As a precursor to our clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy, in January 2011, we completed a 159-patient randomized Phase II clinical trial to assess the safety and tolerability of CCX140 in patients with type 2 diabetes, the most common cause of diabetic nephropathy. CCX140 was safe and well tolerated in this trial. In addition, CCX140 demonstrated biological activity through a dose-dependent decrease in fasting plasma glucose. The highest dose of 10mg CCX140 administered once-daily also lowered hemoglobin A1c, or HbA1c, with statistical significance over a four-week period. CCX140 is currently in two Phase II clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy and we expect to complete these clinical trials by the end of 2012, provided that we do not increase the sample size of, or add additional dose groups to, the larger of these clinical trials.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

CCX354 targets the chemokine receptor known as CCR1. Synovial fluid from the joints of RA patients contains high levels of activated CCR1 chemokine ligands. Blocking CCR1 is intended to reduce inflammation and prevent subsequent joint destruction by suppressing the infiltration of inflammatory cells into the arthritic joint. We successfully completed two Phase I clinical trials in a total of 84 healthy subjects, followed by a Phase I/II clinical trial in 24 patients with stable RA and a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial in 160 patients with moderate-to-severe RA. Results from this clinical trial demonstrated that patients who met inclusion criteria at the start of dosing had an ACR20 response at Week 12 of 56% in patients receiving 200mg of CCX354 once-daily compared to 44% in patients receiving 100mg of CCX354 twice-daily and 30% in patients receiving placebo. ACR20, ACR50 and ACR70 responses refer to patients who achieve a 20%, 50% and 70% improvement, respectively, according to criteria set by the American College of Rheumatology, or ACR. The ACR20 response difference between the 200mg CCX354 once-daily and placebo groups was statistically significant (p=0.014). The decrease in C-reactive protein, or CRP, a marker of inflammation, was statistically significant in the 200mg CCX354 once-daily group compared to placebo at Week 12 (p=0.023). CCX354 was well tolerated by patients in this clinical trial. This successful Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial triggered GSK’s option rights under our collaboration agreement. GSK exercised its option to further develop and commercialize CCX354 in November 2011 and has an exclusive right to initiate a Phase IIb clinical trial for CCX354 in RA.

CCX168 targets the chemo-attractant C5a receptor, or C5aR, which binds to a biologically activated fragment of the complement protein known as C5. Chemo-attractant receptors are related to the chemokine receptor family and similarly regulate the migration of certain types of inflammatory cells. C5aR is thought to play a role in a range of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases such as AAV, lupus, and psoriasis. We completed a Phase I clinical trial for CCX168, which showed that CCX168 was well tolerated at doses up to 100mg. We initiated a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial in AAV in the fourth quarter of 2011 and expect to complete this clinical trial by the end of 2012. If this clinical trial is successfully completed, GSK may exercise its option to further develop and commercialize CCX168 under our collaboration agreement.

CCX832 targets the chemo-attractant receptor known as ChemR23. This molecule has been designed to block the pro-inflammatory effects of chemerin, the ligand for ChemR23. Elevated chemerin levels are seen in multiple inflammatory skin diseases, including cutaneous lupus, oral lichen planus and psoriasis. In preclinical studies to date, CCX832 has demonstrated the ability to successfully block ChemR23 and to interrupt the early steps associated with the development of skin inflammation. CCX832 has completed a Phase I clinical trial in 40 healthy subjects and, subject to further discussion with GSK, we expect to advance this drug candidate into a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of skin inflammation. If this clinical trial is successfully completed, GSK may exercise its option to further develop and commercialize CCX832 under our collaboration agreement.

CCX662 is our independent drug candidate that is a highly potent and selective small molecule compound which targets CXCR7, a novel chemokine receptor that we believe plays a key role in the survival of certain tumor cells. Of particular interest is the role that CXCR7 appears to play in the development of GBM, the deadliest of all brain cancers. In animal studies, CCX662 demonstrated safety and efficacy against GBM. We are in preclinical development with this drug candidate and anticipate initiation of Phase I clinical trials in patients with GBM in the second half of 2012.

We have developed a suite of proprietary technologies, which we call the EnabaLink drug discovery engine, to better understand the chemokine system and to accelerate the identification of small molecule lead compounds that target and inhibit the function of specific chemokine receptors. We believe this platform provides us with an advantage in the rapid identification of highly specific drug candidates. An important element of this platform is our thorough map of the chemokine network which allows us to better understand how a given chemokine-chemokine receptor interaction impacts the migration of cells in a given disease. With this understanding, we can apply our advanced screening methodologies, including a purpose-built high-throughput robotic screening technology, known as the Reverse Activation of Migration, or RAM, Assay, to identify small

 

 

3


Table of Contents

molecule antagonists for the chemokine receptor most closely associated with a specific disease. The RAM Assay is designed to markedly reduce or eliminate non-specific inhibitors and toxic inhibitors of cell migration, resulting in highly specific lead candidates. This technology allows us to screen against targets that are not accessible with traditional technologies, providing us with what we believe to be a competitive advantage in drug discovery. We have used our EnabaLink drug discovery engine in our drug candidate programs and continue to apply these powerful research tools in our early stage drug discovery efforts.

Thomas Schall, Ph.D., our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, has more than 25 years of research experience in the field of chemokine biology and has contributed broadly to the understanding of chemokines and their receptors in human disease. Since our founding, we have raised $383.8 million, of which $175.0 million has been in the form of convertible debt and equity financings and $208.7 million in the form of collaboration funding and government contracts and grants. As of September 30, 2011, we had $81.2 million of cash, cash equivalents and investments. In December 2011, we received a $25.0 million option exercise payment under our strategic alliance with GSK (described below) with respect to CCX354 which is reflected in the collaboration funding described above. We believe that our broad pipeline of oral drug candidates, our ability to advance unique, highly specific compounds into and through clinical development across diverse indications and our proprietary drug discovery technologies provide us with distinct advantages that will enable us to continue to exploit the extensive pharmacologic potential of the chemokine system.

Strategic Alliance with GSK

In August 2006, we entered into our strategic alliance with GSK. We have received $245.7 million from GSK, consisting of up-front and milestone payments, equity investments, research funding and option exercise fees. Under the terms of our agreement with GSK, we are responsible for the discovery and development of small molecule antagonists targeting four defined chemokine and chemo-attractant receptor targets (CCR9, CCR1, C5aR and ChemR23) and for advancing them through clinical proof-of-concept. If we demonstrate successful clinical proof-of-concept, GSK is entitled to options to exclusively license drug candidates that are subject to the collaboration and two defined back-up compounds for each drug candidate for further development and commercialization on a worldwide basis. Upon exercising any of its options to drug candidates under the collaboration, GSK is solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures worldwide with respect to that drug candidate and its two designated back-up compounds. In exchange for the rights granted to GSK upon the exercise of its options, we are also entitled to receive regulatory and commercial milestone payments, as earned under the terms of our agreement, and royalties on the net sales of licensed drugs. The agreement contemplated up to six drug options, each of which covers a drug candidate against the four defined targets, including Traficet-EN (CCR9), CCX354 (CCR1), CCX168 (C5aR) and CCX832 (ChemR23), and their associated back-up compounds. The other two drug options were for second generation drug candidates and their associated back-up compounds. However, we and GSK chose not to nominate second generation drug candidates against any of the four defined targets during the agreement’s research term, which has expired. GSK has already exercised its options to Traficet-EN and CCX354 and each of their two respective defined back-up compounds. Thus, GSK’s only remaining options are to CCX168 and CCX832 and their associated back-up compounds. If GSK does not exercise its options to CCX168 or CCX832, we will evaluate our alternatives for further development of these drug candidates, which may entail internally developing these drug candidates or identifying other collaboration partners for their development.

Strategy

Our strategy includes the following key elements:

 

   

Collaborate with GSK in the Phase III clinical development and commercialization of Traficet-EN for IBD and in the further development and commercialization of CCX354;

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Forward integrate into a commercial biopharmaceutical company by driving the development and commercialization of our lead independent drug candidate, CCX140, currently in Phase II clinical development for diabetic nephropathy;

 

   

Advance our other two drug candidates under our collaboration with GSK;

 

   

Expand our clinical stage portfolio of internally discovered, independent drug candidates;

 

   

Leverage our expertise and proprietary technologies to continue discovering and developing a broad pipeline of novel chemokine-based therapeutics; and

 

   

Commercialize our drug candidates in specialty markets in North America and partner outside North America and in primary care markets worldwide.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our ability to implement our current business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

   

our dependence on the success of Traficet-EN, CCX140 and our other drug candidates;

 

   

delays in obtaining, or a failure to obtain, regulatory approval for our drug candidates;

 

   

our dependence on GSK for the success of the drug candidates that it licenses from us;

 

   

failure of any approved product to achieve significant commercial acceptance in the medical community or receive reimbursement by third-party payors;

 

   

unfavorable clinical trial results;

 

   

our dependence upon third parties under our licensing, collaboration, contract research and manufacturing agreements;

 

   

delays in product launch;

 

   

failure to maintain and protect our proprietary intellectual property assets; and

 

   

failure to acquire licenses necessary to commercialize any of our drug candidates, including Traficet-EN and CCX140.

In addition, all of our drug candidates are subject to regulatory approval by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and comparable agencies in other countries. Traficet-EN, CCX140, CCX354, CCX168 and CCX832 are our only drug candidates currently in clinical trials and none of them has received regulatory approval. We cannot give any assurance that they, or any other drug candidates we may develop or acquire, will receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized.

We have not generated any revenue to date from product sales and have incurred significant operating losses since our inception in 1997 (other than during the year ended December 31, 2009, when we generated net income of $15.6 million). We incurred net losses of $18.5 million in 2008, $3.1 million in 2010, and $22.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $112.5 million and we expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We are unable to predict the extent of future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Even if we succeed in developing and commercializing one or more of our drug candidates, we may never generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability.

Concurrent Private Placements

GSK and Techne Corporation, or Techne, have agreed to purchase $7.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of our common stock in separate private placements concurrent with the completion of this offering

 

 

5


Table of Contents

at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. The sale of such shares of common stock will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Corporate Information

We commenced operations in 1997. Our principal offices are located at 850 Maude Avenue, Mountain View, California 94043, and our telephone number is (650) 210-2900. Our website address is http://www.chemocentryx.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have a wholly owned subsidiary, ChemoCentryx Limited, organized under the laws of the United Kingdom that is currently inactive. Unless the context requires otherwise, in this prospectus the terms “ChemoCentryx,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and our subsidiary taken as a whole unless otherwise noted.

ChemoCentryx ® , the ChemoCentryx logo, Traficet™ and Traficet-EN™ are our trademarks in the United States, the European Community, Australia and Japan. EnabaLink ® and RAM ® are our trademarks in the United States. Each of the other trademarks, trade names or service marks appearing in this prospectus belongs to its respective holder.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us in this offering

4,000,000 Shares (or 4,600,000 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)

 

Common stock to be sold by us to GSK in the concurrent private placement (assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus))

466,666 Shares

 

Common stock to be sold by us to Techne in the concurrent private placement (assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus))

333,333 Shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne and the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne

34,020,576 Shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $53.3 million, or approximately $61.7 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will also receive $12.0 million from the sale of 799,999 shares of common stock in the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne, at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne to further develop our lead independent drug candidate CCX140, to advance CCX168, CCX832 and CCX662 further in clinical development, for the research and development of additional drug candidates and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

CCXI

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after (1) this offering, (2) the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne and (3) the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne (see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationships with Techne”), is based on 28,551,901 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011 (assuming conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock), and an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and excludes the following:

 

   

4,172,318 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options having a weighted-average exercise price of $4.72 per share;

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

159,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants having an exercise price of $5.20 per share;

 

   

59,009 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future option grants under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan;

 

   

150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants, with an exercise price per share equal to 200% of the initial public offering price of our common stock, which warrants will be issued to Techne upon the completion of this offering.

 

   

3,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future option grants under our 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan;

 

   

300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

   

the issuance of an additional 12,044 shares of our common stock upon the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne, assuming a conversion date of February 10, 2012, at a conversion price equal to the assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus:

 

   

reflects the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,332,186 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

assumes the adoption of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option;

 

   

reflects the issuance and sale of 799,999 shares of common stock in the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus);

 

   

reflects the issuance of 668,676 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, as a result of the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne, based upon the outstanding principal and interest under this note as of September 30, 2011, at a conversion price equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and

 

   

reflects a one-for-two reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected before the completion of this offering.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 and as of September 30, 2011 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and are not indicative of results to be expected for the full year. You should read this data together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data reflects (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,332,186 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering, (2) the issuance and sale by us of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (3) the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne of $7.0 million and $5.0 million of our common stock, respectively, and (4) the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price, in each case at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
                      (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

         

Revenues:

         

Collaborative research and development revenue from related party

  $ 23,551      $ 49,744      $ 34,861      $ 21,746      $ 5,621   

Grant revenue

    536                               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues:

    24,087        49,744        34,861        21,746        5,621   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    35,056        27,474        33,527        25,385        22,914   

General and administrative

    9,157        6,575        7,292        5,363        5,721   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    44,213        34,049        40,819        30,748        28,635   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (20,126     15,695        (5,958     (9,002     (23,014

Interest income

    1,762        297        436        322        319   

Interest expense

    (129     (76     (81     (60     (170

Other income

                  2,434        490        16   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (18,493     15,916        (3,169     (8,250     (22,849

Income tax benefit (expense)

    23        (293     73        73          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (18,470   $ 15,623      $ (3,096   $ (8,177   $ (22,849
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share (1)

  $ (4.52   $ 0.56      $ (0.76   $ (2.01   $ (5.49
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share (1)

  $ (4.52   $ 0.53      $ (0.76   $ (2.01   $ (5.49
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share

    4,087,181        3,961,640        4,081,648        4,077,347        4,162,309   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share

    4,087,181        29,256,423        4,081,648        4,077,347        4,162,309   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (unaudited) (1)

      $ (0.11     $ (0.80
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

        28,210,296          28,471,126   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2011  
     Actual     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

    

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

   $ 81,182      $ 146,482   

Working capital

     64,964        130,264   

Total assets

     85,365        150,665   

Non-current equipment financing obligations

     1,040        1,040   

Convertible note from related party

     10,060          

Accumulated deficit

     (112,530     (112,530

Total stockholders’ equity

     56,955        132,315   

 

(1)

See Note 2 within the notes to our consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted loss per share.

 

(2)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, cash equivalents and investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $3.7 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all information contained in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and if we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the market value of our common stock will likely decline.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company. We do not currently have any products approved for sale, and we continue to incur significant research and development and general and administrative expenses related to our operations. Our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $18.5 million, $3.1 million and $22.8 million, respectively (we generated net income of $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009). As of September 30, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of $112.5 million. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We expect these losses and our cash utilization to increase in the near term as we continue to conduct clinical trials for CCX140, CCX168, CCX832 and CCX662 and conduct research and development of our other drug candidates. Glaxo Group Limited, or GSK, an affiliate of GlaxoSmithKline, has assumed all funding obligations for the further clinical development and commercialization of Traficet-EN and CCX354. If GSK exercises its option for further development and commercialization of any of our drug candidates subject to the agreement, it will assume all funding obligations with respect to further clinical development of such drug candidates, but if it does not exercise such options, we will be responsible for such funding obligations. All of our products are in development and none has been approved for sale. To date, we have derived all of our revenues from up-front fees and milestone payments, other payments pursuant to our collaboration agreements and government grants and contracts for research and development. We do not anticipate that we will generate revenue from the sale of our products for the foreseeable future. In addition, if approved, we expect to incur significant costs to commercialize our drug candidates and our drugs may never gain market acceptance. If our drug candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials, do not gain regulatory approval, or do not achieve market acceptance, we may never become profitable. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the market value of our common stock will likely decline. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing pharmaceutical products, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or whether we will become profitable.

The commercial success of Traficet-EN depends, in large part, on the development and marketing efforts of GSK, and if GSK is unable to perform in accordance with the terms of our agreement, or is unable to obtain the required regulatory approvals for Traficet-EN, our potential to generate future revenue from this drug candidate would be significantly reduced and our business would be materially and adversely harmed.

Since inception, we have invested a significant portion of our time and financial resources in the development of our most advanced drug candidate, Traficet-EN. We currently have four other drug candidates in clinical trials, but we anticipate that our ability to generate significant product revenues in the near term will depend primarily on the successful development, regulatory approval, marketing and commercialization of Traficet-EN by us or by GSK, which is subject to significant uncertainty. In particular, we rely on GSK to fund and conduct the current pivotal Phase III trials with respect to Traficet-EN. Any of the following events or factors could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue from the commercialization of Traficet-EN:

 

   

GSK may be unable to successfully complete the clinical development of Traficet-EN;

 

   

GSK must comply with additional requests and recommendations from the FDA, including additional clinical trials;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

GSK may not obtain all necessary approvals from the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies;

 

   

GSK may not commit sufficient resources to the development, regulatory approval, marketing and distribution of Traficet-EN;

 

   

Traficet-EN must be manufactured in compliance with requirements of the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies and in commercial quantities sufficient to meet market demand;

 

   

Traficet-EN may not achieve market acceptance by physicians, patients and third party payors;

 

   

Traficet-EN may not compete successfully against alternative products and therapies; and

 

   

We, GSK or any other pharmaceutical organization may independently develop products that compete with Traficet-EN.

In order to obtain approval from the FDA of a new drug application, or NDA, for Traficet-EN, GSK will need to demonstrate through evidence from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials that Traficet-EN is safe and effective for each proposed indication. However, Traficet-EN may not be approved even though it achieved its specified endpoints in the current and/or future pivotal Phase III clinical trials intended to support an NDA which may be conducted by GSK. The FDA may disagree with the trial design and the interpretation of data from clinical trials, may ask GSK to conduct additional costly and time consuming clinical trials in order to obtain marketing approval or approval to enter into an advanced phase of development, or may change the requirements for approval even after it has reviewed and commented on the design for our clinical trials. The FDA may also approve Traficet-EN for fewer or more limited indications than GSK may request, or may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-approval clinical trials. In addition, the FDA may not approve the labeling claims that we believe are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of Traficet-EN.

If GSK or any of our future collaboration partners does not perform in the manner we expect or fulfill its responsibilities in a timely manner, or at all, the clinical development, regulatory approval, and commercialization efforts related to Traficet-EN could be delayed or terminated. It may be necessary for us to assume the responsibility at our own expense for the development of Traficet-EN. In that event, we would likely be required to limit the size and scope of one or more of our programs or increase our expenditures and seek additional funding and our potential to generate future revenue from Traficet-EN would be significantly reduced and our business would be materially and adversely harmed.

If clinical proof-of-concept is not achieved with respect to our remaining drug candidates under our strategic alliance with GSK, if GSK does not exercise its options thereunder, if the further development and commercialization efforts of GSK are not successful with respect to drug candidates for which it does exercise its options thereunder, or if GSK terminates the alliance or a particular program thereunder, we will not receive any additional revenue under the alliance with respect to such programs and our results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

In August 2006, we entered into our strategic alliance with GSK. Under the terms of our agreement, we are responsible for the discovery and development of small molecule antagonists targeting four defined chemokine and chemo-attractant receptor targets (CCR9, CCR1, C5aR and ChemR23) and taking them through clinical proof-of-concept. If we demonstrate successful clinical proof-of-concept, GSK is entitled to options to exclusively license drug candidates that are subject to the collaboration and two defined back-up compounds for each drug candidate for further development and commercialization on a worldwide basis. The agreement contemplated up to six drug options, each of which covers a drug candidate against four defined targets, including Traficet-EN (CCR9), CCX354 (CCR1), CCX168 (C5aR) and CCX832 (ChemR23), and their associated back-up compounds. The other two drug options were for second generation drug candidates and their associated back-up compounds that would target any of the four collaboration targets. However, we and GSK chose not to nominate second generation drug candidates against any of the four defined targets during the agreement’s research term, which has expired. GSK has already exercised its options to Traficet-EN and CCX354 and each of their two respective defined back-up compounds. Thus, GSK’s only remaining options are to CCX168 and CCX832 and their associated back-up compounds.

 

12


Table of Contents

In December 2009, GSK exercised its option under the agreement to obtain an exclusive license for the further development and commercialization of Traficet-EN, our CCR9 drug candidate, and two identified back-up compounds. As a result of GSK’s exercise of this option, we are entitled to receive (x) up to $82.0 million, in the aggregate, consisting of (1) a non-refundable option exercise fee of $35.0 million and (2) up to $47.0 million in the aggregate for the filing of an NDA in the United States and comparable filings in other territories, (y) up to $75.0 million in the aggregate for the regulatory approval of products for commercial sale in the United States and other territories and (z) up to $250.0 million in sales milestones. In January 2010, after GSK obtained Hart-Scott-Rodino clearance for its option exercise, it paid us the option exercise fee of $35.0 million and assumed sole responsibility for the further development and commercialization of Traficet-EN and its two designated back-up compounds, at its expense, subject to our specified co-development and commercial participation rights.

In November 2011, GSK exercised its option under the agreement to obtain an exclusive license for the further development and commercialization of CCX354, our CCR1 drug candidate, and two identified back-up compounds. As a result of GSK’s exercise of this option, we are entitled to receive (x) up to $72.0 million, in the aggregate, consisting of (1) a non-refundable option exercise fee of $25.0 million and (2) up to $47.0 million in the aggregate for the filing of an NDA in the United States and comparable filings in other territories, (y) up to $75.0 million in the aggregate for the regulatory approval of products for commercial sale in the United States and other territories and (z) up to $125.0 million in sales milestones. In December 2011, GSK paid us the option exercise fee of $25.0 million and assumed sole responsibility for the further development and commercialization of CCX354 and its two designated back-up compounds, at its expense. There is no assurance that GSK will be successful in its further development and commercialization of CCX354 or that the relevant regulatory filing or approval or sales milestones can be achieved such that we will receive the related milestone payments.

If a given proof-of-concept trial for our CCX168 or CCX832 drug candidates is successfully completed and GSK elects to exercise its option to such drug candidate, we would be entitled to receive, as with CCX354, per drug candidate, (x) up to $72.0 million, in the aggregate, consisting of (1) an option exercise fee of $25.0 million and (2) up to $47.0 million in the aggregate for the filing of an NDA in the United States and comparable filings in other territories, (y) up to $75.0 million in the aggregate for the regulatory approval of products for commercial sale in the United States and other territories and (z) up to $125.0 million in sales milestones. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully complete a proof-of-concept trial for CCX168 or CCX832 or that the relevant regulatory filing or approval milestones can be achieved for any our programs so that we will receive the related option exercise fees and milestone payments. In addition, even if proof-of-concept trials for any of our drug candidates result in positive outcomes, GSK is under no obligation to exercise its option and we cannot assure you that GSK will exercise any of its remaining options, or that GSK will obtain Hart-Scott-Rodino clearance with respect to such options, to the extent that such approval is required.

GSK may terminate the entire collaboration agreement or any collaboration program on a program-by-program basis for any reason upon 90 days prior written notice to us. The agreement or any program under the agreement may also be terminated for cause under certain circumstances, including material breach and insolvency. In addition, GSK may terminate its rights with respect to the licensed product if it determines in good faith, for any reason, to cease the development and commercialization of such product and provides us with a written notice of such intent.

If GSK does not exercise its options with respect to our other development candidates, terminates its rights with respect to a licensed product, or terminates the agreement:

 

   

we would not be entitled to receive the relevant option exercise fees or milestone payments;

 

   

we would owe GSK up to 5% royalties with respect to drug candidates covered by the agreement which we elected to subsequently commercialize, depending upon the stage of development at which such product commercialization rights reverted back to us;

 

   

the development of our drug candidates subject to the agreement may be terminated or significantly delayed;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

we may be required to hire additional employees and allocate scarce resources to the development and commercialization of drug candidates that were previously the subject of the GSK agreement and as a result our cash expenditures could increase significantly;

 

   

we would bear all of the risks and costs related to the further development and commercialization of drug candidates that were previously the subject of the GSK agreement, including the reimbursement of third parties; and

 

   

we may need to establish alternative collaboration arrangements, and we may not be able to do so, or may not be able to do so on terms which are acceptable to us, in which case we would likely be required to limit the size or scope of one or more of our programs or increase our expenditures and seek substantial additional funding.

Any of these events would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The development of new drugs is a highly risky undertaking which involves a lengthy process, and our drug discovery and development activities therefore may not result in products that are approved by the applicable regulatory authorities on the time schedule we have planned, or at all.

Our drug candidates are in the early stages of drug discovery or clinical trials and are prone to the risks of failure inherent in drug development. As of the date of this prospectus, only five of our current drug candidates, Traficet-EN, CCX140, CCX354, CCX168 and CCX832 have been tested in human beings. We will need to conduct significant additional preclinical studies and clinical trials before we can demonstrate that any of our drug candidates is safe and effective to the satisfaction of the FDA and other regulatory authorities. Preclinical studies and clinical trials are expensive and uncertain processes that take years to complete. For example, we incurred significant expenses related to the IND filing and the completed single ascending dose Phase I clinical trial for CCX915, our first generation CCR2 drug candidate, which did not advance into Phase II clinical trials because its pharmacokinetic properties in humans did not meet our expectations. Failure can occur at any stage of the process, and we cannot assure you that any of our drug candidates will result in commercially successful products.

We cannot assure you that our ongoing clinical trials or any future clinical trial of any of our other drug candidates, will be completed on schedule, or at all, or whether our planned clinical trials will start in a timely manner. The commencement of our planned clinical trials could be substantially delayed or prevented by a number of factors, including:

 

   

delays or failures in obtaining sufficient quantities of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and/or drug product;

 

   

delays or failures in reaching agreement on acceptable clinical trial agreement terms or clinical trial protocols with prospective sites;

 

   

delays or failures in obtaining institutional review board, or IRB, approval to conduct a clinical trial at a prospective site;

 

   

the need to successfully complete, on a timely basis, preclinical safety pharmacology studies;

 

   

the limited number of, and competition for, suitable sites to conduct the clinical trials;

 

   

the limited number of, and competition for, suitable patients for enrollment in the clinical trials; and

 

   

delays or failures in obtaining regulatory approval to commence a clinical trial.

The completion of our clinical trials could also be substantially delayed or prevented by a number of factors, including:

 

   

slower than expected rates of patient recruitment and enrollment;

 

   

failure of patients to complete the clinical trials;

 

   

failure of our third party vendors to timely or adequately perform their contractual obligations relating to the clinical trials;

 

   

inability or unwillingness of patients or medical investigators to follow our clinical trial protocols;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

inability to monitor patients adequately during or after treatment;

 

   

termination of the clinical trials by one or more clinical trial sites;

 

   

unforeseen safety issues;

 

   

lack of efficacy demonstrated during clinical trials;

 

   

lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trials;

 

   

the need for unexpected discussions with the FDA or other foreign regulatory agencies regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials or the need to conduct additional trials;

 

   

unforeseen delays by the FDA or other foreign regulatory agencies after submission of our results;

 

   

an unfavorable FDA inspection of our contract manufacturers of API or drug product; and

 

   

inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial sites by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold.

Any failure or significant delay in completing clinical trials for our drug candidates would harm the commercial prospects for our drug candidates and adversely affect our financial results.

Additionally, changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. If we experience delays in completion of, or if we terminate, any of our clinical trials, the commercial prospects for our drug candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues will be delayed. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a drug candidate.

If we are required to suspend or discontinue clinical trials due to side effects or other safety risks, or if we are required to conduct studies on the long-term effects associated with the use of our drug candidates, our efforts to commercialize our products could be delayed or halted.

Our clinical trials may be suspended or terminated at any time for a number of safety-related reasons. For example, we may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that our drug candidates present an unacceptable safety risk to the clinical trial patients. In addition, IRBs or regulatory agencies may order the temporary discontinuation or termination of our clinical trials at any time if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, including if they present an unacceptable safety risk to patients. Administering any drug candidate to humans may produce undesirable side effects. The existence of undesirable side effects resulting from our drug candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities, such as the FDA, to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials of our drug candidates and could result in the FDA or other regulatory agencies denying further development or approval of our drug candidates for any or all targeted indications. This, in turn, could affect whether GSK exercises its remaining license options under our strategic alliance and could prevent us from commercializing our drug candidates.

Further, chemokine receptors and chemo-attractant receptors are a novel class of targets. As a result, we may experience unforeseen adverse side effects with our existing and future drug candidates, including Traficet-EN and CCX140. As of the date of this prospectus, five of our current drug candidates have been tested in human beings. Although we have not observed significant harmful side effects in prior studies of Traficet-EN, CCX140 or our other drug candidates, later trials could reveal such side effects. The pharmacokinetic profile of preclinical studies may not be indicative of results in any clinical trial. For example, prior to commencing our preclinical studies of our CCX140 drug candidate, we studied another drug candidate that targeted CCR2, which we abandoned after pharmacokinetic results were not as favorable in humans as in earlier preclinical animal studies. We have not conducted studies on the long-term effects associated with the use of our drug candidates. Studies of these long-term effects may be required for regulatory approval and would delay our introduction of

 

15


Table of Contents

Traficet-EN, CCX140 or our other drug candidates into the market. These studies could also be required at any time after regulatory approval of any of our drug candidates. Absence of long-term data may also limit the approved uses of our products, if any, to short-term use. Some or all of our drug candidates may prove to be unsafe for human use.

Even if our drug candidates do obtain regulatory approval they may never achieve market acceptance or commercial success.

Even if we obtain FDA or other regulatory approvals, our drug candidates may not achieve market acceptance among physicians, patients and third party payors and, ultimately, may not be commercially successful. Market acceptance of our drug candidates for which we receive approval depends on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the efficacy and safety as demonstrated in clinical trials;

 

   

the clinical indications for which the drug is approved;

 

   

acceptance by physicians, major operators of clinics and patients of the drug as a safe and effective treatment;

 

   

the potential and perceived advantages of our drug candidates over alternative treatments;

 

   

the safety of drug candidates seen in a broader patient group, including its use outside the approved indications;

 

   

the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

   

the availability of adequate reimbursement and pricing by third parties and government authorities;

 

   

relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of adverse side effects; and

 

   

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

Any failure by our drug candidates that obtain regulatory approval to achieve market acceptance or commercial success would adversely affect our financial results.

The commercial success of CCX140 depends, in part, on our ability to develop and market the drug in North America and to find partners to co-develop and commercialize the drug outside North America, and if we fail in these initiatives, our ability to generate future revenue could be significantly reduced.

If we successfully complete the Phase II program for our lead independent drug candidate, CCX140, we plan to initiate Phase III clinical trials either alone or together with a co-development partner. We plan to retain commercial rights to CCX140 in North America and find partners for co-development and commercialization outside North America. We have invested a significant amount of our time and financial resources in the development of CCX140 and our ability to generate future revenue will depend, in part, on our ability to identify a co-development partner and the development, regulatory approval, marketing and commercialization of CCX140 by us and any future partners. Any of the following events or factors could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue from the commercialization of CCX140:

 

   

We may be unable to successfully complete the clinical development of CCX140;

 

   

Our lack of experience in commercializing and marketing drug products;

 

   

We may not have or be able to obtain sufficient financial resources to develop and commercialize CCX140;

 

   

We may not be able to identify a suitable co-development partner;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

We or any of our future partners may fail to fulfill our responsibilities in a timely manner or fail to commit sufficient resources to the development, regulatory approval, and commercialization efforts related to CCX140;

 

   

We or any of our future partners must comply with additional requests and recommendations from the FDA, including additional clinical trials;

 

   

We or any of our future partners may not obtain all necessary approvals from the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies;

 

   

CCX140 must be manufactured in compliance with requirements of FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies and in commercial quantities sufficient to meet market demand;

 

   

CCX140 may not achieve market acceptance by physicians, patients and third party payors;

 

   

CCX140 may not compete successfully against alternative products and therapies; and

 

   

We or any pharmaceutical company may independently develop products that compete with CCX140.

We rely on third parties to conduct all our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize any of our drug candidates.

We currently do not have the ability to independently conduct preclinical studies or clinical trials. We rely on medical institutions, clinical investigators, contract laboratories, collaborative partners and other third parties, such as clinical research organizations, or CROs, to conduct clinical trials on our drug candidates. The third parties with which we contract for execution of our clinical trials play a significant role in the conduct of these trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data. These third parties are not our employees, and except for contractual duties and obligations, we have limited ability to control the amount or timing of resources that they devote to our programs. In particular, we rely on GSK to fund and conduct the current pivotal Phase III trials with respect to Traficet-EN. Although we rely on these third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our preclinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with its investigational plan and protocol. Moreover, the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities require us to comply with regulations and standards, commonly referred to as current good clinical practices, or cGCPs, for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate and that the trial subjects are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials.

In addition, the execution of preclinical studies and clinical trials, and the subsequent compilation and analysis of the data produced, requires coordination among various parties. In order for these functions to be carried out effectively and efficiently, it is imperative that these parties communicate and coordinate with one another. Moreover, these third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, some of which may compete with us. In most cases, these third parties may terminate their agreements with us upon 30 days prior written notice of a material breach by us that is not cured within 30 days. Many of these agreements may also be terminated by such third parties under certain other circumstances, including our insolvency or our failure to comply with applicable laws. In general, these agreements require such third parties to reasonably cooperate with us at our expense for an orderly winding down of services of such third parties under the agreements. If the third parties conducting our clinical trials do not perform their contractual duties or obligations, experience work stoppages, do not meet expected deadlines, terminate their agreements with us or need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or cGCPs, or for any other reason, we may need to enter into new arrangements with alternative third parties, which could be costly, and our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated or may need to be repeated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize the drug candidate being tested in such trials.

 

17


Table of Contents

If any of our drug candidates receives marketing approval and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by the drug candidate, our ability to market and derive revenue from the drugs could be compromised.

If we or others identify undesirable side effects caused by one of our drugs, any of the following adverse events could occur:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the drug or seize the drug;

 

   

we may be required to recall the drug or change the way the drug is administered;

 

   

additional restrictions may be imposed on the marketing of the particular drug or the manufacturing processes;

 

   

we may be subject to fines, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a “black box” warning or a contraindication;

 

   

we may be required to create a Medication Guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

 

   

the drug may become less competitive; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these could result in the loss of significant revenues, which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations and business.

We will need additional financing and may be unable to raise capital on acceptable terms, or at all, when needed, which would force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs and other operations or commercialization efforts.

We are advancing multiple drug candidates through discovery and development and will require substantial funds to conduct development, including preclinical studies and clinical trials, of our drug candidates. Commercialization of any drug candidate will also require substantial expenditures. While we currently expect GSK to assist us in our development and commercialization efforts with respect to those of our drug candidates for which GSK exercises an option under our agreement, we may also need additional financing to the extent that we are required to hire additional employees to co-promote drug candidates or to commercialize drug candidates that may not be covered by our collaboration agreement.

As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately $81.2 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments. Subsequent to September 30, 2011, we received a $25.0 million option exercise payment under our strategic alliance with GSK with respect to CCX354. We believe that our available cash, cash equivalents and investments, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to fund our anticipated level of operations for at least the next 12 months. Our future financing requirements will depend on many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials, preclinical studies and other discovery and research and development activities;

 

   

the timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals;

 

   

the continuation and success of our strategic alliance with GSK and future collaboration partners;

 

   

the exercise of options under the GSK agreement;

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights, including litigation costs and the results of such litigation;

 

   

our ability to enter into additional collaboration, licensing, government or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

potential acquisition or in-licensing of other products or technologies; and

 

   

the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.

Future capital requirements will also depend on the extent to which we acquire or invest in additional complementary businesses, products and technologies. We currently have no understandings, commitments or agreements relating to any of these types of transactions.

Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance future cash needs primarily through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, government grants and contracts and/or strategic collaborations. Additional financing may not be available to us when we need it or it may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate one or more of our clinical trials or research and development programs or our commercialization efforts. We may be required to enter into collaborative partnerships for one or more of our drug candidate programs at an earlier stage of development or on less favorable terms, which may require us to relinquish rights to some of our drug candidates that we would otherwise have pursued on our own.

We may form additional strategic alliances in the future with respect to our independent programs, and we may not realize the benefits of such alliances.

We may form strategic alliances, create joint ventures or collaborations or enter into licensing arrangements with third parties with respect to our independent programs that we believe will complement or augment our existing business. For example, we plan to find a partner for co-development and commercialization of CCX140 and CCX662 outside North America upon completion of clinical development of CCX140 for the treatment of patients with diabetic nephropathy and CCX662 for the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Moreover, we may not be successful in our efforts to establish a strategic partnership or other alternative arrangements for any future product candidates and programs because our research and development pipeline may be insufficient, our product candidates and programs may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort and/or third parties may not view our product candidates and programs as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy. We cannot be certain that, following a strategic transaction or license, we will achieve the revenues or specific net income that justifies such transaction. Any delays in entering into new strategic partnership agreements related to our product candidates could also delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness even if they reach the market.

Key elements of our proprietary suite of drug discovery technologies, known as EnabaLink, including our RAM screening technology, are new approaches to the discovery and development of new drug candidates and may not result in the discovery of any small molecule compounds of commercial value.

We must continue to identify and develop compounds that target the chemokine network and expand our portfolio of drug candidates. Research programs to identify new disease targets and drug candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. We have limited resources to study the more than 50 known chemokine ligands, as described in a February 2006 article in the New England Journal of Medicine, and approximately 25 identified chemokine receptors. EnabaLink represents a new approach to the development of new drug candidates (see “Business—Our Proprietary Drug Discovery Platform, EnabaLink”) and we cannot assure you that EnabaLink will result in the discovery of new drug candidates. EnabaLink has only resulted in a limited number of clinical and preclinical stage programs to date, and we may not identify any therapeutic small molecule compounds of commercial value using EnabaLink or other commercially available drug discovery technologies.

If our Reverse Activation of Migration, or RAM, screening technology or any other screening technologies fail to identify highly specific “hits” that lead to the development of new drug candidates, our business may be materially and adversely affected. Our scientists may be unable to optimize the chemical “hits” identified by our RAM screening technology and develop the identified starting material into a candidate for further development

 

19


Table of Contents

that meets the desired product criteria. Our research and development programs may initially show promise in identifying chemokine receptors and their impact on the body’s immune system, yet fail to yield drug candidates that are suitable for preclinical and clinical development. We cannot assure you that our current efforts will be successful or that we will not abandon any of our efforts in the future related to a particular chemokine receptor or small molecule program.

We rely on third party contract manufacturing organizations to manufacture and supply our drug candidates for us, other than Traficet-EN and CCX354 for which GSK has manufacturing responsibility. If one of our suppliers or manufacturers fails to perform adequately or fulfill our needs, we may be required to incur significant costs and devote significant efforts to find new suppliers or manufacturers. We may also face delays in the development and commercialization of our drug candidates.

Following GSK’s exercise of its options for the further development of Traficet-EN and CCX354, it assumed sole manufacturing responsibility for those drug candidates and each of their two respective back-up compounds and we are no longer involved in their manufacture. We currently have limited experience in, and we do not own facilities for, manufacturing our other drug candidates. We rely upon third party contract manufacturing organizations to manufacture and supply larger quantities of these other drug candidates. The manufacture of pharmaceutical products in compliance with cGMPs requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. Manufacturers of pharmaceutical products often encounter difficulties in production, including difficulties with production costs and yields, quality control, including stability of the drug candidate and quality assurance testing, shortages of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with strictly enforced FDA current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements, other federal and state regulatory requirements, and foreign regulations. If our manufacturers were to encounter any of these difficulties or otherwise fail to comply with their obligations to us or under applicable regulations, our ability to provide study drugs in our preclinical studies and clinical trials would be jeopardized. Any delay or interruption in the supply of preclinical study or clinical trial materials could delay the completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, increase the costs associated with maintaining our preclinical study and clinical trial programs and, depending upon the period of delay, require us to commence new trials at significant additional expense or terminate the studies and trials completely.

All manufacturers of our drug candidates must comply with cGMP requirements enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. These requirements include, among other things, quality control, quality assurance and the maintenance of records and documentation. Manufacturers of our component materials may be unable to comply with these cGMP requirements and with other FDA, state and foreign regulatory requirements. The FDA or similar foreign regulatory agencies at any time may also implement new standards, or change their interpretation and enforcement of existing standards for manufacture, packaging or testing of products. We have little control over our manufacturers’ compliance with these regulations and standards. A failure to comply with these requirements may result in fines and civil penalties, suspension of production, suspension or delay in product approval, product seizure or recall, or withdrawal of product approval. If the safety of any product supplied is compromised due to our manufacturers’ failure to adhere to applicable laws or for other reasons, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our products, and we may be held liable for any injuries sustained as a result. Any of these factors could cause a delay of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, approvals or commercialization of our drug candidates or entail higher costs or impair our reputation.

We currently rely on a single source supplier for API for each of our drug candidates, other than Traficet-EN and CCX354 for which the responsibility for supplying the API and drug product has been assumed by GSK. IRIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc., currently manufactures the API for CCX140 and CCX168, and Ricera Biosciences, LLC, currently manufactures the API for CCX832. Our current agreements with our suppliers do not provide for the entire supply of the API necessary for additional clinical trials or for full-scale commercialization. We have agreements with the University of Iowa Pharmaceuticals to manufacture the drug product for CCX140, GSK to manufacture the drug product for CCX168, but we have not yet identified a manufacturer for the drug product for CCX832. In the event that we and our suppliers cannot agree to the terms and conditions for them to provide some or all of our API clinical and commercial supply needs, or if any single

 

20


Table of Contents

source supplier terminates the agreement in response to a breach by us, we would not be able to manufacture the API on a commercial scale until a qualified alternative supplier is identified, which could also delay the development of, and impair our ability to commercialize, drug candidates.

Although alternative sources of supply exist, the number of third-party suppliers with the necessary manufacturing and regulatory expertise and facilities is limited, and it could be expensive and take a significant amount of time to arrange for alternative suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. New suppliers of any API would be required to qualify under applicable regulatory requirements and would need to have sufficient rights under applicable intellectual property laws to the method of manufacturing such ingredients. Obtaining the necessary FDA approvals or other qualifications under applicable regulatory requirements and ensuring non-infringement of third-party intellectual property rights could result in a significant interruption of supply and could require the new manufacturer to bear significant additional costs which may be passed on to us.

We currently have no sales and marketing staff or distribution organization. If we are unable to develop a sales and marketing and distribution capability on our own or through collaborations with GSK or other marketing partners, we will not be successful in commercializing our future products.

We currently have no sales, marketing or distribution capabilities or experience. If our products are approved for sale, we intend to rely on GSK to assist us in the marketing and distribution of our products for which GSK has exercised an option under our agreement, but there can be no assurance it will elect to market and distribute our products or that it will not terminate our collaboration arrangement. If GSK does not exercise its remaining options, we may need to enter into distribution or co-marketing arrangements with other third parties. To the extent we rely on third parties for marketing and distributing our approved products, any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of third parties, which may not be successful and are only partially within our control and our product revenue is likely to be lower than if we directly marketed or sold our products. GSK or other future collaborators may fail to develop or effectively commercialize our drug candidates because they cannot obtain necessary regulatory approvals, development or commercialization is not commercially reasonable, they elect to pursue competitive products outside of the collaboration; or for other reasons. If we are unable to enter into arrangements with third parties to commercialize the approved products on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our future products or we will have to market these products ourselves, which will be expensive and require us to build our own sales force, which we do not have experience doing. For example, we plan to retain commercial rights to CCX140 in North America and intend to build a small specialty sales force calling on nephrologists in North America. In addition, under our collaboration agreement with GSK, we have co-promotion rights with respect to certain drugs, but we do not have experience managing a sales force, selling drugs or marketing drugs. We cannot assure you we will be successful in any of these initiatives. If we are not successful in commercializing our future products, either on our own or through collaborations with GSK or one or more third parties, or co-promoting drugs with GSK, any future product revenue will be materially adversely affected.

We will need to increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing growth.

As of September 30, 2011, we had 64 full-time employees. We will need to continue to expand our managerial, operational, financial and other resources in order to manage our operations and clinical trials, continue our development activities and commercialize our drug candidates. Our management and personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our need to effectively execute our growth strategy requires that we:

 

   

manage our clinical trials effectively, including our Phase II clinical trials for CCX140 and CCX168 and our Phase I clinical trial for CCX832, which are being conducted at numerous trial sites throughout the world;

 

   

manage our internal development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to licensors, contractors, collaborators, government agencies and other third parties;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; and

 

   

identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional employees.

We face substantial competition and our competitors may discover, develop or commercialize products faster or more successfully than us.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are highly competitive, and we face significant competition from companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other related markets that are researching and marketing products designed to address IBD, chronic kidney disease, including diabetic nephropathy, rheumatoid arthritis, other autoimmune diseases and inflammatory disorders, and cancer. Established pharmaceutical companies that currently sell or are developing drugs in our markets of interest include, for example, Abbott, Amgen, AstraZeneca, Biogen Idec, Bayer, Elan, GSK, Johnson & Johnson, Merck, Merck Serono, Takeda, Novartis, Pfizer, Reata, Sanofi-aventis and Teva. Many or all of these established competitors are also involved in research and drug development regarding various chemokine receptors. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies which are known to be involved in chemokine research and related drug development include Pfizer, GSK, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Merck, Takeda, Sanofi-aventis, Incyte, and UCB Pharma among others.

We are developing small molecule therapeutics that will compete with other drugs and alternative therapies that are currently marketed or are being developed to treat IBD, chronic kidney disease and diabetic nephropathy, rheumatoid arthritis, other autoimmune diseases and inflammatory disorders, and cancer. If approved for marketing by the FDA, Traficet-EN, our lead IBD drug candidate, would compete against existing IBD treatments such as Remicade, Humira, and other TNF- a inhibitors, immunomodulatory drugs and corticosteroids and potentially against other novel IBD drug candidates that are currently in development. Similarly, other future drug candidates we are pursuing would compete against numerous existing and established drugs and potentially against other novel drugs and therapies that are currently in development. See “Business—Competition.” We also anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as new companies enter into our target markets and scientific developments surrounding the chemokine system continue to develop.

Many of our competitors have materially greater name recognition and financial, manufacturing, marketing, research and drug development resources than we do. Additional mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. Large pharmaceutical companies in particular have extensive expertise in preclinical and clinical testing and in obtaining regulatory approvals for drugs. In addition, academic institutions, government agencies, and other public and private organizations conducting research may seek patent protection with respect to potentially competitive products or technologies. These organizations may also establish exclusive collaborative or licensing relationships with our competitors.

We may be subject to costly product liability claims related to our clinical trials and drug candidates and, if we are unable to obtain adequate insurance or are required to pay for liabilities resulting from a claim excluded from, or beyond the limits of, our insurance coverage, a material liability claim could adversely affect our financial condition.

Because we conduct clinical trials with human patients, we face the risk that the use of our drug candidates may result in adverse side effects to patients and to otherwise healthy volunteers in our clinical trials. We face even greater risks upon any commercialization of our drug candidates. Although we have product liability insurance for clinical trials for up to $10.0 million, our insurance may be insufficient to reimburse us for any expenses or losses we may suffer, and we will be required to increase our product liability insurance coverage for our advanced clinical trials that we plan to initiate. We do not know whether we will be able to continue to obtain product liability coverage and obtain expanded coverage on acceptable terms, or at all. We may not have sufficient resources to pay for any liabilities resulting from a claim excluded from, or beyond the limits of, our

 

22


Table of Contents

insurance coverage. There is also a risk that third parties that we have agreed to indemnify could incur liability. An individual may bring a product liability claim against us if one of our drug candidates or products causes, or is claimed to have caused, an injury or is found to be unsuitable for consumer use. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in:

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial volunteers, investigators, patients or trial sites;

 

   

the inability to commercialize our drug candidates;

 

   

decreased demand for our drug candidates;

 

   

regulatory investigations that could require costly recalls or product modifications;

 

   

loss of revenues;

 

   

substantial costs of litigation;

 

   

liabilities that substantially exceed our product liability insurance, which we would then be required to pay ourselves;

 

   

an increase in our product liability insurance rates or the inability to maintain insurance coverage in the future on acceptable terms, if at all;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from our business; and

 

   

damage to our reputation and the reputation of our products.

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third-party manufacturers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which may be expensive and restrict how we do business.

Our third-party manufacturers’ activities and our own activities involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials, including the components of our pharmaceutical products, test samples and reagents, biological materials and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers are subject to federal, state and local and foreign laws and regulations governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. We currently carry no insurance specifically covering environmental claims relating to the use of hazardous materials. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials and waste products comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from the use, storage, handling or disposal of hazardous materials. In the event of an accident, state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of these materials and/or interrupt our business operations. In addition, if an accident or environmental discharge occurs, or if we discover contamination caused by prior operations, including by prior owners and operators of properties we acquire, we could be liable for cleanup obligations, damages and fines. The substantial unexpected costs we may incur could significantly harm our financial condition and results of operations.

Future financings may adversely affect our stockholders or impose restrictions on our assets or operations, which may harm our business.

If we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or convertible debt securities, then our existing stockholders’ ownership will be diluted and the terms of any new equity securities may have preferences over our common stock. If we raise additional capital through the issuance of debt securities, the debt will have rights senior to the holders of our common stock and may contain covenants that restrict our operational flexibility or impose liens or other restrictions on our assets. In addition, the terms of future financings may restrict our ability to raise additional capital, which would delay or prevent the further development or commercialization of our drug candidates.

 

23


Table of Contents

If we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish potentially valuable rights to our current drug candidates, potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If adequate funds are not available, our ability to achieve profitability or to respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited and we may be required to delay, significantly curtail or eliminate the development of one or more of our drug candidates.

We are highly dependent on the services of our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Thomas J. Schall, and if we are not able to retain Dr. Schall or other members of our management or recruit additional management, clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

We may not be able to attract or retain qualified management and scientific and clinical personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other businesses, particularly in the San Francisco Bay area. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. If we are not able to attract, retain and motivate necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will significantly impede the achievement of our development objectives, our ability to raise additional capital and our ability to implement our business strategy.

We are highly dependent on the principal members of our management and scientific staff. The loss of service of any of our management could harm our business. In addition, we are dependent on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified additional management, clinical and scientific personnel. The competition for qualified personnel in the pharmaceutical industry is intense. Due to our limited resources, we may not be able to effectively attract and recruit additional qualified personnel. If we are not able to retain our management, particularly our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Schall, and attract, on acceptable terms, additional qualified personnel necessary for the continued development of our business, we may not be able to sustain our operations or grow. Although we have executed employment agreements with each member of our current executive management team, including Dr. Schall, these agreements are terminable at will with or without notice and, therefore, we may not be able to retain their services as expected. In addition to the competition for personnel, the San Francisco Bay area in particular is characterized by a high cost of living. As such, we could have difficulty attracting experienced personnel to our company and may be required to expend significant financial resources in our employee recruitment and retention efforts.

In addition, we have scientific and clinical advisors who assist us in formulating our product development and clinical strategies. These advisors are not our employees and may have commitments to, or consulting or advisory contracts with, other entities that may limit their availability to us, or may have arrangements with other companies to assist in the development of products that may compete with ours.

Requirements associated with being a public company will increase our costs significantly, as well as divert significant company resources and management attention.

Prior to this offering, we have not been subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or the other rules and regulations of the SEC or any securities exchange relating to public companies. We are working with our legal, independent accounting and financial advisors to identify those areas in which changes should be made to our financial and management control systems to manage our growth and our obligations as a public company. These areas include corporate governance, corporate control, internal audit, disclosure controls and procedures and financial reporting and accounting systems. We have made, and will continue to make, changes in these and other areas. However, the expenses that will be required in order to adequately prepare for being a public company could be material. Compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies will also require considerable time and attention of management. In addition, the changes we make may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis.

 

24


Table of Contents

In addition, being a public company could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may be subject to sanctions by regulatory authorities.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and beginning with our annual report for fiscal 2013 provide a management report on the internal control over financial reporting. If we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our consolidated financial statements may be materially misstated. We will be evaluating our internal controls systems to allow management to report on, and our independent auditors to attest to, our internal controls. We will be performing the system and process evaluation and testing (and any necessary remediation) required to comply with the management certification and auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or Nasdaq. Any such action could adversely affect our financial results or investors’ confidence in us and could cause our stock price to fall. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal controls that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would entail expenditure of additional financial and management resources and could materially adversely affect our stock price.

We may be adversely affected by the current economic environment.

Our ability to attract and retain collaboration partners or customers, invest in and grow our business and meet our financial obligations depends on our operating and financial performance, which, in turn, is subject to numerous factors, including the prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control, such as the rate of unemployment, the number of uninsured persons in the United States and inflationary pressures. We cannot anticipate all the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

We are exposed to risks associated with reduced profitability and the potential financial instability of our collaboration partners or customers, many of which may be adversely affected by volatile conditions in the financial markets. For example, unemployment and underemployment, and the resultant loss of insurance, may decrease the demand for healthcare services and pharmaceuticals. If fewer patients are seeking medical care because they do not have insurance coverage, our collaboration partners or customers may experience reductions in revenues, profitability and/or cash flow that could lead them to reduce their support of our programs or financing activities. If collaboration partners or customers are not successful in generating sufficient revenue or are precluded from securing financing, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, accounts receivable that are owed to us. This, in turn, could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, if economic challenges in the United States result in widespread and prolonged unemployment, either regionally or on a national basis, prior to the effectiveness of certain provisions of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, collectively known as the Affordable Care Act, a substantial number of people may become uninsured or underinsured. To the extent economic challenges result in fewer individuals pursuing or being able to afford our products once commercialized, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our internal computer systems, or those of our CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing clinical trials for any of our drug candidates could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of our drug candidates could be delayed.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations, provide accurate information to the FDA, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change taxable income and taxes may be limited. We previously determined that we had ownership changes that occurred in July 1999 and June 2004, which limit our ability to use our then existing tax attributes. We have not yet determined whether, as a result of our initial public offering and other transactions that have occurred over the past three years, we have experienced or may, upon completion of this offering, experience an additional ownership change. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, many of the causes of which are outside our control, could result in an ownership change. Any such ownership changes could further limit our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenues and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our corporate headquarters is located in California and certain clinical sites for our drug candidates, operations of our existing and future partners and

 

26


Table of Contents

suppliers are or will be located in California near major earthquake faults and fire zones. The ultimate impact on us, our significant partners, suppliers and our general infrastructure of being located near major earthquake faults and fire zones and being consolidated in certain geographical areas is unknown, but our operations and financial condition could suffer in the event of a major earthquake, fire or other natural or manmade disaster.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We may have to license rights from Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. or engage in patent litigation in order to secure the rights necessary to commercialize Traficet-EN. Patent litigation could absorb significant management time and financial resources, and, if we do not prevail, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to derive revenues from our agreement with GSK.

Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Millennium, has obtained certain U.S. patents which include claims to small molecules that modulate CCR9, compositions thereof, and methods of using them to treat conditions such as IBD. We became aware of Millennium’s CCR9-related patent applications during our own routine patent and patent literature review. Millennium, which was acquired by Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited, or Takeda, in May 2008 and is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda, may contend that the claims of these patents cover our patented Traficet-EN drug candidate. We believe that our activities related to Traficet-EN are currently exempt from patent infringement liability because these activities are strictly limited to obtaining information for regulatory approval. However, if and when our Traficet-EN related activities extend beyond those related to seeking regulatory approval, such as, for example, if and when we commercialize Traficet-EN, Millennium might then commence an infringement action against us based on these patents and/or other related patents that it may be granted in the future. If Millennium elects to sue us, we believe that we may have viable defenses to any such infringement suit. However, we cannot assure you that the relevant court would find in our favor with respect to such defenses. Intellectual property litigation and patent litigation in particular, is expensive, complex and lengthy and its outcome is difficult to predict. A court could enter orders that temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoin us or our strategic partners from using, selling, offering to sell or importing out current or future drug candidates or could enter an order mandating that we undertake certain remedial activities. During 2005, we did engage in preliminary discussions with Millennium regarding potentially collaborating with respect to CCR9, given that both we and Millennium have patents relating to CCR9. However, these discussions were general in nature and did not progress beyond the preliminary stage. Other than these preliminary discussions, we have not had any conversations or contacts with Millennium relating to CCR9. Under our agreement with GSK, GSK has the right, but not the obligation, to defend against third party patent infringement claims for licensed drugs. If GSK elects to defend against any such claims, it has the sole right to direct the defense of such claims and settle such claims at its own cost and expense. If GSK elects not to defend against such claims, we have the right, but not the obligation, to defend against such claims.

We may also be subject to negative publicity due to litigation. Pending or future patent litigation against us or any strategic partners by Millennium or anyone else may force us or any strategic partners to stop or delay developing, manufacturing or selling potential drug candidates that are claimed to infringe a third party’s intellectual property, unless that party grants us or any strategic partners rights to use its intellectual property. If Millennium is able to obtain an injunction and neither we nor our strategic partners are able to obtain a license, both we and our strategic partners would be precluded from the manufacture and sale of Traficet-EN. U.S. patents are entitled to a presumption of validity and the burden of proving invalidity would be heavily weighted against us. Specifically, we would be required to show by clear and convincing evidence that Millennium’s patents are invalid. Such decisions on patent validity often favor the patent owner because of the presumption of validity. If we or our strategic partners are unable to show that Millennium’s patent is invalid and neither we nor our strategic partners are able to obtain a license from Millennium for the use of their intellectual property at all or on commercially acceptable terms, this would preclude both us and our strategic partners from the manufacture and sale of Traficet-EN or related candidate compounds found to be covered by Millennium’s patent claims. If we are able to obtain a license from Millennium, we will be solely responsible for all fees required to be paid to Millennium in connection with such license and GSK will bear no responsibility for such license fees. See “Business—Intellectual Property.”

 

27


Table of Contents

The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceedings, such as interference proceedings, which are meant to determine who first invented any of the claims covered by the patent even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Discovery proceedings in the United States might lead to the disclosure of some of our proprietary confidential information. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management and technical staff’s time which may materially and adversely impact our financial position and results of operations.

Our proprietary rights may not adequately protect our technologies and drug candidates. If we are unable to protect our drug candidates and our intellectual property rights, it may materially adversely affect our position in the market.

Our commercial success will depend on our ability to obtain patents and maintain adequate protection for our technologies, intellectual property and drug candidates in the United States and other countries. Our patent estate, on a worldwide basis, includes approximately 390 issued or allowed patents and approximately 325 pending patent applications, with claims relating to all of our current clinical stage drug candidates. With respect to our lead drug candidates in the CCR1, CCR2 and CCR9 programs, we have approximately 100 issued or allowed patents worldwide relating to their chemical composition or use thereof. There are approximately 40 patent applications pending for our other clinical stage compounds in the C5aR and ChemR23 programs. We have approximately 180 issued patents relating to other small molecule compounds and approximately 60 issued patents relating to our novel biological discoveries. We also have approximately 50 issued patents relating to our proprietary screening and drug development technologies. We cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will result in issued patents. We will be able to protect our proprietary rights from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that our proprietary technologies and future products are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are effectively maintained as trade secrets. If third parties disclose or misappropriate our proprietary rights, it may materially and adversely impact our position in the market.

We apply for patents covering both our technologies and drug candidates, as we deem appropriate. However, we may fail to apply for patents on important technologies or drug candidates in a timely fashion, or at all. Our existing patents and any future patents we obtain may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from using our technologies or from developing competing products and technologies. Moreover, the patent positions of numerous biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies are highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. As a result, the validity and enforceability of our patents cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, we cannot assure you that:

 

   

we were the first to make the inventions covered by each of our issued patents and pending patent applications;

 

   

we were the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

 

   

others will not independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies by inventing around our claims;

 

   

any of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents;

 

   

a third party will not challenge our proprietary rights or that a court will hold that our patents are valid and enforceable;

 

   

any patents issued to us or our collaboration partners will provide us with any competitive advantages, or will not be challenged by third parties;

 

   

we will develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; or

 

   

the patents of others will not have an adverse effect on our business.

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition, there are numerous recent changes to the patent laws and proposed changes to the rules of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, which may have a significant impact on our ability to protect our technology and enforce our intellectual property rights. For example, on September 16, 2011, President Obama signed the America Invents Act which codifies several significant changes to the U.S. patent laws, including, among other things, changing from a “first to invent’ to a “first inventor to file” system, limiting where a patentee may file a patent suit, requiring the apportionment of patent damages, replacing interference proceedings with derivation actions, and creating a post-grant opposition process to challenge patents after they have issued. The effects of these changes are currently unclear as the USPTO must still implement various regulations, the courts have yet to address any of these provisions, and the applicability of the act and new regulations on specific patents discussed herein have not been determined and would need to be reviewed.

We rely upon unpatented trade secrets, unpatented know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position, which we seek to protect, in part, by confidentiality agreements with our employees and our collaborators and consultants. We also have agreements with our employees and selected consultants that obligate them to assign their inventions to us. However, it is possible that technology relevant to our business will be independently developed by a person that is not a party to such an agreement. Furthermore, if the employees and consultants that are parties to these agreements breach or violate the terms of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets through such breaches or violations. Further, our trade secrets could otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. In addition, intellectual property laws in foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

We may become subject to third parties’ claims alleging infringement of patents and proprietary rights or seeking to invalidate our patents or proprietary rights, which would be costly, time consuming and, if successfully asserted against us, delay or prevent the development and commercialization of our products.

There has been substantial litigation and other proceedings regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. We may be subject to third-party claims in the future against us or our collaborators that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successful against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorney’s fees if we are found to be willfully infringing a third party’s patents. Further, if a patent infringement suit were brought against us or our collaborators, we or they could be forced to stop or delay research, development, manufacturing or sales of the product or drug candidate that is the subject of the suit. As a result of patent infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we or our collaborators may choose to seek, or be required to seek, a license from the third party and would most likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we or our collaborators were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which would give our competitors access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or forced to redesign it, or to cease some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we or our collaborators are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. This could harm our business significantly.

In addition to infringement claims against us, if third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology to which we have rights, we may have to participate in interference proceedings in the USPTO to determine the priority of invention. We may also become involved in similar opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office regarding our intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology.

Restrictions on our patent rights relating to our drug candidates may limit our ability to prevent third parties from competing against us.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for our drug candidates, preserve our trade secrets, prevent third parties from infringing upon our proprietary rights and operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others. Composition-of-matter patents on APIs are

 

29


Table of Contents

generally considered to be the strongest form of intellectual property protection for pharmaceutical products as they apply without regard to any method of use. Entirely new individual chemical compounds, often referred to as new chemical entities, are typically entitled to composition-of-matter coverage. However, we cannot be certain that the current law will remain the same, or that our drug candidates will be considered novel and non-obvious by the USPTO and courts.

In addition to composition-of-matter patents and patent applications, we also have filed method-of-use patent applications. This type of patent protects the use of the product only for the specified method. However, this type of patent does not prevent a competitor from making and marketing a product that is identical to our product for an indication that is outside the scope of the patented method. Moreover, even if these competitors do not actively promote their product for our targeted indication, physicians may prescribe these products “off-label.” Although off-label prescriptions may infringe or contribute to the infringement of method-of-use patents, the practice is common and such infringement is difficult to prevent or prosecute.

Patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time until they are published, and publication of discoveries in scientific or patent literature typically lags actual discoveries by several months or more. As a result, we cannot be certain that we and the inventors of the issued patents and applications that we may in-license were the first to conceive of the inventions covered by such patents and pending patent applications or that we and those inventors were the first to file patent applications covering such inventions. Also, we have numerous issued patents and some patent applications pending before the USPTO and the patent protection may lapse before we manage to obtain commercial value from them, which might result in increased competition and materially affect our position in the market.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our employees’ or consultants’ former employers or their clients. These claims may be costly to defend and if we do not successfully do so, we may be required to pay monetary damages and may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could hamper our ability to commercialize, or prevent us from commercializing our drug candidates, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Some of our intellectual property which is discovered through government funded programs is subject to federal regulation such as “march-in” rights, certain reporting requirements, and a preference for U.S. industry. Compliance with such regulations may limit our exclusive rights, subject us to expenditure of resources with respect to reporting requirements, and limit our ability to contract with foreign manufacturers.

Some of our existing drug candidates, including CCX140, and some of our research and development work were funded, at least in part, by the U.S. government and are therefore subject to certain federal regulations. For example, some of our research and development work on vaccine adjuvants and immunomodulation for biothreat applications was funded by government research grants. In addition, as noted on several of our patents including U.S. Patent Nos. 7,884,110; 7,622,583; 7,776,877; and 7,683,176, inventions covering various CCR9 and CCR2 antagonists were supported at least in part by NIH funding (U19-AI056690-01). Under the “march-in” provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act, the government may have the right under limited circumstances to require us to grant exclusive, partially exclusive or non-exclusive rights to third parties for intellectual property discovered through the government funded program. The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the new invention or because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs of the

 

30


Table of Contents

public. Intellectual property discovered under the government funded program is also subject to certain reporting requirements, compliance with which may require us to expend substantial resources. Such intellectual property is also subject to a preference for U.S. industry, which may limit our ability to contract with foreign product manufacturers for products covered by such intellectual property. We plan to apply for additional U.S. government funding, and it is possible that we may discover compounds or drug candidates as a result of such funding. Intellectual property under such discoveries would be subject to the applicable provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

The regulatory approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us or our collaboration partners from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our drug candidates.

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. Neither we nor our collaboration partners are permitted to market our drug candidates in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA. Neither we nor our collaboration partners have submitted an application for or received marketing approval for any of our drug candidates. Obtaining approval of an NDA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. In addition, failure to comply with FDA and other applicable U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil and criminal penalties;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

withdrawal of approved products;

 

   

product seizure or detention;

 

   

product recalls;

 

   

total or partial suspension of production; and

 

   

refusal to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs.

Prior to receiving approval to commercialize any of our drug candidates in the United States or abroad, we and our collaboration partners must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA and other regulatory authorities abroad, that such drug candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we and our collaboration partners believe the preclinical or clinical data for our drug candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. Administering any of our drug candidates to humans may produce undesirable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials of our drug candidates and result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities denying approval of our drug candidates for any or all targeted indications.

Regulatory approval of an NDA or NDA supplement is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years. The FDA also has substantial discretion in the approval process. Despite the time and expense exerted, failure can occur at any stage, and we could encounter problems that cause us to abandon or repeat clinical trials, or perform additional preclinical studies and clinical trials. The number of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for FDA approval varies depending on the drug candidate, the disease or condition that the drug candidate is designed to address, and the regulations applicable to any particular drug candidate. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a drug candidate for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

a drug candidate may not be deemed safe or effective;

 

   

FDA officials may not find the data from preclinical studies and clinical trials sufficient;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

the FDA might not approve our or our third party manufacturer’s processes or facilities; or

 

   

the FDA may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations.

If any of our drug candidates fails to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials or does not gain regulatory approval, our business and results of operations will be materially and adversely harmed.

Even if we receive regulatory approval for a drug candidate, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and subject us to penalties if we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements.

Once regulatory approval has been granted, the approved product and its manufacturer are subject to continual review by the FDA and/or non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Any regulatory approval that we or our collaboration partners receive for our drug candidates may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing follow-up studies to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. In addition, if the FDA and/or non-U.S. regulatory authorities approve any of our drug candidates, we will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements by the FDA and other regulatory authorities with regard to the labeling, packaging, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for our products. In addition, manufacturers of our drug products are required to comply with current cGMP regulations, which include requirements related to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation. Further, regulatory authorities must approve these manufacturing facilities before they can be used to manufacture our drug products, and these facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations. If we or a regulatory authority discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory authority may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturer or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we, our drug candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our drug candidates fail to comply with regulatory requirements of the FDA and/or other non-U.S. regulatory authorities, we could be subject to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil or criminal penalties;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

suspension of or withdrawal of regulatory approval;

 

   

suspension of any ongoing clinical trials;

 

   

voluntary or mandatory product recalls and publicity requirements;

 

   

refusal to approve pending applications for marketing approval of new drugs or supplements to approved applications filed by us;

 

   

restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

 

   

seizure or detention of our products or import bans.

The regulatory requirements and policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted for which we may also be required to comply. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or in other countries. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we will not be permitted to market our future products and our business will suffer.

 

32


Table of Contents

The availability of adequate third-party coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs is uncertain, and failure to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors could impede our ability to market any future products we may develop and could limit our ability to generate revenue.

There is significant uncertainty related to the third-party payor coverage and reimbursement of newly approved drugs. The commercial success of our future products in both domestic and international markets depends on whether such third-party coverage and reimbursement is available for our future products. Governmental payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, health maintenance organizations and other third-party payors are increasingly attempting to manage their healthcare expenditures by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new drugs and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate reimbursement for our future products. These payors may not view our future products as cost-effective, and coverage and reimbursement may not be available to our customers or may not be sufficient to allow our future products to be marketed on a competitive basis. Third-party payors are exerting increasing influence on decisions regarding the use of, and coverage and reimbursement levels for, particular treatments. Such third-party payors, including Medicare, are challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, and many third-party payors limit or delay coverage and reimbursement for newly approved healthcare products. In particular, third-party payors may limit the covered indications. Cost-control initiatives could cause us to decrease the price we might establish for products, which could result in lower than anticipated product revenues. If the prices for our drug candidates decrease or if governmental and other third-party payors do not provide adequate coverage or reimbursement, our prospects for revenue and profitability will suffer.

Failure to obtain regulatory approvals in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products internationally.

We intend to seek a distribution and marketing partner for CCX140 outside North America and may market future products in international markets. In order to market our future products in the EEA (which is comprised of the 27 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein) and many other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain separate regulatory approvals. More concretely, in the EEA, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations:

 

   

The Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, and medicinal products indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU.

 

   

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure.

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

We have had limited interactions with foreign regulatory authorities, and the approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional clinical testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ

 

33


Table of Contents

from that required to obtain FDA approval. Clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and even if we file we may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market.

Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent our drug candidates’ commercial success.

In the United States, there have been and we expect there will continue to be a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system in ways that could affect our future revenues and profitability and the future revenues and profitability of our potential customers. Federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact legislation that would result in significant changes to the healthcare system, some of which are intended to contain or reduce the costs of medical products and services. For example, in March 2010, the President signed one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades, the Affordable Care Act. It contains a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse measures, all of which will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs. The Affordable Care Act, among other things:

 

   

imposes a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell “branded prescription drugs,” effective 2011;

 

   

increases the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand-name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1%;

 

   

requires collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

   

requires manufacturers to participate in a coverage gap discount program, under which they must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D, beginning January 2011; and

 

   

mandates a further shift in the burden of Medicaid payments to the states.

A number of states have challenged the constitutionality of certain provisions of the Affordable Care Act, and many of these challenges are still pending final adjudication in several jurisdictions as well as the United States Supreme Court. Congress has also proposed a number of legislative initiatives, including possible repeal of the Affordable Care Act. At this time, it remains unclear whether there will be any changes made to the Affordable Care Act, whether to certain provisions or its entirety. We cannot assure you that the Affordable Care Act, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not adversely affect our business and financial results and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. Most recently, on August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, creates the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend proposals in spending reductions to Congress. In the event that the Joint Select Committee is unable to achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, or Congress does not act on the committee’s recommendation, without amendment, by December 23, 2011, an automatic reduction is triggered. These automatic cuts would be made to several government programs and, with respect to Medicare, would include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013. More recently, on September 19, 2011, President Obama presented his Plan for Economic Growth and Deficit Reduction to the Joint Select Committee, which includes $248 billion in Medicare savings ($240 billion of which comes from reducing and collecting Medicare payments incorrectly paid) and $72 billion in Medicaid

 

34


Table of Contents

savings. Beginning in 2017, the President’s proposal also shifts more of the Medicare costs to newly enrolled beneficiaries, including an increase in patient deductibles under Medicare Part B for certain beneficiaries, and increases Part B and Part D premiums for higher-income beneficiaries.

There likely will continue to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future or their full impact. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of health care may adversely affect:

 

   

our ability to set a price we believe is fair for our products;

 

   

our ability to generate revenues and achieve or maintain profitability; and

 

   

the availability of capital.

A number of states have challenged the constitutionality of certain provisions of the Affordable Care Act, and many of these challenges are still pending final adjudication in several jurisdictions. Congress has also proposed a number of legislative initiatives, including possible repeal of the Affordable Care Act. At this time, it remains unclear whether there will be any changes made to the Affordable Care Act, whether to certain provisions or its entirety. We cannot assure you that the Affordable Care Act, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not adversely affect our business and financial results.

Further, changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. In light of widely publicized events concerning the safety risk of certain drug products, regulatory authorities, members of Congress, the Governmental Accounting Office, medical professionals and the general public have raised concerns about potential drug safety issues. These events have resulted in the withdrawal of drug products, revisions to drug labeling that further limit use of the drug products and establishment of risk management programs that may, for instance, restrict distribution of drug products. The increased attention to drug safety issues may result in a more cautious approach by the FDA to clinical trials and the drug approval process. Data from clinical trials may receive greater scrutiny with respect to safety, which may make the FDA or other regulatory authorities more likely to terminate clinical trials before completion, or require longer or additional clinical trials that may result in substantial additional expense and a delay or failure in obtaining approval or approval for a more limited indication than originally sought.

Heightened Congressional scrutiny on the adequacy of the FDA’s drug approval process and the agency’s efforts to assure the safety of marketed drugs resulted in the enactment of legislation addressing drug safety issues, the FDA Amendments Act of 2007. This legislation provided the FDA with expanded authority over drug products after approval, and the FDA’s exercise of this authority has resulted in delays or increased costs during the period of product development, clinical trials and regulatory review and approval, and increased costs to assure compliance with new post-approval regulatory requirements. Given the serious public health risks of high profile adverse safety events with certain drug products, the FDA may require, as a condition of approval, costly risk management programs which may include safety surveillance, restricted distribution and use, patient education, enhanced labeling, special packaging or labeling, expedited reporting of certain adverse events, preapproval of promotional materials and restrictions on direct-to-consumer advertising.

If we fail to comply with healthcare regulations, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. We could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse and patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The regulations that may affect our ability to operate include, without limitation:

 

   

the federal healthcare program Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly and willfully offering, soliciting, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or

 

35


Table of Contents
 

indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, for an item or service or the purchasing or ordering of a good or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

   

the federal False Claims Act, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false claims, or knowingly using false statements, to obtain payment from the federal government, and which may apply to entities like us which provide coding and billing advice to customers;

 

   

federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protects the security and privacy of protected health information; and

 

   

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

The recently enacted Affordable Care Act, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Moreover, achieving and sustaining compliance with applicable federal and state privacy, security and fraud laws may prove costly.

Risks Related To This Offering

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering has been determined by negotiation between the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. You may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock. Factors that could cause volatility in the market price of our common stock include, but are not limited to:

 

   

results from, and any delays in, clinical trial programs relating to our drug candidates, including the ongoing and planned clinical trials for Traficet-EN, CCX140, CCX354, CCX168, CCX832 and other drug candidates;

 

   

announcements of regulatory approvals or disapprovals of our drug candidates, including Traficet-EN and CCX140, or delays in any regulatory agency review or approval processes;

 

   

failure or discontinuation of any of our research programs;

 

   

announcements relating to future collaborations or our existing collaboration with GSK;

 

36


Table of Contents
   

general economic conditions in the United States and abroad;

 

   

acquisitions and sales of new products, technologies or business;

 

   

delays in the commercialization of any of our drug candidates;

 

   

market conditions in the pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

   

the issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations regarding us, our competitors or our industry in general;

 

   

actual and anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

 

   

disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

introduction of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

 

   

manufacturing issues related to our drug candidates for clinical trials or future products for commercialization;

 

   

market acceptance of our future products;

 

   

deviations in our operating results from the estimates of analysts, or other analyst comments;

 

   

third party payor coverage and reimbursement policies;

 

   

new legislation in the United States relating to the sale or pricing of pharmaceuticals;

 

   

FDA or other U.S. or foreign regulatory actions affecting us or our industry;

 

   

product liability claims or other litigation or public concern about the safety of our drug candidates or future drugs;

 

   

our ability to obtain necessary intellectual property licenses including, if necessary, those relating to Traficet-EN and other CCR9 drug candidates;

 

   

the outcome of any future legal actions to which we are party;

 

   

sales of our common stock by our officers, directors or significant stockholders;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel; and

 

   

external factors, including natural disasters and other crises.

In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and biotechnology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that have been often unrelated to the operating performance of the issuer. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price or liquidity of our common stock. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the issuer. If any of our stockholders were to bring such a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit and the attention of our management would be diverted from the operation of our business.

The ownership of our common stock will continue to be highly concentrated, and these stockholders could delay or prevent a change of control.

After this offering and the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne and the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne, our officers and directors, together with holders of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and their respective affiliates, will beneficially own approximately 75% of our common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Accordingly, these stockholders, acting as a group, will continue to have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transaction. The interests of these stockholders

 

37


Table of Contents

may not be the same as or may even conflict with your interests. For example, these stockholders could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company or our assets and might affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

Future sales of our common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for our common stock may depress our stock price.

If our existing stockholders or holders of our convertible notes, options or warrants sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. The perception in the market that these sales may occur could also cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. Based on shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011, upon (1) the completion of this offering, (2) the conversion of all of our preferred stock into 24,332,186 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering, (3) the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne of $7.0 million and $5.0 million of our common stock, respectively, and (4) the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price, in each case at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we will have outstanding a total of 34,020,576 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold by us in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering. Our underwriters may, however, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders and the holders of our outstanding options and warrants who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

We expect that the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject to extension upon the occurrence of specified events). After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional 30,020,576 shares of common stock, and up to approximately 309,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of our outstanding warrants, including warrants to purchase up to 150,000 shares of our common stock that will be issued to Techne upon completion of this offering, will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, with respect to shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates. In addition, shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our employee benefit plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act and, in any event, we plan to file a registration statement permitting shares of common stock issued on exercise of options to be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Certain holders of shares of our common stock, warrants to purchase our capital stock and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of those warrants will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. In addition, after the lock-up agreements described above expire, our directors may and we expect that our executive officers will establish programmed selling plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, for the purpose of effecting sales of our common stock. Any sales of securities by these stockholders, or the perception that those sales may occur, including the entry into such programmed selling plans, could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

38


Table of Contents

If there is no viable public market for our common stock, you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and there can be no assurance that a regular trading market will develop and continue after this offering or that the market price of our common stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price was determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock following this offering. Among the factors considered in such negotiations were prevailing market conditions, certain of our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of their investment.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $11.11 per share, representing the difference between our assumed initial public offering price and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately 24.1% of the aggregate purchase price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately 11.8% of our common stock outstanding after this offering. In addition, if you choose to invest in our common stock, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. As of September 30, 2011, we had options outstanding under our equity compensation plans to purchase an aggregate of 4,172,318 shares of common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.72 per share and had warrants outstanding to purchase an aggregate of 159,500 shares of our preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.20 per share. To the extent these outstanding options or warrants are exercised, you will incur further dilution.

If we sell shares of our common stock in future financings, common stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the current trading price of our common stock. As a result, our common stockholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares of our common stock sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock. For example, upon completion of this offering, we will issue Techne a warrant with a ten-year term to purchase up to 150,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise per share equal to 200% of the initial public offering price of a share of our common stock and such warrant, if exercised, would likely be exercised at a time when the exercise price of such warrant represented a discount to the trading price of our common stock. If we issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.

We expect our operating results to be subject to quarterly fluctuations. Our net loss and other operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

   

variations in the level of expenses related to our drug candidates or future development programs;

 

   

if any of our drug candidates receives regulatory approval, the level of underlying demand for these drug candidates and wholesalers’ buying patterns.

 

39


Table of Contents
   

addition or termination of clinical trials or funding support;

 

   

our execution of any collaborative, licensing or similar arrangements, and the timing of payments we may make or receive under these arrangements;

 

   

any intellectual property infringement lawsuit in which we may become involved;

 

   

regulatory developments affecting our drug candidates or those of our competitors;

 

   

ability to secure new government contracts and allocation of our resources to or away from performing work under government contracts; and

If our quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our stock to fluctuate substantially. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of such proceeds, you may not agree with how we allocate or spend the proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements. We may pursue collaborations or clinical trials that do not result in an increase in the market value of our common shares and that may increase our losses. Our failure to allocate and spend the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements effectively would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant investment returns or that may lose value.

Provisions of our charter documents or Delaware law could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and could make it more difficult for you to change management.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempt by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult to replace or remove our board of directors. These provisions include:

 

   

a classified board of directors so that not all directors are elected at one time;

 

   

a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent;

 

   

a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or by the board of directors;

 

   

limitation of our stockholders entitled to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

an advance notice requirement for stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

   

the authority of our board of directors to issue preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine; and

 

   

a requirement of approval of not less than 66 2/3% of all outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote to amend any bylaws by stockholder action, or to amend specific provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

In addition, Delaware law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person who, together with its affiliates, owns or within the

 

40


Table of Contents

last three years has owned 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

Provisions in our charter and other provisions of Delaware law could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

Our employment agreements with our named executive officers may require us to pay severance benefits to any of those persons who are terminated in connection with a change of control of us, which could harm our financial condition or results.

Our named executive officers are parties to employment agreements providing for aggregate cash payments of up to approximately $3.8 million for severance and other benefits and acceleration of vesting of stock options with a value of approximately $7.5 million (as of December 31, 2011) in the event of a termination of employment in connection with a change of control of us. The accelerated vesting of options could result in dilution to our existing stockholders and harm the market price of our common stock. The payment of these severance benefits could harm our financial condition and results. In addition, these potential severance payments may discourage or prevent third parties from seeking a business combination with us.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, therefore capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently prohibited by our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, and any future debt financing arrangement may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

41


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “could,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend,” “predict,” “seek,” “contemplate,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

the initiation, timing, progress and results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and our research and development programs;

 

   

our ability to advance drug candidates into, and successfully complete, clinical trials;

 

   

our collaborator’s exercise of its license options;

 

   

the commercialization of our drug candidates;

 

   

the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, drug candidates and technology;

 

   

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our drug candidates and technology;

 

   

estimates of our expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

   

the timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals;

 

   

our ability to maintain and establish collaborations or obtain additional government grant funding;

 

   

our use of proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne;

 

   

our financial performance; and

 

   

developments relating to our competitors and our industry.

These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Any forward-looking statement in this prospectus reflects our current views with respect to future events and is subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations, industry and future growth. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.

This prospectus also contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business, and the markets for certain drugs, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets, their projected growth rates, the incidence of certain medical conditions, statements that certain drugs, classes of drugs or dosages are the most widely prescribed in the United States or other markets, the perceptions and preferences of patients and physicians regarding certain therapies and other prescription, prescriber and patient data, as well as data regarding market research, estimates and forecasts prepared by our management. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances reflected in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. In particular, unless otherwise specified, all prescription, prescriber and patient data in this prospectus is from Datamonitor. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $53.3 million at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will also receive $7.0 million from the sale of shares of common stock in the concurrent private placement to GSK and $5.0 million from the sale of shares of common stock in the concurrent private placement to Techne, each at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that the net proceeds will be approximately $61.7 million after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 would increase or decrease, respectively, our net proceeds by $3.7 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently expect to use our net proceeds from this offering, together with the proceeds from the sale of our concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne as follows:

 

   

Approximately $25.0 million to further develop CCX140, including the completion of the two Phase II clinical trials in diabetic nephropathy and additional Phase I clinical trials and related activities in anticipation of conducting end-of-Phase II meetings with the FDA and EMA;

 

   

Approximately $10.0 million to advance CCX168, CCX832 and CCX662 through Phase II clinical proof-of-concept;

 

   

Approximately $10.0 million to fund our research and drug discovery activities related to additional drug candidates; and

 

   

The remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes, including hiring of additional personnel and expenses associated with being a public company.

However, due to the uncertainties inherent in the product development process, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne that may be used for the above purposes. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of preclinical studies and any ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future, the timing of regulatory submissions and the amount of cash, if any, generated by our collaboration agreement.

Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or government securities.

 

43


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, unless waived, the terms of our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank prohibit us from paying cash dividends. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and investments and capitalization as of September 30, 2011:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,332,186 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering, and (2) the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price, in each case at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to additionally reflect (1) the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne of $7.0 million and $5.0 million of our common stock, respectively, and (2) the issuance and sale by us of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

You should read this information together with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the heading “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of September 30, 2011  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands, except share

and per share data)

 

Cash, cash equivalents and investments (2)

   $ 81,182      $ 81,182      $ 146,482   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equipment financing obligations

   $ 1,581      $ 1,581      $ 1,581   

Convertible note from related party

     10,060                 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 48,989,914 shares authorized, 48,664,392 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     49                 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 68,000,000 shares authorized, 4,219,715 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 29,220,577 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 34,020,576 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     8        29        34   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Additional paid-in capital

     169,485        179,573        244,868   

Employee note receivable

     (16     (16     (16

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (41     (41     (41

Accumulated deficit

     (112,530     (112,530     (112,530
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     56,955        67,015        132,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 68,596      $ 68,596      $ 133,896   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, cash equivalents and investments, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by $3.7 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(2)

Subsequent to September 30, 2011, we received a $25.0 million option exercise payment under our strategic alliance with GSK with respect to CCX354.

 

45


Table of Contents

The actual and pro forma as adjusted outstanding shares information in the table above excludes the following:

 

   

4,172,318 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options having a weighted-average exercise price of $4.72 per share;

 

   

159,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants having an exercise price of $5.20 per share;

 

   

59,009 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future option grants under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan;

 

   

150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants, with an exercise price per share equal to 200% of the initial public offering price of our common stock, which warrants will be issued to Techne upon the completion of this offering.

 

   

3,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future option grants under our 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan;

 

   

300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

   

the issuance of an additional 12,044 shares of our common stock upon the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne, assuming a conversion date of February 10, 2012, at a conversion price equal to the assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

46


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of September 30, 2011, we had a historical net tangible book value of $57.0 million, or $1.99 per share of common stock, taking into account the expected conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock prior to the completion of this offering. Without giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock, we had a historical net tangible book value of $57.0 million, or $13.50 per share of common stock, as of September 30, 2011. Historical net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock. Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to (1) the conversion of all of our preferred stock into 24,332,186 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering, (2) the sale of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (3) the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne of $7.0 million and $5.0 million of our common stock, respectively, and (4) the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price, in each case at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 was approximately $132.3 million, or approximately $3.89 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.26 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $11.11 per share to investors participating in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $ 15.00   

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2011 assuming the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock

   $ 1.99      

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to pro forma transactions described in the preceding paragraph other than the offering

     0.64      
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2011

   $ 2.63      

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     1.26      
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

        3.89   
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

      $ 11.11   
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $3.7 million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by approximately $0.11 per share and the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering by approximately $0.11 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2011, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders (giving effect to each of the pro forma transactions described in the first paragraph of this section other than the offering) and by investors participating in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     30,020,576         88.2   $ 188,495,547         75.9   $ 6.28   

Investors participating in this offering

     4,000,000         11.8        60,000,000         24.1        15.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     34,020,576         100.0   $ 248,495,547         100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

47


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne is based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2011 and excludes the following:

 

   

4,172,318 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options having a weighted-average exercise price of $4.72 per share;

 

   

159,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants having an exercise price of $5.20 per share;

 

   

59,009 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future option grants under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan;

 

   

150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants, with an exercise price per share equal to 200% of the initial public offering price of our common stock, which warrants will be issued to Techne upon the completion of this offering.

 

   

3,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future option grants under our 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan;

 

   

300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

   

the issuance of an additional 12,044 shares of our common stock upon the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne, assuming a conversion date of February 10, 2012, at a conversion price equal to the assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 will increase to $140.7 million, or $4.06 per share, representing an increase to existing stockholders of $2.08 per share, and there will be an immediate dilution of an additional $10.94 per share to new investors.

Furthermore, we may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. New investors will experience further dilution if any of our outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued and exercised under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock, other equity securities or convertible debt securities in the future.

 

48


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 are derived from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial information and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our consolidated financial position as of September 30, 2011 and the consolidated results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

We have presented pro forma net loss per share information for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to reflect (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,332,186 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering, (2) the issuance and sale by us of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (3) the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne of $7.0 million and $5.0 million of our common stock, respectively, and (4) the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price, in each case at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
                                  (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenues:

             

Collaborative research and development revenue from related party

  $ 4,950      $ 18,149      $ 23,551      $ 49,744      $ 34,861      $ 21,746      $ 5,621   

Grant revenue

    3,158        2,588        536                               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues:

    8,108        20,737        24,087        49,744        34,861        21,746        5,621   

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

    21,946        33,193        35,056        27,474        33,527        25,385        22,914   

General and administrative

    5,300        6,680        9,157        6,575        7,292        5,363        5,721   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    27,246        39,873        44,213        34,049        40,819        30,748        28,635   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (19,138     (19,136     (20,126     15,695        (5,958     (9,002     (23,014

Interest income

    1,932        3,930        1,762        297        436        322        319   

Interest expense

    (138     (93     (129     (76     (81     (60     (170

Other income

                                2,434        490        16   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (17,344     (15,299     (18,493     15,916        (3,169     (8,250     (22,849

Income tax benefit (expense)

           (395     23        (293     73        73          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (17,344   $ (15,694   $ (18,470   $ 15,623      $ (3,096   $ (8,177   $ (22,849
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share (1)

  $ (4.83   $ (4.03   $ (4.52   $ 0.56      $ (0.76   $ (2.01   $ (5.49
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share (1)

  $ (4.83   $ (4.03   $ (4.52   $ 0.53      $ (0.76   $ (2.01   $ (5.49
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share

    3,592,805        3,892,924        4,087,181        3,961,640        4,081,648        4,077,347        4,162,309   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share

    3,592,805        3,892,924        4,087,181        29,256,423        4,081,648        4,077,347        4,162,309   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (unaudited) (1)

          $ (0.11     $ (0.80
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

            28,210,296          28,471,126   
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents
    As of December 31,     As of September 30,
2011
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010    
    (in thousands)  
                                  (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

  $ 82,227      $ 65,435      $ 90,158      $ 65,316      $ 82,836      $ 81,182   

Working capital

    70,730        49,029        76,598        79,125        82,712        64,964   

Total assets

    87,780        74,631        97,924        103,469        98,133        85,365   

Non-current equipment financing obligations

           1,163        455        7        945        1,040   

Convertible note from related party

                                       10,060   

Accumulated deficit

    (68,044     (83,738     (102,208     (86,585     (89,681     (112,530

Total stockholders’ equity

    44,426        30,024        60,960        77,302        76,773        56,955   

 

(1)

See Note 2 within the notes to our consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted loss per share.

 

50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the “Risk Factors” section.

Overview

ChemoCentryx is a biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing orally-administered therapeutics to treat autoimmune diseases, inflammatory disorders and cancer. We currently have five drug candidates in clinical development, and expect to advance one additional drug candidate into clinical development in 2012. Our drug candidates include: Traficet-EN (CCX282 or GSK’786), our most advanced drug candidate, currently in three pivotal Phase III clinical trials being conducted by our partner Glaxo Group Limited, or GSK, an affiliate of GlaxoSmithKline, for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease; CCX140, our lead independent drug candidate, which successfully completed a Phase II clinical trial in type 2 diabetics and is currently in two Phase II clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy, a form of kidney disease; CCX354, which successfully completed a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, or RA; CCX168, currently in a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic antibody, or ANCA-associated vasculitis, or AAV; CCX832, which completed a Phase I clinical trial and, subject to further discussion with GSK, is expected to enter a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of skin inflammation; and CCX662, our independent drug candidate for the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, which is expected to enter a Phase I clinical trial in the second half of 2012. CCX140 and CCX662 are wholly owned and are being developed independently by us, while Traficet-EN, CCX354, CCX168 and CCX832 are subject to our collaboration agreement with GSK. In December 2009 and November 2011, GSK exercised its options to obtain exclusive licenses for the further development and commercialization of CCX282 and CCX354, respectively. Upon exercise of these options, GSK assumed sole responsibility for the further development and commercialization of these drug candidates and each of their two respective back-up compounds. We are also advancing several additional independent drug candidates through preclinical development. In addition, our strategy has been to identify next generation compounds related to our drug candidates. All of our drug candidates, including those under our collaboration agreement with GSK, have been internally discovered.

In August 2006, we entered into our strategic alliance with GSK. We have received $245.7 million from GSK, consisting of up-front and milestone payments, equity investments, research funding and option exercise fees. Under the terms of our agreement with GSK, we are responsible for the discovery and development of small molecule antagonists targeting four defined chemokine and chemo-attractant receptor targets (CCR9, CCR1, C5aR and ChemR23) and for advancing them through clinical proof-of-concept. If we demonstrate successful clinical proof-of-concept, GSK is entitled to options to exclusively license drug candidates that are subject to the collaboration and two defined back-up compounds for each drug candidate for further development and commercialization on a worldwide basis. Upon exercising any of its options to drug candidates under the collaboration, GSK is solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures worldwide with respect to that drug candidate and its two designated back-up compounds. In exchange for the rights granted to GSK upon the exercise of its options, we are also entitled to receive regulatory and commercial milestone payments, as earned under the terms of our agreement, and royalties on the net sales of licensed drugs. The agreement contemplated up to six drug options, each of which covers a drug candidate against the four defined targets, including Traficet-EN (CCR9), CCX354 (CCR1), CCX168 (C5aR) and CCX832 (ChemR23), and their associated back-up compounds. The other two drug options were for second generation drug candidates and their associated back-up compounds. However, we and GSK chose not to nominate second generation drug candidates against any of the four defined targets

 

51


Table of Contents

during the agreement’s research term, which has expired. GSK has already exercised its options to Traficet-EN and CCX354 and each of their two respective defined back-up compounds. Thus, GSK’s only remaining options are to CCX168 and CCX832 and their associated back-up compounds. If GSK does not exercise its options to CCX168 or CCX832, we will evaluate our alternatives for further development of these drug candidates, which may entail internally developing these drug candidates or identifying other collaboration partners for their development.

Since commencing our operations in 1997, our efforts have focused on research, development and the advancement of our drug candidates into and through clinical trials. As a result, we have incurred significant losses. We have funded our operations primarily through the sale of convertible preferred and common stock, contract revenue under our collaborations, government contracts and grants and borrowings under equipment financing arrangements. As of September 30, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of $112.5 million. We expect to continue to incur net losses as we develop our drug candidates, expand clinical trials for our drug candidates currently in clinical development, expand our research and development activities, expand our systems and facilities, seek regulatory approvals and engage in commercialization preparation activities in anticipation of Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval of our drug candidates. In addition, if a product is approved for commercialization, we will need to expand our organization. Significant capital is required to launch a product and many expenses are incurred before revenues are received. We are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all.

Financial Operations Overview

Revenues

We have not generated any revenue from product sales. Since our inception, our revenue has been derived from two primary sources: (1) contract revenue, up-front payments and development milestone payments from GSK and (2) government contracts and grants. The following table summarizes our revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

GSK

              

Contract revenue

   $ 7,251       $ 4,100       $ 4,721       $ 2,513       $ 2,900   

Recognition of up-front payments

     6,300         5,644         5,140         4,233         2,721   

Milestones

     10,000         40,000         25,000         15,000           

Government contracts and grants

     536                                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 24,087       $ 49,744       $ 34,861       $ 21,746       $ 5,621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses represent costs incurred to conduct basic research, such as the discovery and development of our understanding of the chemokine system; the discovery and development of novel small molecule therapeutics, such as Traficet-EN and CCX140; the development of our suite of proprietary drug discovery technologies, known collectively as EnabaLink, which includes our proprietary Reverse Activation of Migration, or RAM, screening technology and preclinical studies and clinical trials of our drug candidates. We expense all research and development expenses as they are incurred. These expenses consist primarily of salaries and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, third-party contract costs relating to research, formulation, manufacturing, preclinical study and clinical trial activities, laboratory consumables, and allocated facility costs.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011. The project specific expenses summarized in the following table reflect costs directly attributable to our clinical development

 

52


Table of Contents

candidates and preclinical candidates nominated and selected for further development. Such project specific expenses include third-party contract costs relating to formulation, manufacturing, preclinical studies and clinical trial activities. Unlike with respect to our early stage research and drug discovery programs, we allocate research and development salaries, benefits or indirect costs to our development candidates and we have included such costs in the project specific expenses. All remaining research and development expenses are reflected in “Research and drug discovery” which represents early stage drug discovery programs. Such expenses include allocated employee salaries and related benefits, stock-based compensation, consulting and contracted services to supplement our in-house laboratory activities, laboratory consumables and allocated facility costs associated with these earlier stage programs.

At any given time, we typically have several active early stage research and drug discovery projects. Our internal resources, employees and infrastructure are not directly tied to any individual research or drug discovery project and are typically deployed across multiple projects. As such, we do not maintain information regarding these costs incurred for our early stage research and drug discovery programs on a project specific basis.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Development Candidate (Target)

              

Traficet-EN (CCR9)

   $ 16,804       $ 3,487       $       $       $   

CCX140 (CCR2)

     820         2,257         5,214         6,712         5,687   

CCX354 (CCR1)

     735         3,538         6,106         4,229         3,230   

CCX168 (C5aR)

             1,527         2,870         3,381         3,317   

CCX832 (ChemR23)

                     1,398         2,003         1,520   

Research and drug discovery

     16,697         16,665         17,939         9,060         9,160   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development

   $ 35,056       $ 27,474       $ 33,527       $ 25,385       $ 22,914   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect our research and development expenses to increase as we advance our development programs further and increase the number and size of our clinical trials. The process of conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming. We or our partners may never succeed in achieving marketing approval for any of our drug candidates. The probability of success for each drug candidate may be affected by numerous factors, including preclinical data, clinical data, competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. For the product options covered under our strategic alliance with GSK, for which we receive milestone payments, we are responsible for development of drug candidates through clinical proof-of-concept, after which time GSK has an option to an exclusive license on a compound by compound basis. Our strategy includes entering into additional partnerships with third parties for the development and commercialization of some of our independent drug candidates that are not subject to our alliance with GSK.

Most of our product development programs are at an early-to-mid-stage; therefore the successful development of our drug candidates is highly uncertain and may not result in approved products. Completion dates and completion costs can vary significantly for each drug candidate and are difficult to predict for each product. Given the uncertainty associated with clinical trial enrollments and the risks inherent in the development process, we are unable to determine the duration and completion costs of the current or future clinical trials of our drug candidates or if, or to what extent, we will generate revenues from the commercialization and sale of any of our drug candidates. We anticipate we will make determinations as to which programs to pursue and how much funding to direct to each program on an ongoing basis in response to the scientific and clinical success of each drug candidate, as well as ongoing assessment as to each drug candidate’s commercial potential. We will need to raise additional capital or may seek additional strategic alliances in the future in order to complete the development and commercialization of our drug candidates, including CCX140, our lead independent drug candidate.

 

53


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related benefits, including stock-based compensation and travel expenses, in executive, finance, business and corporate development and other administrative functions. Other general and administrative expenses include allocated facility-related costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses, legal costs of pursuing patent protection of our intellectual property, and professional fees for auditing, tax, and legal services. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we expand our operating activities and incur additional costs associated with being a public company. These public company related increases will likely include legal fees, accounting fees, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums and investor relations related fees.

Other Income

Other income, net, consists primarily of income or expenses which are non-recurring in nature. For instance, in 2010, we were awarded $1.9 million from the United States Department of Treasury for eight projects under the Qualitative Therapeutic Discovery Project Program under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 to support research with the potential to produce new therapies and reported such amount in other income.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reported periods. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the Notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, we believe that the following critical accounting policies relating to revenue recognition, clinical trial expenses and stock-based compensation are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from two principal sources: (1) collaborative research and development agreements with pharmaceutical companies and (2) government contracts and grants. We recognize revenue in accordance with the criteria outlined in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Topic 13 and Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 605-25 and by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB. Following these accounting pronouncements, revenue is recognized when the following criteria have been met:

 

   

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

   

delivery has occurred and risk of loss has passed;

 

   

the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

 

   

collectibility is reasonably assured.

As a result, we recognize revenue under the government grants when the work is performed or the expenses are incurred. Any amounts received in advance of performance are recorded as deferred revenue until earned.

Under collaboration agreements, we may receive payments for non-refundable up-front fees, reimbursement for research and development services, milestone payments and royalties. In assessing the appropriate revenue recognition related to a collaboration agreement, we first determine whether an arrangement includes multiple elements, such as the delivery of intellectual property rights and research and development services. Intellectual

 

54


Table of Contents

property rights generally are not separable from the activity of providing research and development services because the intellectual property right does not have stand-alone value separate from the research and development services provided or evidence of fair value does not exist for the undelivered research and development services. Accordingly, we account for our collaboration agreements as a combined unit of accounting. The revenue from up-front payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated term of the research and development obligations covered under the research and development collaboration agreement. We periodically review the basis for our estimates, and we may change the estimates if circumstances change. These changes can significantly increase or decrease the amount of revenue recognized. As we applied our policy to our collaboration arrangements we made judgments which affected the pattern of revenue recognition. For instance, in our arrangement with GSK, we are obligated to provide research and development services. We are recognizing revenue over the estimated period of our performance of the research and development services, which we currently estimate will end in March 2014, the expected completion date of the proof-of-concept trial for the last of the drug candidates to be developed under the GSK alliance. In 2010 we increased our estimate for the remaining estimated research and development period under our arrangement with GSK by approximately 1.25 years. This change in estimate is accounted for prospectively and reduced the annualized revenue recognition by approximately $2.0 million per year.

In addition to up-front payments and research and development funding, we may also be entitled to milestone payments that are contingent upon our achieving a predefined objective. Milestone payments are recorded as revenue upon achievement if there is substantive uncertainty at the date the arrangement is entered into that the event will be achieved and the achievement of the milestone is based on our performance.

Clinical Trial Accruals and Related Expenses

We accrue and expense costs for clinical trial activities performed by third parties, including clinical research organizations, or CROs, and clinical investigators, based upon estimates made as of the reporting date of the work completed over the life of the individual study in accordance with agreements established with CROs and clinical trial sites. Some CROs invoice us on a monthly basis, while others invoice upon milestones achieved and the expense is recorded as services are rendered. We determine the estimates of clinical activities incurred at the end of each reporting period through discussion with internal personnel and outside service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of trials or services, as of the end of each reporting period, pursuant to contracts with numerous clinical trial centers and CROs and the agreed upon fee to be paid for such services. The significant factors considered in estimating accruals include the number of patients enrolled and the percentage of work completed to date. Costs of setting up clinical trial sites for participation in the trials that are paid for in advance are expensed over the estimated set-up period. While the set-up periods vary from one arrangement to another, such set-up periods generally take from two to six months. Such set-up activities include clinical site identification, local ethics committee submissions, regulatory submissions, clinical investigator kick-off meetings and pre-study site visits. Clinical trial site costs related to patient enrollments are accrued as patients are entered into the trial.

To date, we have not experienced significant changes in our estimates of clinical trial accruals after a reporting period. However, due to the nature of estimates, we cannot assure you that we will not make changes to our estimates in the future as we become aware of additional information about the status or conduct of our clinical trials.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period on a straightline basis. We recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million, $1.8 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and $1.7 million and $2.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, we had $5.2 million and $4.9 million, respectively, of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option plans that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.76 years and 2.51 years, respectively. We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

 

55


Table of Contents

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value

Our board of directors, with the assistance of management and independent consultants, performed fair value analyses for the valuation of our common stock as of December 2009, December 2010 and June 2011. For grants made on dates for which there was no contemporaneous valuation to utilize in setting the exercise price of our common stock, and given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on several factors, including:

 

   

important developments in our operations, most significantly related to the clinical development of our lead drug candidates, Traficet-EN and CCX140;

 

   

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock, such as an initial public offering or an acquisition of us, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

   

that the grants involved illiquid securities in a private company.

In determining the fair value of our common stock, we used a combination of the market multiple approach and the initial public offering, or IPO, value approach to estimate the enterprise value of our company. The per share common stock value was estimated by allocating the enterprise value using the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, at each valuation date.

The market multiple approach estimates the value of a business by comparing a company to similar publicly-traded companies. When selecting the comparable companies to be used for the market multiple approaches, we focused on companies within the biopharmaceutical industry. Some of the specific criteria used to select the comparable companies included those discovering and developing small molecule drugs in the therapeutic areas of autoimmune or inflammatory disorders and cancer and whose product pipeline was comprised of lead candidates in a pre-commercial stage and/or pre-Phase III clinical development. The mix of comparable companies was reviewed at each valuation date to assess whether to add or delete companies; however, following each review, the comparable companies remained largely unchanged from those used in prior valuation analysis.

A group of comparable publicly-traded companies is selected and market multiples are calculated using each company’s stock price and other financial data. An estimate of value for our company is completed by applying selected market multiples based on forecasted financial results for both the comparable companies and the subject company. Given that we are several years away from generating product revenue and we were unable to develop reliable long-term forecasts, our analysis applied the market approach based on our research and development spending results, which was deemed to be the most relevant financial measure.

The IPO value approach estimates the value of a business by estimating a future IPO value based on pre-money valuations of biopharmaceutical IPOs of similar stage over approximately the preceding two to three year period, discounted to the present value (as further discussed below in each valuation discussion). Given that both the market multiple approach and the IPO value approach provide relevant estimates of fair value, which did not differ significantly, we applied equal weighting to each of these approaches to determine an initial estimated enterprise value. The initial estimated enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock using the PWERM for the periods described below.

The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the rights of each share class. The PWERM estimates the common stock value to our stockholders under each of four possible future scenarios—IPO, sale, stay private and liquidation. The value per share under each scenario was then probability weighted and the resulting weighted values per share were summed to determine the fair value per share of our common stock. In the liquidation, sale and stay private scenarios, the value per share was allocated taking into account the liquidation preferences and participation rights of our convertible preferred stock consistent with the method outlined in the AICPA Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . In the IPO scenario, it was assumed that all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock would convert into common stock. Over

 

56


Table of Contents

time, as we achieved certain company related milestones, the probability of each scenario was evaluated and adjusted accordingly, with the probability of a liquidity event such as an IPO or sale remaining in the range of 55-60% and 15-20%, respectively. The probability of remaining a private company or liquidating remained in the range from 20-25% and 0-5%, respectively. In addition, our previously filed registration statement which was withdrawn in 2008 influenced the probability weighting.

We also considered the fact that our stockholders cannot freely trade our common stock in the public markets. The estimated fair value of our common stock at each grant date reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.

In the contemporaneous valuations leading up to the filing of our prior registration statement on Form S-1 in November 2007, the non-marketability discount rate decreased over time as the perceived risk of completing an IPO was reduced. From December 2009 to June 2011 the contemporaneous valuations used to establish the fair value of our common stock assumed the expected length of time until, and probability of, an IPO remained the same based on overall market conditions at the time of each of the valuations and the non-marketability discount remained unchanged during that period.

There is inherent uncertainty in these forecasts and projections and if we had made different assumptions and estimates than those described above, the amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share amounts could have been materially different.

In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we reassessed the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes at interim dates between the contemporaneous valuations where there were stock option grants. For these interim periods we adjusted the fair value based on market conditions, progress made in our development programs and whether we achieved company milestones, when we deemed appropriate. Since December 2009, we had a number of developments in our business that we believe contributed to increase in the fair value of our common stock as discussed below.

Common stock valuations

Information regarding our stock option grants to our employees and non-employees along with the exercise price, which equals the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock for stock options issued since January 1, 2010 is summarized as follows:

 

Grant Date

   Shares Subject to Options
Granted
     Exercise Price per
Common Share
     Fair Value per
Common Share
     Intrinsic Value per
Common Share
 

March 4, 2010

     46,450       $ 6.30       $ 6.30           

May 27, 2010

     6,250         6.30         6.30           

August 10, 2010

     423,628         6.30         6.30           

August 11, 2010

     279,166         6.30         6.30           

November 17, 2010

     9,000         6.30         6.30           

February 9, 2011 (unaudited)

     32,062         6.60         6.60           

May 11, 2011 (unaudited)

     1,500         6.60         6.60           

August 4, 2011 (unaudited)

     346,617         6.90         6.90           

November 9, 2011 (unaudited)

     10,500         6.90         6.90           

December 2009:     As of December 2009, the results of our Phase II clinical trial of Traficet-EN demonstrated clinical efficacy in patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease with a favorable safety and tolerability profile in both induction and maintenance periods of the study. Based on a confluence of data, GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license for further development and worldwide commercialization of Traficet-EN. The option exercised by GSK constituted a material change in our business and financial position; we therefore conducted a contemporaneous valuation as of December 31, 2009. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount of 18%, a non-marketability discount of 24% and an estimated time to a liquidity event of 12-18 months. Given that a potential liquidity event was estimated to be in the 12-18 month time horizon, we utilized the PWERM allocation model. The expected outcomes were weighted more toward an IPO (55-60%), with a lower weight for remaining

 

57


Table of Contents

private (20-25%), and a lower weight for a sale (15-20%) and with the lowest weights given to liquidation (0-5%). The valuation indicated a fair value of $6.30 per share for our common stock.

March 2010, May 2010, August 2010, and November 2010:     During these periods, there were no material changes to our business, and therefore we did not adjust the fair value of our common stock as of March 2010, May 2010, August 2010 and November 2010.

December 2010:     As of December 2010, we continued to make progress in our preclinical and clinical product portfolio. In December 2010, we completed a Phase II clinical trial for CCX140 for the treatment of type 2 diabetes which demonstrated that the compound was safe and well tolerated. In addition, in December 2010, we initiated a Phase I clinical trial of CCX832 and as a result, earned a milestone payment from GSK. The advancement of our clinical trials and the earned milestone payment constituted a significant change in our business and financial position, and we therefore conducted a contemporaneous valuation as of December 31, 2010. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount of 18%, a non-marketability discount of 24% and an estimated time to a liquidity event of 12 months. The expected outcomes were weighted more toward an IPO (55-60%), with a lower weight for remaining private (20-25%), and a lower weight for a sale (15-20%), with the lowest weights given to liquidation (0-5%). The valuation indicated a fair value of $6.60 per share for our common stock.

February 2011 and May 2011 :    During these periods, we continued to advance our clinical pipeline consisting of several drug candidates including our lead compound under the GSK alliance, Traficet-EN, which entered pivotal Phase III clinical trials in January 2011 for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease. We advanced our other clinical trial programs further into the clinic, however we did not expect data from these trials to be available at this time. As a result, there were no material changes to our business, and therefore we did not adjust the fair value of our common stock as of February 2011 or May 2011.

June 2011 :    As of June 2011, we completed enrollment of our Phase II study of CCX354 for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis with data expected in the second half of 2011. We also initiated pre-study activities for our Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for CCX168 in patients with AAV. We conducted a contemporaneous valuation as of June 30, 2011. At that time, our board of directors had not approved moving forward with an IPO. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount of 18%, a non-marketability discount of 24% and an estimated time to a liquidity event of 12-18 months. The expected outcomes were weighted more toward an IPO (55-60%), with a lower weight for remaining private (20-25%), and a lower weight for a sale (15-20%), with the lowest weights given to liquidation (0-5%). The valuation indicated a fair value of $6.90 per share for our common stock.

August 2011 and November 2011:     During these periods, we continued to advance our clinical pipeline further in development and completed our Phase II study of CCX354 for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. Although GSK did exercise its option to obtain an exclusive license to further develop and commercialize CCX354 in November 2011, such exercise occurred subsequent to our November 9, 2011 stock option grants and therefore did not affect the fair market value we ascribed to our common stock in determining the option exercise price with respect to such grants. While we did not conduct any contemporaneous valuations of our common stock during this period, in November 2011 one of our executive officers sold 50,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $6.90 per share to an officer of one of our shareholders in a transaction negotiated at arms’ length.

Assuming an initial offering price of our common stock of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the public offering price of our common stock will exceed the exercise price of options issued by us on November 9, 2011 by $8.10 per share. We believe that this increase in the fair value of our common stock was primarily attributable to the following developments during the period:

 

   

GSK’s exercise of its option on November 28, 2011 to further develop and commercialize CCX354;

 

   

GSK’s $25.0 million payment to us in December 2011, with respect to exercising its option to further develop and commercialize CCX354;

 

   

the commencement, in December 2011, of dosing of patients with diabetic nephropathy in a Phase II clinical trial for CCX140, our lead independent drug candidate;

 

58


Table of Contents
   

the increased likelihood that we would complete our initial public offering in the first quarter of 2011;

 

   

the decrease in the discount for a lack of marketability of our common stock based on the expected time to a liquidity event; and

 

   

improving market conditions.

The exercise by GSK of its option to obtain a license to further develop and commercialize CCX354 contributed to the increase in the value of our common stock in several respects, including due to the following factors:

 

   

GSK’s exercise of its option with respect to CCX354, as it constitutes the second of four potential option exercises under our strategic alliance with GSK, helps to validate the viability both of our drug discovery platform and CCX354’s clinical efficacy in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis;

 

   

GSK’s exercise of this option creates the potential that material milestone payments will be received with respect to this drug candidate;

 

   

the exercise of an option to a second drug candidate provides the potential for a second revenue stream under our strategic alliance with GSK, thereby increasing the total revenue we may potentially realize under this strategic alliance;

 

   

the exercise of an option to a second drug candidate decreases the likelihood that we will be completely dependent on a single drug candidate for our future revenues and that we will be subject to the risks associated with being dependent on a single drug; and

 

   

as a result of GSK’s exercise of its option to CCX354, GSK has become solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures worldwide with respect to CCX354 and its two designated back-up compounds, thereby freeing up resources for application to our other programs.

With respect to the commencement of dosing of patients with diabetic nephropathy in a Phase II clinical trial for CCX140, this development contributed to the increase in the fair market value of our stock during this period by moving this drug candidate closer to commercialization. As this drug candidate is not subject to our strategic partnership with GSK and we currently have exclusive development and commercialization rights, we could potentially retain a larger portion of any revenues generated by this drug candidate than we could with respect to drug candidates that our subject to our strategic collaboration with GSK.

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

As of December 31, 2010, we had net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $68.2 million and $4.5 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2019 if not utilized. We also had net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $67.8 million and $2.5 million respectively. The state net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2014 if not utilized. The state research and development tax credits can be carried forward indefinitely.

Utilization of the net operating losses and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of our net operating losses and credits before they can be used. We have recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount of the portion of the deferred tax asset related to our net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards.

 

59


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2011

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Change  
         2010             2011         2011 vs. 2010     %  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 21,746      $ 5,621      $ (16,125     (74%

Research and development expenses

     25,385        22,914        (2,471     (10%

General and administrative expenses

     5,363        5,721        358        7%   

Interest income

     322        319        (3     (1%

Interest expense

     (60     (170     (110     (83%

Other income

     490        16        (474     (97%

Income tax benefit

     73               (73     (100%

Revenue.     We recognized revenue of $5.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and $21.7 million in the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to milestone payments received in connection with our GSK alliance during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 for the development candidate nomination of CCX832 and Phase I clinical trial initiation of CCX168. Total milestone payments recognized in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 were $15.0 million. No milestone payments were recognized in the same period in 2011.

Research and development expenses.     Research and development expenses were $22.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and $25.4 million in the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to the completion of our Phase II clinical trial of CCX140 in type 2 diabetes in December 2010.

General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses were $5.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and $5.4 million for the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily related to higher professional fees for legal and financial consulting services in connection with intellectual property and business development related activities, respectively.

Interest income, net.     Interest income, net of interest expense, was $0.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and $0.3 million in the same period in 2010.

Other income .    Other income was $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. No other income was recognized in 2011. This decrease was due to the receipt of an insurance claim in the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2009             2010         2010 vs. 2009     %  
     (in thousands)        

Revenue

   $ 49,744      $ 34,861      $ (14,883     (30%

Research and development expenses

     27,474        33,527        6,053        22%   

General and administrative expenses

     6,575        7,292        717        11%   

Interest income

     297        436        139        47%   

Interest expense

     (76     (81     (5     (7%

Other income

            2,434        2,434        N/A   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (293     73        366        125%   

Revenue.     We recognized revenue of $34.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $49.7 million for the same period in 2009. This decrease was primarily due to higher milestone payments in 2009. In December 2009, GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license for further development and worldwide commercialization of Traficet-EN. The associated option exercise fee of $35.0 million was recognized as revenue in full in the year ended December 31, 2009. Total milestones payments recognized in 2010 and 2009 were $25.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively.

 

60


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses.     Research and development expenses were $33.5 million in 2010 and $27.5 million in 2009. This increase was primarily due to higher clinical expenses for CCX140, CCX354 and CCX168, reflecting further patient enrollment in the associated clinical trials for these drug candidates and for CCX832 for which Phase I clinical trials were initiated in 2010.

General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses were $7.3 million in 2010 and $6.6 million in 2009. This increase was primarily due to higher stock based compensation resulting from additional stock option grants and an increase in the fair value per share of our common stock during 2010.

Interest income, net.     Interest income, net of interest expense, was $0.4 million in 2010 and $0.2 million in 2009. This increase was a result of higher cash and investment balances in 2010 primarily due to the receipt of milestone payments from GSK in 2010.

Other income .    Other income was $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. No other income was recognized in 2009. This increase was due to the $1.9 million in government grants awarded from the United States Department of Treasury for eight projects under the Qualitative Therapeutic Discovery Project Program under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 to support research with the potential to produce new therapies and $0.5 million for the receipt of an insurance claim in 2010.

Income tax benefit (expense) .    Income tax expense was $0.3 million in 2009. State income tax expense resulting from the state of California’s temporary suspension of the use of net operating loss carrybacks in 2009 was partially offset by a federal income tax credit in the same period.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change        
         2008             2009         2009 vs. 2008     %  
     (in thousands)        

Revenue

   $ 24,087      $ 49,744      $ 25,657        107%   

Research and development expenses

     35,056        27,474        (7,582     (22%

General and administrative expenses

     9,157        6,575        (2,582     (28%

Interest income

     1,762        297        (1,465     (83%

Interest expense

     (129     (76     53        41%   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     23        (293     (316     (1,374%

Revenue.     We recognized revenue of $49.7 million in 2009 and $24.1 million in 2008. This increase was primarily due to higher milestone payments in 2009. In December 2009, GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license for further development and worldwide commercialization of Traficet-EN. The associated option exercise fee of $35.0 million was recognized as revenue in full in the year ended December 31, 2009. Total milestones payments recognized in 2009 and 2008 were $40.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively.

Grant revenue was $0.5 million in 2008, reflecting the completion of efforts related to a grant from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases. No grant revenue was recognized in 2009.

Research and development expenses.     Research and development expenses were $27.5 million in 2009 and $35.1 million in 2008. This decrease was primarily due to lower medical and regulatory expenses of $7.6 million as a result of the completion of our Phase II trial for Traficet-EN, partially offset by higher clinical expenses for CCX140, CCX354 and CCX168, reflecting further patient enrollment in associated clinical trials for these drug candidates and for CCX832 for which Phase I clinical trials were initiated in 2010.

General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses were $6.6 million in 2009 and $9.2 million in 2008, representing a decrease of $2.6 million. This decrease was primarily a result of higher legal and financial professional fees associated with our previously filed registration statement which was withdrawn.

Interest income, net.     Interest income, net of interest expense, was $0.2 million in 2009 and $1.6 million in 2008. This decrease was primarily due to a significantly lower interest rate environment in 2009.

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Income tax benefit (expense) .    Income tax expense was $0.3 million in 2009. State income tax expense resulting from the state of California’s temporary suspension of the use of net operating loss carrybacks in 2009 was partially offset by a federal income tax credit in the same period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have raised $383.8 million to fund our operations primarily through the private placement of equity, contract revenue under our collaborations, government contracts and grants and borrowings under equipment financing arrangements. As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately $81.2 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments. In December 2011, we received a $25.0 million option exercise payment under our strategic alliance with GSK with respect to CCX354 which is reflected in the collaboration funding described above. The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2008     2009     2010          2010               2011       
     (in thousands)  
                       (unaudited)  

Cash provided by (used in)

          

Operating activities

   $ (22,758   $ (22,961   $ 17,664      $ 22,437      $ (12,904

Investing activities

     23,777        (29,915     (27,629     (33,923     (3,295

Financing activities

     47,890        (1,639     945        1,053        11,484   

Operating activities.     Net cash used in operating activities was $12.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $22.4 million for the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to the receipt by us in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 of a $35.0 million milestone payment from GSK in connection with the exercise of its option to obtain an exclusive license for further development and worldwide commercialization of Traficet-EN.

Net cash provided by operations was $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to net cashed used in operations of $23.0 million in 2009. This increase was primarily due to the receipt of the $35.0 million milestone payment from GSK in 2010.

Net cash used in operations was $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The use of cash in these periods was primarily due to the funding of our drug discovery and development efforts adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in components of working capital.

Investing activities.     Net cash used in or provided by investing activities for periods presented primarily relate to the purchase, sale and maturity of investments used to fund the day-to-day needs of our business.

Financing activities.     Net cash provided by financing activities was $11.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $1.1 million for the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to $10.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of a convertible note and $1.1 million in proceeds from the issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in connection with the exercise of an associated warrant.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to cash used in financing activities of $1.6 million for the same period in 2009. This increase was due to $1.5 million in proceeds received from the drawdown of our equipment line of financing in 2010. In addition, we repurchased $1.1 million in common stock from our Chief Executive Officer in 2009.

Net cash used in financing activities was $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $47.9 million in 2008. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities was due to $48.7 million in net proceeds from the 2008 private placement of our Series E convertible preferred stock.

 

 

62


Table of Contents

We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and investments as of September 30, 2011, along with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially.

Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the achievement of milestones under our agreement with GSK;

 

   

the terms and timing of any other collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish;

 

   

the initiation, progress, timing and completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our drug candidates and potential drug candidates;

 

   

the number and characteristics of drug candidates that we pursue;

 

   

the progress, costs and results of our clinical trials;

 

   

the outcome, timing and cost of regulatory approvals;

 

   

delays that may be caused by changing regulatory requirements;

 

   

the cost and timing of hiring new employees to support our continued growth;

 

   

the costs involved in filing and prosecuting patent applications and enforcing and defending patent claims;

 

   

the costs and timing of procuring clinical and commercial supplies of our drug candidates;

 

   

the costs and timing of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities; and

 

   

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following is a summary of our long-term contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2010.

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
One Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than 5
Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease (1)

   $ 2,975       $ 844       $ 1,816       $ 315       $   

Equipment financing obligations (including interest) (2)

     1,493         407         815         271           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 4,468       $ 1,251       $ 2,631       $ 586       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

We lease our facility in Mountain View, California. The lease expires in 2014.

 

(2)

In February 2007, we entered into a $2.5 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank to finance equipment purchases and other related expenses. In April 2010, we modified this credit facility to increase its limit to $4.0 million until March 31, 2011. As of September 30, 2011 we had drawn $2.2 million under this modified credit facility. The loans under this credit facility are secured by certain of our assets and are being repaid over 48 months. Interest rates are fixed at the time of drawdown, with effective rates ranging from 6.3%-7.0%.

In September 2011, we entered into a convertible note loan agreement with Techne pursuant to which we issued a convertible note with a principal amount of $10.0 million, bearing interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and maturing in September 2021. Upon completion of this offering, all outstanding principal and interest under this note will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

63


Table of Contents

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs for clinical trials and clinical supply manufacturing and with vendors for preclinical research studies, research supplies and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination on notice, and therefore are cancelable contracts and not included in the table of contractual obligations and commitments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined by applicable SEC regulations) that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources, except warrants and stock options.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

The primary objectives of our investment activities are to ensure liquidity and to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our marketable securities without significantly increasing risk. Some of the securities that we invest in may have market risk. This means that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the marketable securities to fluctuate. To minimize the risk in the future, we intend to maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and short term investments in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market funds, government and non-government debt securities and corporate obligations. Because of the short-term maturities of our cash equivalents and marketable securities, we do not believe that an increase in market rates would have any significant impact on the realized value of our marketable securities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangement , or ASU 2009-13. ASU 2009-13 provides application guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables should be separated and how the consideration should be allocated to one or more units of accounting. This update establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on vendor-specific objective evidence, if available, third-party evidence if vendor-specific objective evidence is not available, or estimated selling price if neither vendor-specific or third-party evidence is available. We adopted this guidance prospectively beginning on January 1, 2011 and there was no cumulative effect upon adoption. Under ASU 2009-13, we may be required to exercise considerable judgment in determining the estimated selling price of delivered items under new agreements and our revenue under new agreements may be more accelerated as compared to the prior accounting standard. As such, the adoption of ASU 2009-13 could have a material impact on our financial statements going forward.

In April 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2010-17, Revenue Recognition—Milestone Method , or ASU 2010-17. ASU 2010-17 provides guidance in applying the milestone method of revenue recognition to research or development arrangements. Under this guidance, companies may recognize revenue contingent upon the achievement of a milestone in its entirety, in the period in which the milestone is achieved, only if the milestone meets all the criteria within the guidance to be considered substantive. ASU 2010-17 is effective on a prospective basis for research and development milestones achieved in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. We adopted this standard on a prospective basis on January 1, 2011 with no impact.

 

64


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

ChemoCentryx is a biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing orally-administered therapeutics to treat autoimmune diseases, inflammatory disorders and cancer. Our approach has been to target the chemokine system, a network of molecules including chemokine ligands and their associated receptors, as well as related chemo-attractant receptors, all of which are known to drive inflammation. Chemokine ligands concentrate at the site of an inflammatory event, serving as signals that attract and guide inflammatory cells to the tissue, where, based on the chemokine ligand and receptor combination, a specific inflammatory response is initiated. In certain diseases, discrete chemokine receptors that play a specific role in the pathology of interest have been identified, and the therapeutic goal is to specifically inhibit that receptor to provide clinical benefit. Accordingly, each of our drug candidates is a small molecule designed to target a specific chemokine or chemo-attractant receptor, thereby blocking the inflammatory response driven by that particular chemokine while leaving the rest of the immune system unaffected. Using our pioneering insights and proprietary technologies designed to better understand the chemokine system, we believe that we have established the broadest pipeline of novel drugs targeting chemokine receptors. Our compounds are designed to be highly potent, selective to minimize the risk of off-target effects and orally-available for improved patient compliance. As small molecules, they are also easier and less costly to manufacture than protein therapeutics, or biologics.

We currently have five drug candidates in clinical development, and expect to advance one additional drug candidate into clinical development in 2012. Two of these drug candidates are wholly owned and are being developed independently by us while four are subject to our collaboration agreement with Glaxo Group Limited, or GSK, an affiliate of GlaxoSmithKline. Under this agreement, GSK has exercised its options to obtain exclusive licenses to further develop and commercialize Traficet-EN and CCX354 and each of their two respective defined back-up compounds and will have similar option rights to CCX168 and CCX832 if we establish clinical proof-of-concept.

All of our drug candidates have been internally discovered and include:

 

   

Traficet-EN (CCX282 or GSK’786) — Our most advanced drug candidate, currently in three pivotal Phase III clinical trials being conducted by our partner GSK for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease;

 

   

CCX140 — Our lead independent drug candidate successfully completed a Phase II clinical trial in type 2 diabetics and is currently in two Phase II clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy, a form of kidney disease;

 

   

CCX354 — Successfully completed a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, or RA, and GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license for the further development and commercialization of this drug candidate and its two identified back-up compounds in November 2011;

 

   

CCX168 — Currently in a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic antibody, or ANCA-associated vasculitis, or AAV, and is subject to GSK’s option;

 

   

CCX832 — Recently completed a Phase I clinical trial. Subject to further discussion with GSK, expected to enter a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of skin inflammation, and is subject to GSK’s option; and

 

   

CCX662 — Our independent drug candidate for the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, is expected to enter a Phase I clinical trial in the second half of 2012.

We are also advancing several additional independent drug candidates through preclinical development, the most advanced of which target chemokine receptors involved in atopic dermatitis, inflammatory bowel disease, or IBD, including ulcerative colitis, liver inflammation, psoriasis, and RA.

Traficet-EN, our most advanced drug candidate, is intended to control the inflammatory response underlying IBD by targeting the chemokine receptor known as CCR9. In adults, CCR9 is found primarily on a population of

 

65


Table of Contents

T cells, a subset of the body’s inflammatory cells, that migrate selectively to the digestive tract. It is believed that when CCR9’s ligand, CCL25 (also known as TECK), is over-expressed, the migration of T cells to the small and large intestine causes persistent inflammation that may result in Crohn’s disease or ulcerative colitis, the two forms of IBD. We have completed nine clinical trials with Traficet-EN in a total of 785 subjects, including five Phase I clinical trials (three in the United States and two in the United Kingdom), one Thorough QT study in the United States (an assessment of cardiovascular safety which is required for regulatory approval), and three Phase II clinical trials (one in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, and the United States, one in Finland and one (PROTECT-1) in Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, France, Germany, Hungary, Israel, the Netherlands, Poland, South Africa, Sweden and the United Kingdom). We completed our PROTECT-1 Phase II clinical trial in 436 patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease in 2009. Results from this clinical trial indicated that Traficet-EN was effective in inducing a clinical response over a 12-week treatment period. The results also indicated that Traficet-EN was effective in maintaining clinical remission over a 36-week treatment period. Traficet-EN was safe and well tolerated in all clinical trials completed to date. In December 2009, GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license to further develop and commercialize Traficet-EN. To date, GSK has initiated three pivotal Phase III clinical trials with Traficet-EN in Crohn’s disease. These studies are currently being conducted in Australia, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, France, Germany, Japan, Poland, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United States. If approved, Traficet-EN would be the first oral agent with a novel mechanism of action introduced for the treatment of Crohn’s disease since the introduction of corticosteroids and oral immunosuppressants.

CCX140, our lead independent drug candidate, targets the chemokine receptor known as CCR2. CCX140 is a potent and selective antagonist of CCR2 that is found on subsets of monocytes and macrophages, which are cells of the immune system believed to play an important role in inflammatory processes. Blocking CCR2 is intended to reduce the abnormal monocyte and macrophage driven inflammatory response implicated in renal disease. In addition, it has been shown that levels of CCL2, the main ligand for CCR2, are elevated in the kidneys of patients with diabetic nephropathy, which is characterized by a persistent and usually progressive decline in renal function. Current treatments of patients with diabetic nephropathy primarily focus on treatment of the underlying type 2 diabetes and hypertension. Given that the current standard of care does not halt or reverse the progression of diabetic patients with impaired kidney function to end-stage renal disease, we believe that an unmet medical need persists for the treatment of diabetic nephropathy. As a precursor to our clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy, in January 2011, we completed a 159-patient randomized Phase II clinical trial, conducted in Australia, the Czech Republic, Germany, Hungary and New Zealand, to assess the safety and tolerability of CCX140 in patients with type 2 diabetes, the most common cause of diabetic nephropathy. CCX140 was safe and well tolerated in this trial. In addition, CCX140 demonstrated biological activity through a dose-dependent decrease in fasting plasma glucose. The highest dose of 10mg CCX140 administered once-daily also lowered hemoglobin A1c, or HbA1c, with statistical significance compared to placebo over a four-week period. CCX140 is currently in two Phase II clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy and we expect to complete these clinical trials by the end of 2012, provided that we do not increase the sample size of, or add additional dose groups to, the larger of these clinical trials. One trial is being conducted in Belgium, the Czech Republic, Germany, Hungary and the United Kingdom, and the other is being conducted in the Netherlands.

CCX354 targets the chemokine receptor known as CCR1. Synovial fluid from the joints of RA patients contains high levels of activated CCR1 chemokine ligands. Blocking CCR1 is intended to reduce inflammation and prevent subsequent joint destruction by suppressing the infiltration of inflammatory cells into the arthritic joint. We successfully completed two Phase I clinical trials in a total of 84 healthy subjects, conducted in Switzerland followed by a Phase I/II clinical trial in 24 patients with stable RA, conducted in Belgium and Romania, and a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial in 160 patients with moderate-to-severe RA, conducted in Belgium, the Czech Republic, Germany, Hungary, Poland, Romania and the Ukraine. Results from the Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial demonstrated that CCX354 was safe and well tolerated by patients with RA in this trial, and demonstrated clinical and biological activity at a dose of 200mg of CCX354 once-daily. This successful clinical trial triggered GSK’s option rights under our collaboration agreement. GSK exercised its option to further develop and commercialize CCX354 in November 2011 and has an exclusive right to initiate a Phase IIb clinical trial for CCX354 in RA.

 

66


Table of Contents

CCX168 targets the chemo-attractant C5a receptor, or C5aR, which binds to a biologically activated fragment of the complement protein known as C5. Chemo-attractant receptors are related to the chemokine receptor family and similarly regulate the migration of certain types of inflammatory cells. C5aR is thought to play a role in a range of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases such as AAV, lupus and psoriasis. We completed a Phase I clinical trial for CCX168, conducted in Switzerland, which showed that CCX168 was well tolerated at doses up to 100mg. We initiated a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial in AAV in the fourth quarter of 2011 and expect to complete this clinical trial by the end of 2012. This clinical trial is being conducted in Belgium, Czech Republic, Germany, Hungary, the Netherlands, Poland, Sweden and the United Kingdom. If this clinical trial is successfully completed, GSK may exercise its option to further develop and commercialize CCX168.

CCX832 targets the chemo-attractant receptor known as ChemR23. This molecule has been designed to block the pro-inflammatory effects of chemerin, the ligand for ChemR23. Elevated chemerin levels are seen in multiple inflammatory skin diseases, including cutaneous lupus, oral lichen planus and psoriasis. In preclinical studies to date, CCX832 has demonstrated the ability to successfully block ChemR23 and to interrupt the early steps associated with the development of skin inflammation. CCX832 has completed a Phase I clinical trial in 40 healthy subjects, conducted in Switzerland, and, subject to further discussion with GSK, we expect to advance this drug candidate into a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of skin inflammation. If this clinical trial is successfully completed, GSK may exercise its option to further develop and commercialize CCX832 under our collaboration agreement.

With the exception of PROTECT-1, our Crohn’s Disease trial for CCX282, we have conducted the majority of our Phase I and Phase II clinical trials in Europe. At this time no decision has been made regarding where future Phase I and Phase II clinical trials will be conducted. Our planned future Phase III clinical trials for CCX140 will be conducted in the United States, Europe and possibly other countries outside of the United States and Europe which have not yet been determined.

For any drug candidate for which GSK exercises its option under the collaboration agreement, GSK would be solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures worldwide with respect to that drug candidate and its two designated back-up compounds. Upon the exercise of any of these options, we would receive an option exercise fee and would become eligible to receive regulatory and commercial milestone payments, as earned under the terms of our agreement, and royalties on the net sales of licensed drugs. GSK has already exercised its option to Traficet-EN and CCX354. If GSK does not exercise its options to CCX168 or CCX832, we will evaluate our alternatives for further development of these drug candidates, which may entail internally developing these drug candidates or identifying other collaboration partners for their development.

CCX662 is our independent drug candidate that is a highly potent and selective small molecule compound which targets CXCR7, a novel chemokine receptor that we believe plays a key role in the survival of certain tumor cells. Of particular interest is the role that CXCR7 appears to play in the development of GBM, the deadliest of all brain cancers. In animal studies, CCX662 demonstrated safety and efficacy against GBM. We are in preclinical development with this drug candidate and anticipate initiation of Phase I clinical trials in patients with GBM in the second half of 2012.

We have developed a suite of proprietary technologies, which we call the EnabaLink drug discovery engine, to better understand the chemokine system and to accelerate the identification of small molecule lead compounds that target and inhibit the function of specific chemokine receptors. We believe this platform provides us with an advantage in the rapid identification of highly specific drug candidates. An important element of this platform is our thorough map of the chemokine network, which allows us to better understand how a given chemokine-chemokine receptor interaction impacts the migration of cells in a given disease. With this understanding, we can apply our advanced screening methodologies, including a purpose-built high-throughput robotic screening technology, known as the Reverse Activation of Migration, or RAM, Assay, to identify small molecule antagonists for the chemokine receptor most closely associated with a specific disease. The RAM Assay is designed to markedly reduce or eliminate non-specific inhibitors and toxic inhibitors of cell migration, resulting in highly specific lead candidates. This technology allows us to screen against targets that are not accessible with traditional technologies, providing us with what we believe to be a competitive advantage in drug discovery. We have used our EnabaLink drug discovery engine in our drug candidate programs and continue to apply these powerful research tools in our early stage drug discovery efforts.

 

67


Table of Contents

Thomas Schall, Ph.D., our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, has more than 25 years of research experience in the field of chemokine biology and has contributed broadly to the understanding of chemokines and their receptors in human disease. Since our founding, we have raised $383.8 million, of which $175.0 million has been in the form of convertible debt and equity financings and $208.7 million in the form of collaboration funding and government contracts and grants. As of September 30, 2011, we had $81.2 million of cash, cash equivalents and investments. In December 2011, we received a $25.0 million option exercise payment under our strategic alliance with GSK with respect to CCX354 which is reflected in the collaboration funding described above. We believe that our broad pipeline of oral drug candidates, our ability to advance unique, highly specific compounds into and through clinical development across diverse indications and our proprietary drug discovery technologies provide us with distinct advantages that will enable us to continue to exploit the extensive pharmacologic potential of the chemokine system.

Strategy

Our strategy includes the following key elements:

 

   

Collaborate with our partner GSK in the Phase III clinical development and commercialization of Traficet-EN and in the further development and commercialization of CCX354.     Prior to the exercise of GSK’s option to Traficet-EN, our most advanced drug candidate, we conducted all of the preclinical and clinical trials for Traficet-EN, including a 436-patient Phase II clinical trial called PROTECT-1 in patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease. We will continue to collaborate with GSK, in the clinical development and commercialization of Traficet-EN in this and other indications, and in the further development and commercialization of CCX354, for which GSK exercised its option in November 2011.

 

   

Forward integrate into a commercial biopharmaceutical company by driving the development and commercialization of our lead independent drug candidate, CCX140.     We have initiated two Phase II clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy. If we successfully complete the Phase II program for CCX140, we plan to initiate Phase III clinical trials either alone or together with a co-development partner. We plan to retain commercial rights to CCX140 in North America and seek a partner for co-development and commercialization outside North America.

 

   

Advance our other two drug candidates under our collaboration with GSK.     We also plan to continue advancing our other two clinical programs under our collaboration with GSK, including CCX168, currently in a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial in patients with AAV; and CCX832, which recently completed a Phase I clinical trial and, subject to further discussion with GSK, is expected to advance into a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of skin inflammation.

 

   

Expand our clinical stage portfolio of internally discovered, independent drug candidates.     We intend to advance CCX662, currently in preclinical development, into clinical trials in patients with GBM, in the second half of 2012. We will also explore new therapeutic applications for other independent programs currently in preclinical development, including those targeting the CCR4, CCR6, CXCR6 and CCR9 receptors in various inflammatory diseases and cancer.

 

   

Leverage our expertise and proprietary technologies to continue discovering and developing a broad pipeline of novel chemokine-based therapeutics.     We intend to use our RAM Assay to screen against additional chemokine receptors and chemo-attractant receptors and expect to continue to discover and validate novel chemokine receptors by using our proprietary EnabaLink suite of drug discovery technologies. We plan to use our proprietary technologies to internally discover and develop a balanced portfolio of independent and partnered compounds.

 

   

Commercialize our drug candidates in specialty markets in North America and partner outside North America and in primary care markets worldwide.     We intend to retain significant rights to our independent drug candidates which address specialty market opportunities such as renal disease and certain cancers. We plan to build capabilities to market our drugs to physician specialists in North America and seek commercialization partners for our drugs marketed to physician specialists outside of North America and to primary care physicians worldwide.

 

68


Table of Contents

Focusing on the Chemokine System

Understanding Inflammation

The human immune system serves to protect the body against infections and injuries. It recognizes these threats and quickly mounts a defensive response. Inflammation is a key component of the immune response and serves as one line of defense to infection, irritation or injury as immune system cells attempt to suppress and control an infectious agent, such as bacteria, or to break down and carry away damaged tissue, as in the case of injury. Specialized white blood cells known as antigen presenting cells such as macrophages and lymphocytes are mobilized to the affected tissue and work in concert to recognize, neutralize and eliminate the perceived threat. Macrophages and other antigen presenting cells pick up and ingest foreign materials and present the threatening antigens to lymphocytes, also known as T cells and B cells. T cells in turn destroy infected cells or coordinate other inflammatory cells, such as B cells, which produce antibodies, or proteins with the ability to neutralize antigens, to bind with the antigen leading to the destruction of the foreign agent. Macrophages then dispose of dead cells and debris.

Acute inflammation is characterized by the rapid onset of pain, heat, redness, swelling and loss of function. When inflammation is long-term, or chronic, and is directed at the body’s own tissues, this can result in various forms of autoimmune disease. Different autoimmune diseases tend to affect different tissues or organs. For example, in Crohn’s disease certain inflammatory cells attack tissues predominantly in the digestive tract, while in RA a different set of inflammatory cells is involved in attacking the tissues that make up the joints between bones. While the cause of autoimmune diseases is not known, we and others have demonstrated that the self-perpetuating, tissue-damaging inflammation associated with these conditions is in part characterized by dysregulation of the chemokine system.

IBD, RA, AAV, lupus and skin inflammatory diseases such as psoriasis and atopic dermatitis, are all examples of chronic conditions in which an inappropriate inflammatory response underlies disease. In recent years, conditions that were not previously considered to be the result of inflammation, such as type 2 diabetes, chronic kidney disease and cancer, have joined the long list of human diseases thought to be the result, at least in part, of uncontrolled and chronic inflammation. Many autoimmune diseases are highly debilitating, creating a significant social and financial burden. According to the National Institutes of Health, there were more than 80 clinically distinct autoimmune diseases which collectively affected as many as 23.5 million people in the United States in 2010.

Role of Chemokines in Disease

Inflammation involves a complex series of cellular events that rely on chemical messengers known as chemokines, or chemo -attractant cyto kines , which send out signals to attract inflammatory cells, or leukocytes, to the site of disease or injury. Chemokines bind to chemokine receptors found on the surface of leukocytes, and the specific combination of various chemokines and chemokine receptors serve to precisely coordinate the inflammatory response.

The chemokine system, including chemokines and chemo-attractants, directs inflammatory responses, serving to precisely coordinate immune system cell movement. The human chemokine network is made up of more than 50 known chemokine ligands and approximately 25 identified chemokine receptors. Some chemokines are known to bind to more than one chemokine receptor. Certain receptors can bind to multiple chemokines, while other chemokine receptors only bind to a single ligand. Different chemokines are made in different tissues at different times and different chemokine receptors are expressed on the surface of different types of inflammatory cells. Those cells can only respond to a chemokine in a given organ or tissue if the cell possesses a receptor that specifically recognizes the chemokine that is present in the local environment. In this way, each chemokine-chemokine receptor combination may direct a different inflammatory response and this response can be tailored by the body based on the type of injury, irritation or other threat.

Inappropriate activity of the chemokine network is at the core of numerous autoimmune and inflammatory conditions. For example, in Crohn’s disease dysregulation of either the chemokine CCL25 or the chemokine

 

69


Table of Contents

receptor to which it binds, CCR9, is thought to selectively attract inflammatory T cells to and subsequently attack tissues in the digestive tract. As drivers of the inflammatory response, chemokines and their receptors present opportunities for the development of new therapies. By selectively blocking a given chemokine-chemokine receptor combination, and largely leaving other chemokine-chemokine receptor interactions unaffected, we believe even aggressive forms of chronic inflammation and autoimmune diseases can potentially be brought under control in a safe, effective manner.

Chemokines are also involved in the causes of diseases that were not historically classified as inflammatory. For example, CCR2 is responsible for the recruitment of monocytes from blood into the adipose tissue and liver of obese, insulin-resistant individuals. The monocytes mature into inflammatory macrophages within these tissues and interfere with the biochemical signals involved in the regulation of glucose levels, often resulting in type 2 diabetes.

Research also indicates that chemokines may contribute to inflammatory damage by direct activation of non-inflammatory cells that are part of the affected tissue. For example, evidence indicates that certain cells within diabetic kidneys begin to express CCR2 on their surface and become impaired due to the resulting increased levels of the chemokine CCL2 found in such kidneys.

In addition to its central role in autoimmune and inflammatory conditions, the chemokine system plays an important role in other diseases, such as cancer. It is known that tumors induce the expression of chemokines that are involved in promoting the growth of blood vessels that feed tumors, providing a link to the chemokine system’s role in the establishment and spread of cancer. In addition, certain chemokine ligands and their corresponding receptors have been implicated in the survival, growth and metastasis of human cancer. The chemokine system is likely a more recent evolutionary branch of other chemo-attractant systems in the body such as the complement system. The complement system includes the protein C5a, which under certain conditions has pro-inflammatory effects.

Our Drug Candidates and Preclinical Programs

LOGO

 

70


Table of Contents

Traficet-EN for Inflammatory Bowel Disease

Understanding Crohn’s Disease

IBD refers to two diseases, Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis, both characterized by inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract. Both Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis are chronic and recurring autoimmune conditions. Researchers believe that these conditions occur when the body’s inflammatory cells become overreactive to microbes in the gastrointestinal tract, such as bacteria normally found in the intestines for digestion, and mount a destructive inflammatory response.

According to the Crohn’s and Colitis Foundation of America, or CCFA, Crohn’s disease is estimated to affect as many as 700,000 Americans. According to National Digestive Diseases Information Clearinghouse, men and women are affected equally by the disease. While patients may be of any age, Crohn’s disease is primarily a disease that commences in adolescents and young adults, with onset between the ages of 15 and 35.

Crohn’s disease is chronic; patients suffer periods of flare-ups or periods characterized by intense symptoms, interspersed with periods of remission where symptoms decrease or disappear. Symptoms may range from mild to severe and can include persistent diarrhea, abdominal pain, fever, and rectal bleeding, as well as loss of appetite and subsequent weight loss. Crohn’s disease patients will experience ulcerations that penetrate deeply into the mucosal tissues that line the walls of the bowel. Crohn’s disease may involve the entire length of the gastrointestinal tract from the mouth to the anus, but the most typical areas of involvement are in the small intestine and colon. Complications of Crohn’s disease include obstruction or blockage of the intestine due to scar tissue build-up and nutritional deficiencies. Ulcerative lesions associated with the disease can, on occasion, completely penetrate the bowel wall, leading to painful fistula formation, or an abnormal break or opening in the bowel wall, which can cause infectious complications that require surgical intervention.

Patients with Crohn’s disease are typically referred to and treated by gastroenterologists. Prior to referral and accurate diagnosis, the condition may go undiagnosed or misdiagnosed as a variety of gastrointestinal ailments. Crohn’s disease often mimics other conditions and symptoms may vary widely, presenting challenges for an accurate diagnosis. Crohn’s disease is diagnosed through a colonoscopy, mucosal biopsy and small bowel x-ray to rule out other conditions such as ulcerative colitis and to ascertain which parts of the digestive tract are involved and establish a baseline for monitoring treatment and management. The primary goals for drug therapy are to induce and maintain significant clinical improvement or remission, resulting in improvement of active symptoms.

We believe that Crohn’s disease represents a significant underserved clinical problem with high medical and economic costs and a large impact on quality of life. The disease is strongly linked to work disability and unemployment, as 48% of Crohn’s disease patients were employed full-time at the time of diagnosis of their disease, and 39% of patients were unemployed, according to a 2005 publication in the Journal of Clinical Gastroenterology. Healthcare costs are significant, as patients typically require daily drug therapy over many years to control symptoms and maintain remissions, and a number of patients require multiple hospitalizations and, in some cases, surgeries over the course of their illness. In addition, currently available treatments for Crohn’s disease are often associated with adverse reactions that may require frequent monitoring and impact patient compliance.

Limitations of Current Therapies

Crohn’s disease is a chronic condition, and consequently patients continue on a given therapeutic regimen over the course of a lifetime. Current treatments for Crohn’s disease are directed toward bringing a patient’s active disease, or acute flare-ups, under control or into remission. The initial induction therapy is often followed by chronic maintenance therapy to preserve the remission or to keep disease manifestations at a minimal level. If the disease continues to progress, patients continue on a given therapeutic regimen from the time of diagnosis forward, adding additional therapies as flare-ups recur or persist. Over their lifetimes, Crohn’s disease patients will typically use a broad array of drugs, often in combination, to seek improvement of their symptoms. Many patients also often require one or more surgical procedures over the course of their lifetimes to treat the disease.

 

71


Table of Contents

In spite of the existence of a number of medications for the treatment of Crohn’s disease, according to a 2001 publication in Alimentary Pharmacology Therapeutics, a study showed that 25% of patients had active disease every year, while another 53% fluctuated between years in remission and years in relapse. Only 22% of patients experienced long-term remissions. When medications can no longer control symptoms, patients have few or no options beyond surgery. According to the CCFA, as of the end of 2009, an estimated 75% of Crohn’s disease patients eventually required one or more hospitalizations or surgeries to repair a fistula or fissure, to remove an intestinal obstruction or to treat an intestinal abscess, and approximately 50% of adult patients had a recurrence of symptomatic Crohn’s disease within five years after having surgery. There is no known cure for Crohn’s disease.

For patients with mild-to-moderate disease, aminosalicylates, a type of oral non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug, are considered a first-line therapeutic approach. These drugs, also called 5-ASAs, may be administered for years after a patient receives an initial diagnosis, though there is limited clinical evidence demonstrating their efficacy in inducing remission of the disease. Oral antibiotics are also used as a primary therapy, as some researchers believe that these drugs may be useful in reducing intestinal bacteria and indirectly suppressing the patient’s immune system. If patients’ symptoms progress after these treatments, they are often given a multi-week course of oral steroid therapy to treat the flare-up.

For patients with moderate-to-severe disease, immunosuppressants and corticosteroids, in some cases administered intravenously, are prescribed for active disease. Corticosteroids are often used in conjunction with immunosuppressants as they may provide a more immediate impact and have shown some efficacy in treating patients with active Crohn’s disease. Immunosuppressants can take up to four months to induce remission and are associated with increased susceptibility to serious infections. Individual immunosuppressive agents have other serious toxic effects, including chronic liver, lung, and kidney damage, or acute inflammation of the pancreas. In addition, profound side effects are known to occur with long-term corticosteroids use, including weight gain, elevated blood sugar, high blood pressure, vision problems such as glaucoma and cataracts, fragile bones and increased susceptibility to infections. Once the flare-up subsides, the patient may be maintained on immunosuppressants, or in some cases with additional oral corticosteroids therapies.

For patients whose active Crohn’s disease cannot be controlled with immunosuppressants or corticosteroids, TNF- a inhibitors such as Remicade (infliximab), sold by Johnson & Johnson, are now commonly used to treat severe cases of Crohn’s disease. TNF- a inhibitors block the natural activity of tumor necrosis factor-alpha, or TNF- a , a cytokine present in large quantities as part of the downstream inflammatory response triggered by chemokines in Crohn’s disease. Other TNF- a inhibitors marketed in the United States for the treatment of Crohn’s disease include Humira (adalimumab), sold by Abbott Laboratories, and Cimzia (certolizumab pegol), sold by UCB. Tysabri (natalizumab), an anti-alpha4 integrin antibody, sold by Biogen Idec, that blocks alpha4 integrin, which is present on several inflammatory cell types, is also used. Remicade and Tysabri are administered by intravenous infusion. The other therapies are given by subcutaneous injection.

Patients who experience acute flare-ups are generally treated with three infusions of Remicade at zero, two and six weeks and the patient is generally continued indefinitely on a maintenance regimen of infusions every eight weeks. The formation of anti-infliximab antibodies to infliximab treatment is associated with a loss of clinical response, infusion reactions and discontinuation of treatment. This may occur in these patients due to the development of neutralizing antibodies against the therapy as a result of its nonhuman components. Humira is typically administered once every other week. Cimzia is given subcutaneously at zero, two and four weeks, and every four weeks thereafter, if the patient responds favorably to the drug. Tysabri is given every four weeks by intravenous infusion. Amgen’s Enbrel (etanercept) has also been studied in IBD and is sometimes prescribed off-label for its treatment.

While TNF- a inhibitors as a class and Tysabri represent clear advances in the treatment of Crohn’s disease, they act by down-regulating the body’s inflammatory response in a generalized manner and are not tissue-specific. Due at least in part to their broad activity, TNF- a inhibitors are associated with serious adverse side effects including an increased risk of life-threatening infections, such as sepsis. TNF- a inhibitors have also been associated with such serious risks as drug-induced lupus, reactivation of latent tuberculosis, and increased risk of developing lymphoma or other blood or neurological disorders. Treatment with TNF- a inhibitors is also

 

72


Table of Contents

expensive, with the combined costs of the drug and its administration often exceeding $20,000 per year per patient, according to The Pain Practitioner, Spring 2011 Pharmacologic Approaches to Rheumatoid Arthritis . Tysabri has been associated with the rapidly progressive, often fatal complication of progressive multifocal encephalopathy, which arises from an often latent virus that a compromised immune system can no longer suppress.

For Crohn’s disease patients, one or more surgeries are a radical, but unfortunately common treatment of last resort. Crohn’s disease patients often undergo repeated procedures for the removal of sections of diseased bowel to treat complications such as severe bleeding, inflammatory obstruction of the flow of bowel contents, or for removal of fistulous tracts through which bowel contents drain into the abdominal space or externally to the body surface.

The ChemoCentryx Solution: Traficet-EN — A Novel CCR9 Antagonist

Traficet-EN is being developed as a first-in-class oral anti-inflammatory agent for the treatment of IBD, including Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis. Traficet-EN is orally administered, which we believe would be an important improvement in patient convenience and potentially patient compliance as compared to existing intravenous and subcutaneous treatments with biologics. We believe that the combination of Traficet-EN’s specificity and the convenience of oral administration may make this a treatment of choice for IBD patients. In addition, as a synthetic small molecule, the drug may have significant cost-of-goods advantages over protein therapeutics, or biologics, such as TNF- a inhibitors.

Traficet-EN Mechanism of Action in IBD

Traficet-EN is designed to prevent the migration of inflammatory cells to the digestive tract by blocking the function of CCR9, which is found primarily on a subset of inflammatory T cells that plays a key role in the development of both forms of IBD. T cell migration into the digestive tract is guided by a chemokine called CCL25 found in the intestines. CCL25-mediated activation of CCR9 draws T cells into the intestinal tissue, where they release inflammatory mediators that can ultimately lead to tissue damage. In adults, CCL25 only signals CCR9-expressing T cells to migrate to the gastrointestinal tract, and blocking CCR9 is not thought to interfere with cell migration elsewhere. Therefore, by blocking CCR9, Traficet-EN may be able to halt the inflammatory response underlying IBD without otherwise impacting the patient’s immune system. In addition, by interrupting CCR9 signaling, we believe Traficet-EN may hasten the elimination of inflammatory T cells from the intestines, thus potentially speeding recovery by reducing the longevity of flare-ups associated with IBD. We believe this mechanism of action would allow Traficet-EN, if approved, to be a highly effective treatment with significantly fewer side effects than currently available immunosuppressive therapies, including TNF- a inhibitors.

Traficet-EN Drug Development Strategy and Clinical Trials

We have completed nine clinical trials with Traficet-EN in a total of 785 subjects, including five Phase I clinical trials in a total of 151 subjects, one Thorough QT study in 57 subjects demonstrating cardiovascular safety, two Phase II clinical trials in 510 patients with Crohn’s disease and one Phase II clinical trial in 67 patients with celiac disease. The largest of these Phase II clinical trials, PROTECT-1, was conducted in 436 patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease. Results from this clinical trial indicated that Traficet-EN was effective in inducing a clinical response over a 12-week treatment period in these patients. Furthermore, the results indicated that Traficet-EN was also effective in maintaining clinical remission over a 36-week treatment period. Traficet-EN was safe and well tolerated in all clinical trials completed to date. In December 2009, GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license to Traficet-EN and its two designated back-up compounds and is now solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures worldwide.

To date, three pivotal Phase III clinical trials have been initiated by GSK with Traficet-EN in Crohn’s disease. The pivotal Phase III clinical trials are designed to support the use of Traficet-EN to induce clinical response or remission of Crohn’s disease, and to provide maintenance of remission for Crohn’s disease.

 

73


Table of Contents

PROTECT-1 Crohn’s Disease Clinical Trial

PROTECT-1 was designed to demonstrate Traficet-EN’s efficacy as an oral treatment capable of inducing and maintaining clinical response or remission among patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease. This was a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial, and enrolled 436 patients with an active Crohn’s disease flare-up and Crohn’s Disease Activity Index, or CDAI, scores of 250 to 450 and C-reactive protein, or CRP, levels of at least 7.5mg/L (CRP being a more objective, but non-specific, marker of inflammation). The clinical trial was conducted in 17 countries at more than 100 study centers. The clinical trial included four separate study periods:

 

  1.

A 12-week induction period during which all patients received either placebo, 250mg once-daily (QD), 500mg once-daily or 250mg twice-daily (BID) of Traficet-EN orally. The purpose of this study period was to determine Traficet-EN’s ability to induce clinical response or remission in patients with active Crohn’s disease.

 

  2.

A 4-week active treatment period during which all patients received 250mg of Traficet-EN twice-daily orally.

 

  3.

A 36-week maintenance period during which all patients with a 70-point-or-greater drop in CDAI scores at the end of the 4-week active treatment period relative to their baseline entry level criteria were re-randomized to either 250mg of Traficet-EN twice-daily or placebo given orally. The purpose of this study period was to determine Traficet-EN’s ability to maintain clinical response or remission in patients with Crohn’s disease.

 

  4.

A 4-week follow-up period during which all patients were followed for safety after the conclusion of dosing of Traficet-EN.

The CDAI is a research tool used for distinguishing a patient’s level of disease from inactive to severely active disease. CDAI scores can range from zero to 600, and a patient experiencing an active Crohn’s disease flare-up can be expected to have a CDAI score of 220 to 450 for moderate-to-severe disease and above 450 for severe to very severe disease. Clinical remission is considered to be a CDAI score of less than 150. For a treatment to be regarded as effective, researchers look for a drop in CDAI of at least 70 to 100 points. CDAI is currently the only measure regarded by regulatory agencies as an appropriate endpoint to assess the efficacy of a given drug in Crohn’s disease.

Overall, the clinical trial demonstrated evidence of efficacy in both the induction of treatment response as well as the maintenance of remission for patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease when treated with Traficet-EN. Furthermore, Traficet-EN was shown to be safe and well tolerated over the one-year course of this clinical trial.

More specifically, data reported from the 12-week induction period of the PROTECT-1 clinical trial showed that the 500mg once-daily oral dose of Traficet-EN in patients with small bowel and/or colonic Crohn’s disease was consistently superior to placebo across key efficacy endpoints, including CDAI, normalization of CRP, and Crohn’s Disease Endoscopic Index of Severity, or CDEIS.

 

74


Table of Contents

500mg Once-Daily Traficet-EN Showed Statistically Significant CDAI ³ 100-Point Response at Week 12

As shown below, the difference in clinical response rate between the 500mg once-daily Traficet-EN group and placebo increased at each timepoint during the 12-week induction period: 2% at Week 4; 7% at Week 8; and 15% at Week 12. The CDAI ³ 100-point response was 55% in the 500mg once-daily group versus 40% for placebo at Week 12 (p=0.029). At Week 12, the CDAI  ³  70-point response was 61% in the 500mg once-daily group versus 47% for placebo (p=0.039).

Approximately 26% of patients had previously received anti-TNF agents and 53 of these were non-responsive to one or more of these anti-TNF agents based on data collected during screening. An exploratory analysis showed that in these patients CDAI  ³  70-point and CDAI  ³  100-point responses at Week 12 occurred in 8 of 14 (57%) patients in the 500mg once-daily group compared to 5 of 18 (28%) patients in the placebo group. Remission was observed in 3 of 14 (21%) patients in the 500mg once-daily group and 1 of 18 (6%) patients in the placebo group.

LOGO

500mg Once-Daily Traficet-EN Significantly Reduced Endoscopic Lesions of Crohn’s Disease

A decrease in CRP confirmed the effect of 500mg once-daily Traficet-EN and, as shown below, colonoscopic evidence of improvement based on CDEIS was observed in the 500mg once-daily Traficet-EN group compared to placebo (p=0.049). Only a subset of the patients in the clinical trial consented to serial invasive endoscopy and that subset is presented in the chart below.

LOGO

 

75


Table of Contents

Traficet-EN, But Not Placebo, Showed a CDAI Remission Rate of Approximately 50% Over the Course of the Maintenance Period

Maintenance of clinical remission (CDAI £ 150) showed statistically significant separation between the 250mg twice-daily Traficet-EN and placebo groups. As shown below, data from the maintenance period of PROTECT-1 showed that Traficet-EN treatment was able to maintain the clinical remission rate at 47% to 50%, whereas the remission rate dropped progressively from 50% to 31% in the placebo group over the course of the maintenance period. At week 36 of the maintenance period, which was week 52 of the clinical trial overall, 47% of the patients in the Traficet-EN group were in remission compared to 31% in the placebo group (p=0.011). Furthermore, 41% of patients in the Traficet-EN group were in corticosteroid-free remission compared to 28% in the placebo group (p=0.041).

LOGO

We also demonstrated that Traficet-EN may reduce the need for corticosteroids. Approximately 11% of patients in the Traficet-EN group compared to 21% in the placebo group started or increased corticosteroid treatment during the maintenance period (p=0.04) and 57% of patients receiving Traficet-EN were able to stop their corticosteroid treatment compared to 43% of patients receiving placebo. CRP normalized in 19% of patients in the Traficet-EN group compared to 10% in the placebo group (p=0.041).

Traficet-EN was safe and well tolerated with no evidence of immune system compromise when administered orally for up to 12 consecutive months to patients in the PROTECT-1 clinical trial. More specifically, in the induction period, a similar proportion of patients in the placebo and Traficet-EN overall groups, 62.5% and 59.8% of patients, respectively, reported treatment-emergent adverse events, or TEAEs, during the clinical trial. Also, a similar proportion of patients in the placebo and Traficet-EN overall groups, 10.4% and 8.6% of patients, respectively, reported treatment-emergent serious adverse events, or SAEs, during the induction period of the clinical trial. In the maintenance period, a similar proportion of patients in the placebo and Traficet-EN groups reported TEAEs and SAEs leading to discontinuation of the clinical trial treatment. One patient died more than one month after discontinuing early from the clinical trial. This was considered by the clinical investigator to be related to worsening of underlying Crohn’s disease and not related to treatment with Traficet-EN. The patient received 250mg twice-daily of Traficet-EN in the induction and active treatment periods. No serious or opportunistic infections were observed in patients receiving Traficet-EN and there were no safety concerns based on the other safety evaluations including laboratory data, vital signs and ECGs.

Phase III Clinical Program

GSK has initiated three pivotal Phase III clinical trials intended to obtain the clinical results necessary to apply for marketing approval for Traficet-EN in Crohn’s disease. In general, the development approach of the Phase III program is modeled after the design of our PROTECT-1 clinical trial. The following pivotal Phase III clinical trials are currently ongoing:

 

   

SHIELD-1 is a multi-national, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial to evaluate the efficacy and safety of two doses, 500mg once-daily and 500mg twice-daily, of Traficet-EN over 12 weeks of treatment in approximately 600 adult patients with moderate-to-severe Crohn’s disease. Patient recruitment was initiated in December 2010.

 

76


Table of Contents
   

SHIELD-2 is a multi-national, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial to evaluate the efficacy and safety of two doses, 500mg once-daily and 500mg twice-daily, of Traficet-EN in maintaining disease remission over 52 weeks in approximately 750 adult patients with Crohn’s disease. Eligible patients will have achieved disease improvement and/or remission in SHIELD-1. Patient recruitment was initiated in April 2011.

 

   

SHIELD-3 is a multi-national, open-label clinical trial to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of 500mg twice-daily of Traficet-EN over 108 weeks in approximately 800 adult patients with Crohn’s disease. Patients completing previous clinical trials with the drug or patients who withdraw early from the SHIELD-2 maintenance clinical trial may be eligible to participate. Patient recruitment was initiated in April 2011.

Traficet-EN Commercialization Strategy

Following the exercise of its option, GSK became solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization of Traficet-EN and its two designated back-up compounds worldwide. However, we have the option, which we can exercise at our sole discretion, to co-promote Traficet-EN to physician specialists in the United States, subject to our payment of 35% of GSK’s development costs. Under the terms of the agreement, our promotional efforts could be as high as 50% of all promotional efforts to physician specialists in the United States. As consideration for our promotional efforts, GSK would be required to pay us an amount similar to what it would pay a third-party contract sales force.

Additional Indications for Traficet-EN

Ulcerative colitis is an additional indication for which Traficet-EN could be developed. Preclinical studies showed that Traficet-EN can prevent the onset of and treat large bowel inflammation in mice, and may have the potential to treat ulcerative colitis in humans. We have also recently demonstrated that, contrary to the prevailing assumption regarding the absence of CCL25 from the colon, increased levels of CCL25 are present in colonic tissue from human patients with IBD, which further supports our belief that Traficet-EN has the potential for treating ulcerative colitis.

CCX140 for Diabetic Nephropathy and Other Renal Diseases

Understanding Diabetic Nephropathy and Limitations of Current Therapies

Diabetic nephropathy is a common disease among patients with diabetes and hypertension. It is characterized by a persistent and usually progressive decline in renal function, as measured by glomerular filtration rate, a measure of the rate of fluid filtration in the kidney, and/or albuminuria, a condition where elevated protein levels are present in the urine, which can be an indicator of kidney damage.

Given the rise in the incidence of obesity, type 2 diabetes and hypertension, the associated incidence of diabetic nephropathy has reached epidemic proportions in industrialized nations. According to the National Kidney Foundation, as of the end of 2010, an estimated 26 million Americans had chronic kidney disease and patients with diabetic nephropathy form the largest segment (approximately 35%) of the renal disease patient population. Diabetic nephropathy is the leading cause of a condition known as end-stage renal disease, or ESRD, the most severe stage of chronic kidney disease. ESRD patients impose a significant economic burden on the United States, constituting approximately 1.3% of Medicare beneficiaries but accounting for approximately 8.1% of Medicare expenditures, according to the 2011 annual report of the United States Renal Data System. Consequently, we believe that a drug which would delay or prevent the onset of ESRD would have significant pharmaco-economic benefits.

Current treatment options for patients with diabetic nephropathy mainly include drugs that treat the underlying conditions of diabetes and hypertension. Angiotensin receptor blockers, or ARBs, and angiotensin converting enzyme, or ACE, inhibitors are commonly prescribed to control hypertension and slow the progression of diabetic nephropathy. Even with these therapies, about 20% of patients with diabetic nephropathy will progress into ESRD, at which point patients must rely on regular dialysis sessions or a kidney transplant in order to survive.

 

77


Table of Contents

A number of experimental treatments for diabetic nephropathy are currently being evaluated in clinical trials, although none of them have yet demonstrated clear and convincing benefit in large long-term clinical trials, either in terms of slowing or reversing disease progression. Several of these treatments aim to interfere with the inflammatory or fibrotic processes that are now recognized as central to the disease.

The ChemoCentryx Solution: CCX140 — A Novel CCR2 Antagonist

While historically diabetic nephropathy was not considered an inflammatory disease, there is now clear evidence of the role of macrophages in this disease. Kidney biopsies from patients with diabetic nephropathy show elevated numbers of macrophages in the glomeruli, which are the basic filtering elements in the kidney. It has also been shown that the extent of tissue damage in the interstitial areas surrounding the proximal tubules, which are the second component of the filtering apparatus in the kidney, is strongly correlated with the numbers of macrophages present. Experimental studies in preclinical diabetic models have clarified that monocyte and macrophage infiltration occurs at early stages of disease and that this infiltration correlates with renal injury.

In recent years, CCR2 has been identified as the main driver of monocyte and macrophage recruitment into diseased kidneys. Levels of CCL2, the main ligand for CCR2, are elevated in the kidneys of patients with diabetic nephropathy. CCL2 is produced by kidney cells in response to high glucose levels, and levels of CCL2 in the urine are strong indicators of renal damage and correlate well with albuminuria and interstitial macrophage numbers.

We have utilized various animal models to study the relationship between CCR2 inhibition and renal function. Data generated from these models have confirmed and expanded observations made by other independent investigators in preclinical models of diabetic nephropathy indicating that CCR2 inhibition leads to pronounced reduction in albuminuria, as well as improvement in markers of renal function. We have also demonstrated that CCR2 inhibition provides benefit in several models of non-diabetic nephropathy. The following table summarizes the key findings from each of these animal models:

Summary of Findings From CCR2 Inhibition in Animal Models of Nephropathy

 

Biological Parameter    Effect of CCR2 Inhibition
Albuminuria    Reduced
Hyperglycemia    Reduced
Glomerular Filtration Rate    Decreased hyperfiltration
Serum Markers of Renal Function    Reduced serum creatinine and blood urea nitrogen levels
Histological Improvements   

Reduced number of renal interstitial macrophages

 

Reduced percentage of glomeruli with mesangiolysis

 

Increased podocyte density

Data from preclinical studies indicate that CCX140 is a potent and selective antagonist of CCR2 which is required for monocytes to infiltrate the inflamed kidney, where they differentiate into macrophages. While CCX140 is not the first CCR2 antagonist to advance into clinical trials, we believe that it is unique in a number of ways, including its high selectivity for CCR2 relative to other chemokine receptors such as CCR5. We believe that CCX140 also distinguishes itself from other CCR2 antagonists in that it has been shown preclinically to be free of the cardiovascular safety signals associated with other CCR2 antagonists. CCX140 has been shown in a number of preclinical toxicology studies to be suitable for evaluation in humans for chronic use in diabetic nephropathy. Comparative pre-clinical studies with a compound with a completely different mode of action, such as bardoxolone methyl, have revealed that CCR2 inhibition reduces urinary protein while bardoxolone methyl does not appear to have a meaningful effect on this parameter.

 

78


Table of Contents

CCX140 Drug Development Strategy and Clinical Trials

Our clinical development strategy was to first assess the safety and tolerability of CCX140 in patients with type 2 diabetes and normal renal function prior to evaluation of the drug in patients with diabetic nephropathy. As a precursor to our clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy, in January 2011, we completed a 159-patient randomized Phase II clinical trial to assess the safety and tolerability of CCX140 in patients with type 2 diabetes, the most common cause of diabetic nephropathy. CCX140 is currently in two Phase II clinical trials in diabetic nephropathy and we expect to complete these clinical trials by the end of 2012.

CCX140 Phase I Clinical Trials

We conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, single ascending dose Phase I clinical trial in 56 healthy subjects in which single oral doses of 0.05mg, 0.1mg, 0.3mg, 0.6mg, 1mg, 3mg, and 10mg of CCX140 were compared to placebo. CCX140 was well tolerated by most clinical trial subjects and no SAEs were observed. All observed adverse events were either mild or moderate in intensity and no subjects were withdrawn from the clinical trial due to adverse events. There did not appear to be a relationship between CCX140 dose level and the overall subject incidence of adverse events in the clinical trial. The pharmacokinetic, or PK, profile of CCX140 showed dose-proportionality.

In addition, we conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multiple ascending dose Phase I clinical trial in 32 healthy subjects in which once-daily oral doses of 0.6mg and 2mg of CCX140 for seven days, and 5mg and 10mg of CCX140 for ten days were compared to placebo. CCX140 was well tolerated by most clinical trial subjects and no SAEs were observed. All adverse events were either mild or moderate in intensity and no subjects were withdrawn from the clinical trial due to adverse events. The PK profile was consistent with the single-dose clinical trial.

To enable us to potentially evaluate doses higher than 10mg in our ongoing Phase II clinical trial in patients with diabetic nephropathy, we are currently conducting an additional Phase I clinical trial at doses of 5mg, 10mg, 12.5mg and 15mg once-daily.

CCX140 Phase II Clinical Trial in Type 2 Diabetes

Our Phase II clinical trial was designed to demonstrate safety of CCX140 in patients with type 2 diabetes and normal renal function and the effect of CCX140 on glycemic indices. We conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo and active controlled clinical trial in 159 patients with type 2 diabetes on a stable dose of metformin for at least eight weeks, with 32 patients receiving placebo, 32 receiving pioglitazone hydrochloride (an approved therapeutic for type 2 diabetes serving as the active control), 63 receiving 5mg of CCX140 and 32 receiving 10mg of CCX140 orally once-daily for 28 days.

The clinical trial met its primary objective by demonstrating the safety and tolerability of CCX140 in these patients. In addition, CCX140 showed encouraging signs of biological activity. For example, patients receiving CCX140 experienced a dose-dependent decrease in fasting plasma glucose, or FPG, from baseline to day 29 of the trial period, or Day 29. The least squares mean change from baseline to Day 29 in FPG was -4.3mg/dL for 5mg CCX140, -16.1mg/dL for 10mg CCX140, -10.7mg/dL for placebo, and -21.4mg/dL for 30mg pioglitazone hydrochloride. The decrease in FPG observed in the active control group receiving 30mg pioglitazone hydrochloride was in line with the anticipated decrease of 25mg/dL as reported in published literature. Decreases in FPG from baseline to Day 29 for the pioglitazone hydrochloride and CCX140 groups were not statistically different when compared to placebo. However, the decrease in FPG in the 10mg CCX140 group was comparable to the 30mg pioglitazone hydrochloride response observed over four weeks of treatment.

Patients in the 10mg CCX140 group also experienced a statistically significant (p=0.045 vs. placebo) decrease from baseline in HbA1c, one of the most important glycemic indices, indicating an improvement in glycemic control which may be an added benefit when treating patients with diabetic nephropathy. The least squares mean change from baseline in HbA1c was -0.09% for 5mg CCX140, -0.23% for 10mg CCX140, -0.09%

 

79


Table of Contents

for placebo, and -0.13% for 30mg pioglitazone hydrochloride. In addition, the fructosamine levels, another index of glycemic control, trended lower in the CCX140 and pioglitazone hydrochloride groups, but did not reach statistical significance compared to placebo. Plasma CCL2 and circulating monocyte levels were unchanged by CCX140 treatment.

No SAEs were observed in patients receiving CCX140 treatment. The incidence of TEAEs across treatment groups was similar. Two patients discontinued the clinical trial due to a TEAE. One patient, in the 5mg CCX140 group, experienced a TEAE of dyspepsia, which led to discontinuation of clinical trial medication. The TEAE was considered by the clinical investigator to be moderate in severity and possibly related to clinical trial medication. A second patient, in the 10mg CCX140 group, experienced a TEAE of gouty arthritis, which led to discontinuation of clinical trial medication. This patient had a medical history of gout and this adverse event was considered by the clinical investigator to be severe in intensity and probably not related to CCX140. The most commonly observed TEAE in patients receiving CCX140 was hypertension, which occurred in three patients in the 5mg CCX140 group. Review of the blood pressure data from the subjects with TEAEs of hypertension, as well as the overall group blood pressure data, did not reveal any significant worsening trend in blood pressure with CCX140 treatment compared to placebo. No adverse effects of hypertension were observed in patients in the 10mg CCX140 group.

CCX140 treatment did not negatively affect the patients’ serum lipid profiles (total cholesterol, HDL and LDL cholesterol, triglycerides, and non-esterified fatty acids) over the four-week treatment period. Changes in ECG were not clinically meaningful and there was no detrimental effect on renal function observed.

Current and Future CCX140 Clinical Development in Diabetic Nephropathy

CCX140 is currently in two Phase II clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy. The first randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase II clinical trial will enroll at least 135 patients. The primary objective of this clinical trial will be to evaluate the safety and tolerability of CCX140 in patients with diabetic nephropathy. Secondary objectives include evaluation of the effect of CCX140 on albuminuria as well as HbA1c. The three treatment groups will consist of placebo, 5mg and 10mg of CCX140 and the treatment duration will be 12 weeks, with a four-week follow-up period. Following an interim analysis for efficacy evaluation, the sample size may be increased to up to 270 patients, and/or additional dose groups may be added. These potential modifications to the dose groups will allow us to increase the probability of obtaining statistically significant results. Patients with residual albuminuria, despite being on a stable therapeutic dose of an ACE inhibitor or ARB will be included in this clinical trial. The key efficacy endpoint is change from baseline in first morning urinary albumin:creatinine ratio, a major indicator of renal function. Provided that we do not increase the sample size or add additional dose groups, we expect to complete this clinical trial by the end of 2012.

The second randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase II clinical trial we are conducting is in 20 patients with diabetic nephropathy. The primary objective of this clinical trial is to evaluate the effect of CCX140 on 24-hour urinary albumin excretion. The two treatment groups consist of placebo and 10mg of CCX140. The treatment duration is 12 weeks, with a four-week follow-up period. Patients with residual albuminuria, despite being on a stable therapeutic dose of an ACE inhibitor or ARB will be included in this clinical trial. We expect to complete this clinical trial by the end of 2012.

If the Phase II clinical program indicates that CCX140 is safe and efficacious in treating patients with diabetic nephropathy, we plan to conduct end-of-Phase II meetings with the FDA and European Medicines Agency, at which time the clinical results from the CCX140 program will be reviewed and a Phase III clinical program will be discussed. It is anticipated that the Phase III program will include at least 1,500 patients. We expect that the patient population from the first Phase III clinical trial will be large enough to assess the rate of major cardiovascular events in order to exclude the possibility of a cardiovascular safety signal with CCX140.

CCX140 Commercialization Strategy

We plan to retain commercial rights to CCX140 in North America and intend to build a specialty sales force to call on nephrologists who treat diabetic nephropathy patients. There are approximately 8,300 nephrologists in

 

80


Table of Contents

the United States. We believe that a moderately sized sales force will be sufficient to call on all key prescribing nephrologists in this market. In addition, we plan to seek partners for co-development and commercialization of CCX140 outside North America.

CCX354 for Rheumatoid Arthritis

Understanding Rheumatoid Arthritis

RA, a chronic inflammatory disease, is among the most debilitating of all forms of arthritis, causing pain, stiffness, swelling and limitation in the motion and function of multiple joints which may eventually become deformed. Sometimes these symptoms make even the simplest activities, such as walking, difficult to manage. The exact cause of RA is unknown, but it is believed to result from the body’s immune system attacking the synovium, which is the tissue that lines a patient’s joints.

As of 2006, more than two million Americans suffered from RA, according to a report by Data Monitor. RA is two to three times more common in women than in men and generally strikes between the ages of 20 and 50, but it can also affect young children and adults older than age 50.

Limitations of Current Therapies

Although therapy for patients with RA has improved dramatically over the last 25 years, there is still no cure and no single therapy which is effective for all patients. Many patients will need to change treatment strategies during the course of their disease due to lack of efficacy and adverse side effects. People with RA, particularly those whose disease is not well controlled, may have a higher risk of other diseases such as osteoporosis, or thinning of bone resulting in fracture.

Current treatment options for RA consist of corticosteroids such as prednisone, immunosuppressants such as methotrexate, TNF- a inhibitors such as Remicade, Humira and Cimzia, and other biologic agents such as Rituxan (rituximab) and Orencia (abatacept). Corticosteroids may provide relief during a disease flare-up, but often have serious side effects, including high blood pressure, osteoporosis, reduced ability to fight infections, mood swings, diabetes and gastric ulcers. Immunosuppressants have anti-inflammatory and bone-sparing effects, but the general suppression of the immune system leads to increased risk of infection. The use of these drugs may lead to mouth sores, stomach ulcers, and low white blood counts, and can cause severe toxicity of the liver and bone marrow, which require regular monitoring with blood testing.

Biologic agents have been approved by the FDA to treat moderate-to-severe RA that has not responded to an adequate trial of one or more of the traditional courses of treatment. Biologic agents must be given by subcutaneous injection or by intravenous infusion. According to The Pain Practitioner, Spring 2011 Pharmacologic Approaches to Rheumatoid Arthritis , annual treatment cost with biologic agents range from $13,000 to $30,000 per patient depending on the drug used and the dose administered. Biologic agents are effective in some patients to treat the signs and symptoms of RA and the bone erosive effects of the disease. However, their use may lead to serious side effects including serious infections, tuberculosis, an increased risk of lymphoma and serious hypersensitivity reactions.

The ChemoCentryx Solution: CCX354 — A Novel CCR1 Antagonist

Over 20 years ago, Dr. Schall and his colleagues reported the initial cloning and characterization of the chemokine receptor that came to be known as CCR1. There is strong evidence implicating CCR1 in the pathology of RA; first, CCR1-expressing monocytes and macrophages are consistently found at high levels in the synovium of RA patients, and second, the C6 superagonists of CCR1, which are activated highly potent forms of certain CCR1 ligands, are consistently detected at high levels in synovial fluids from RA patients. Blocking CCR1 is intended to reduce the inflammation and prevent subsequent joint destruction by suppressing the infiltration of inflammatory cells into the arthritic joint.

 

81


Table of Contents

We are currently developing a new class of proprietary small molecule CCR1 inhibitors and have selected CCX354 as a drug candidate. CCX354 was designed by optimization of a chemical lead that was discovered using our EnabaLink drug discovery engine and is chemically distinct from all known inhibitors of this receptor. Our preclinical data suggest that the compound selectively inhibits CCR1-mediated migration of monocytes and does not inhibit migration of inflammatory cells mediated by other chemokine receptors, even when the compound is given at high doses. We believe that this high degree of target specificity is an important safety feature that may allow CCX354 to be effective while avoiding unwanted side effects associated with existing injectable biologics and other immunosuppressive agents currently used to treat RA.

Preclinical studies indicate that CCX354 has a favorable safety and PK profile. In animal studies, CCX354 is well absorbed when given orally and the compound is well tolerated at dose levels much higher than those required to cause inhibition of CCR1 function. In in vitro and animal studies, because of its potency and selectivity, CCX354 did not appear to have the safety concerns that have hindered others from successfully developing compounds blocking this receptor. In addition, CCX354 does not significantly inhibit the activity of a class of liver protein which is necessary for metabolizing other common drugs that patients may be taking. We believe that this lack of interference suggests that the compound may be safely administered along with other medications used concurrently by RA patients.

CCX354 Drug Development Strategy and Clinical Trials

We have completed two Phase I clinical trials with CCX354 in 84 healthy subjects, a Phase I/II clinical trial in 24 patients with RA, and a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial in 160 patients with moderate-to-severe RA partially responsive to methotrexate. In November 2011, GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license to CCX354 and its two designated back-up compounds and is now solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures worldwide.

CCX354 Phase I Clinical Trials

We completed a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, single ascending dose Phase I clinical trial in 48 healthy volunteers in which single oral doses of 1mg, 3mg, 10mg, 30mg, 100mg and 300mg of CCX354 were compared to placebo. CCX354 appeared to be well tolerated by most subjects in this clinical trial. No SAEs were reported and no subjects were withdrawn from the clinical trial due to adverse events. The subject incidence of adverse events was relatively similar across treatment groups. The most common adverse events in subjects receiving CCX354 were dizziness, headache, dizziness postural, nasopharyngitis, and pharyngolaryngeal pain and there was no evidence that the incidence of adverse events was CCX354 dose-dependent. There were no safety concerns of subjects receiving CCX354 based on review of hematology, serum chemistry, urinalysis, vital signs, ECG results, or physical examination results from this clinical trial.

We also completed a multiple ascending dose Phase I clinical trial in healthy volunteers, which included oral dose regimens of 3mg, 30mg and 300mg of CCX354 once-daily and 10mg, 30mg and 100mg of CCX354 twice-daily for seven days. CCX354 was well tolerated by most clinical trial subjects, no SAEs were reported and no subjects were withdrawn from the clinical trial due to adverse events. The subject incidence of adverse events was relatively similar across treatment groups, 70% in the CCX354 group compared to 83% in the placebo group. All adverse effects were either mild or moderate in intensity. The most common adverse events in subjects receiving CCX354 were headache, flatulence, sense of hair loss, ocular hyperemia, abdominal pain, diarrhea, dizziness, and pharyngolaryngeal pain. There was no evidence that the incidence of these most common adverse events was CCX354 dose-dependent.

We evaluated the safety and tolerability of 100mg or 200mg of CCX354 daily in 24 patients with stable RA on a stable dose of methotrexate in a Phase I/II clinical trial. An important secondary objective of this clinical trial was to assess the PK profile of CCX354 and to determine if there was any interaction between CCX354 and methotrexate. Doses of 100mg of CCX354 once-daily, 100mg of CCX354 twice-daily and 200mg of CCX354 once-daily or placebo were given for 14 days. There were no SAEs, TEAEs leading to death, or TEAEs leading

 

82


Table of Contents

to discontinuation of treatment and the proportion of patients with TEAEs was the same in the placebo group and the CCX354 group overall. All adverse effects were mild or moderate in severity. The PK profile of CCX354 was not significantly affected by methotrexate co-administration and the PK profile of methotrexate was also not significantly affected by CCX354 co-administration, indicating that there is no negative drug-drug interaction between these two drugs.

CCX354 Phase II Clinical Trial in Rheumatoid Arthritis

We have successfully completed a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial in 160 patients with RA on a stable dose of methotrexate for at least eight weeks. Patients received either placebo, 100mg of CCX354 twice-daily or 200mg of CCX354 once-daily for 84 days, followed by 28 days without treatment. The primary objective of the clinical trial was to evaluate the safety and tolerability of CCX354 in patients with moderate-to-severe RA. Key secondary objectives included assessment of the effect of CCX354 on RA disease activity measured by the ACR response criteria, Disease Activity Score 28-CRP, the ACR components and bone resorption markers. ACR20, ACR50 and ACR70 responses refer to patients who achieve a 20%, 50% and 70% improvement, respectively, according to criteria set by the American College of Rheumatology, or ACR. Patients who met inclusion criteria at the start of dosing demonstrated an ACR20 response at Week 12 of 56% in subjects receiving 200mg of CCX354 once-daily compared to 44% in subjects receiving 100mg of CCX354 twice daily, and 30% in subjects receiving placebo. The ACR20 response difference between the 200mg CCX354 once-daily and placebo groups was statistically significant (p=0.014). Patients who met inclusion criteria at the start of dosing and who did not previously receive biologic agents, such as anti-TNF drugs, demonstrated an ACR20 response at Week 12 of 62% in subjects receiving 200mg of CCX354 once-daily compared to 41% in subjects receiving 100mg of CCX354 twice-daily and 26% in subjects receiving placebo. The ACR20 response difference between the 200mg CCX354 once-daily and placebo groups was statistically significant (p=0.002). The decrease in CRP was statistically significant in the 200mg CCX354 once-daily group compared to placebo at Week 12 (p=0.023). There was a median CRP decrease from baseline to Week 12 of 33% in the 200mg CCX354 once-daily group, 30% in the 100mg twice-daily group and 11% in the placebo group in subjects eligible at the start of dosing. Similarly, there was a median CRP decrease from baseline to Week 12 of 38% in the 200mg CCX354 once-daily group, 30% in the 100mg twice-daily group and 10% in the placebo group in subjects eligible at the start of dosing who also did not previously receive biologic agents. ACR50, ACR70, Disease Activity Score 28-CRP, and ACR component results indicated greatest efficacy in the 200mg CCX354 once-daily group. Decreases in bone turnover markers were more pronounced in the CCX354 groups compared to placebo and reached statistical significance at several time points during the study. Clinical responders had higher plasma CCX354 concentrations than non-responders. CCX354 was safe and well tolerated by study subjects. No SAEs were observed in the 200mg CCX354 once-daily or placebo groups. Four SAEs were reported in the 100mg CCX354 twice-daily group, none considered related to CCX354 use by the study investigators. These were vasovagal reaction, or fainting, following blood draw, non-cardiac related chest pain, myocardial infarction, or heart attack, and psychomotor epilepsy, which was observed one week after stopping study medication. No significant safety issues were observed regarding safety laboratory parameters including hepatic, renal, metabolic and hematologic data.

Future CCX354 Clinical Development in Rheumatoid Arthritis

CCX354 is subject to our collaboration agreement with GSK and in November 2011 it exercised its option to obtain a license to further develop and commercialize CCX354 and its two defined back-up compounds for all indications, including RA. Upon exercising its option, GSK became solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures worldwide with respect to CCX354 and its two designated back-up compounds and has an exclusive right to initiate a Phase IIb clinical trial for CCX354 in RA.

 

83


Table of Contents

CCX168 for ANCA-Associated Vasculitis

Understanding ANCA-Associated Vasculitis

AAV is a type of autoimmune disease caused by autoantibodies, which are abnormal antibodies that attack one’s own cells and tissues. ANCAs are autoantibodies that attack a certain type of white blood cells called neutrophils. When ANCAs attack these neutrophils, they cause these cells to attack the walls of small blood vessels in different tissues and organs of the body, which causes AAV. AAV encompasses various conditions including:

 

   

Renal limited vasculitis or ANCA glomerulonephritis: the blood vessel damage occurs in the kidneys. No other organs are affected.

 

   

Microscopic polyangiitis: caused by injury to blood vessels in multiple tissues at the same time. It can be seen in the kidneys, skin, nerves, and lungs.

 

   

Granulomatosis with polyangiitis (Wegener’s granulomatosis): the blood vessel damage occurs in connection with a process called granulomatous inflammation. This often affects the lung, sinuses, nose, eyes or ears.

In AAV, activation of the complement cascade, an escalating group of inflammatory responses, leads to production of the very potent chemo-attractant factor C5a. This in turn leads to the attraction and activation of neutrophils and other white blood cells, which play a key role in the disease.

Limitations of Current Therapies

AAV currently is treated with high-dose corticosteroids and cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil, rituximab, and plasma exchange in severe cases. Even though these approaches may induce a treatment response in 70% to 90% of patients, corticosteroids and cyclophosphamide are associated with substantial morbidity and mortality, particularly as a result of serious infections. Cyclophosphamide is also associated with an increased risk of cancer, bladder conditions and infertility in patients. Azathioprine and mycophenolate mofetil are also general immunosuppressive therapies, associated with increased infection risk. Rituximab is a mouse-human chimeric anti-CD20 antibody, which depletes B cells and is associated with increased risk of serious infections, as well as progressive multifocal encephalopathy. Because of the serious adverse effects of these current therapies, we believe that there is an important unmet medical need for therapies that are safe, effective, and corticosteroid-sparing.

The ChemoCentryx Solution: CCX168 — A Novel C5a Receptor Antagonist

CCX168 is a potent and highly specific antagonist of the human C5a receptor. The compound displays excellent oral bioavailability in various species and has demonstrated an excellent preclinical safety profile, consistent with its intended chronic use in patients. We have evaluated the pharmacological activity of CCX168 preclinically utilizing models that are relevant to the intended therapeutic use in humans. In the most recent of these models, treatment with an oral dose of CCX168 completely blocked the neutropenia, or removal of neutrophils from blood, produced by an injection of C5a.

The efficacy of CCX168 was demonstrated in a mouse model of ANCA-associated glomerulonephritis which recapitulates many of the histological features of the human disease. In these studies, oral doses of CCX168 completely blocked the glomerulonephritic vasculitis induced by intravenous injection of anti-myeloperoxidase antibodies. Levels of CCX168 in the blood of these mice were comparable to those expected in the blood of patients participating in our ongoing Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial with CCX168.

CCX168 Drug Development Strategy and Clinical Trials

We have completed a Phase I clinical trial with CCX168 in 40 healthy subjects and we have initiated a Phase II clinical trial.

 

84


Table of Contents

CCX168 Phase I Clinical Trial

We completed a Phase I clinical trial in 40 healthy subjects with our C5aR-specific blocker, CCX168. This was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, two-period clinical trial in which subjects received either CCX168 or placebo, as a single dose in the first period and as multiple once-daily or twice-daily oral doses in the second period. Single oral doses of 1mg, 3mg, 10mg, 30mg, and 100mg of CCX168 were studied. In period two, CCX168 doses of 1mg, 3mg, and 10mg once-daily for seven days, and 30mg and 50mg twice-daily for seven days, were studied. CCX168 appeared to be well tolerated by clinical trial subjects in this clinical trial and no serious adverse events or withdrawals due to adverse events have been observed. The most commonly reported adverse events in subjects receiving CCX168 in the multi-dose period were headache, diarrhea, dizziness, lower abdominal pain, nausea, and oropharyngeal pain.

CCX168 Phase II Clinical Trial

We have initiated a Phase II clinical trial for CCX168. This is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial in 60 patients with AAV with mild-to-moderate renal involvement, the aim of which is to optimize the treatment to induce remission for patients with non-life-threatening AAV with mild-to-moderate renal involvement. The intent is to reduce the toxicity of induction therapy by reducing the overall exposure to or eliminating entirely the use of systemic corticosteroids during the induction period with an inhibitor of the complement C5a receptor plus cyclophosphamide. The primary objective of this clinical trial is to evaluate the safety and tolerability of CCX168 in patients with AAV on background cyclophosphamide treatment. The secondary objectives of this clinical trial include assessment of the feasibility of reducing or eliminating the use of corticosteroids in the treatment of patients with AAV without the need for rescue corticosteroid measures; evaluation of the PK profile of CCX168 in patients with AAV; and assessment of changes in renal function based on estimated glomerular filtration rate, hematuria, and proteinuria with CCX168 compared to placebo. The clinical trial will be conducted in three sequential steps with 12, 12, and 36 patients, respectively in each step. 30mg of CCX168 twice-daily given orally will be compared to placebo twice-daily for 84 days, followed by an 84-day follow-up period. We expect to complete this clinical trial by the end of 2012. If this clinical trial is successfully completed, GSK may exercise an option to further develop CCX168. If GSK does not exercise its option, we will evaluate our options for further development of CCX168, which may entail internally developing this drug candidate or identifying another collaboration partner for its development.

CCX832 for Skin Inflammation

CCX832 — A Novel ChemR23 Antagonist

In certain skin inflammatory diseases, the movement of plasmacytoid dendritic cells, or pDC, from blood into the skin sets in motion an inflammatory response that involves the recruitment and activation of various other types of inflammatory cells. This movement appears to be largely controlled by the binding of chemerin to its recently discovered chemo-attractant receptor known as ChemR23. This receptor displays a unique expression profile among leukocytes, restricted mainly to subsets of natural killer cells and immature pDC. Chemerin is the natural ligand for ChemR23 and is synthesized as a precursor protein which under inflammatory conditions undergoes activation. Elevated chemerin levels are seen in multiple skin inflammatory diseases, including cutaneous lupus, oral lichen planus and psoriasis.

We have identified CCX832, a ChemR32 antagonist, which we intend to study further for the treatment of certain types of skin inflammatory diseases. We have extensively characterized the properties of CCX832 preclinically and have demonstrated, in preclinical studies, the benefits of CCX832 in preventing the development of skin inflammation at clinically relevant doses by blocking the pro-inflammatory effects of chemerin, thereby interrupting the early steps associated with the development of skin inflammation. The compound displays excellent potency for ChemR23 and high selectivity relative to all other chemo-attractant receptors evaluated. It also displays excellent oral bioavailability and has been successfully evaluated in multiple preclinical toxicology studies.

 

85


Table of Contents

CCX832 Drug Development Strategy and Clinical Trials

CCX832 Phase I Clinical Trial

We have completed a randomized, placebo-controlled, single- and multiple ascending dose Phase I clinical trial in 40 healthy subjects in which single oral doses of 1mg, 3mg, 10mg, 30mg, and 100mg of CCX832 were compared to placebo in the first period of the trial. Subjects received doses of 1mg, 3mg, 10mg, 30mg, and 50mg of CCX832 twice-daily for seven days in the second period of this clinical trial. The clinical trial remains blinded at this time, but CCX832 appears to be well tolerated by most clinical trial subjects. We expect to have unblinded results of the study in 2012, and subject to further discussion with GSK we expect to advance this drug candidate into a Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trial for the treatment of skin inflammation.

CCX662 — CXCR7 Antagonist for Glioblastoma Multiforme

Understanding Glioblastoma Multiforme

According to Datamonitor, the incidence of primary brain cancer in 2007 across seven major markets (United States, Japan, France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom) was estimated to be 47,000. GBM is the most common and most aggressive of the primary brain tumors, accounting for 50%-60% of primary brain tumors in adults and it is slightly more common in men than in women. While GBM occurs in all age groups, its incidence is increasing in elderly patients. GBM is the most severe grade of brain tumors and is highly malignant, infiltrates the brain extensively and at times may become enormous before turning symptomatic. GBM, like other brain tumors, produces symptoms such as seizures, cognitive disorders and/or personality changes, among others. Symptoms depend on the location, size, and rate of growth of the tumor. Median life expectancy of GBM patients receiving radiation post-surgery is only 12 months.

Limitations of Current Therapies

Although the prognosis of GBM is uniformly poor, treating patients in an attempt to improve the quality of life is worthwhile. The current standard of care includes maximal safe surgical resection, followed by a combination of radiation and chemotherapy with temozolomide, or Temodar, the most widely used form of chemotherapy in GBM.

Temodar induces DNA damage resulting in cell death. The current optimized dosing regimen includes six weeks of daily Temodar followed by monthly maintenance doses. This regimen has resulted in a median survival of 14.6 months, and 2-year overall survival of 27% and remains the current standard of care. Temodar was approved on the basis of only a 2.5 month improvement in overall survival. At present, no therapy has been identified which prevents relapse for the majority of patients and the tumor invariably recurs with often debilitating neurological and psychological symptoms, and salvage therapy has thus far met with very limited clinical success. At this stage, probably the most important part of the management of patients with GBM is compassionate and effective supportive care.

The overall prognosis for GBM has changed little in the past two decades, despite major improvements in neuroimaging, neurosurgery, radiation treatment techniques, adjuvant chemotherapy, and supportive care. There are considerable unmet needs in GBM, most notably the relatively low survival benefit offered by the existing standard of care and the lack of effective alternatives to Temodar.

The ChemoCentryx Solution: CCX662 — A Novel CXCR7 Antagonist

We are developing drugs that target CXCR7 and combine an anti-angiogenic approach to stopping the blood supply to cancerous cells with anti-tumor activity via direct attack of tumor cells. Our most recent data support the notion that CXCR7 could be causally connected to tumor growth regulation. This is coupled with clear evidence from immunohistochemistry staining of primary human tumor tissues which revealed clear evidence of CXCR7 expression. In contrast to standard chemotherapies which can be highly toxic, our compounds are designed to selectively target CXCR7 in an effort to halt cancer progression while minimizing detrimental effects, such as generalized immunosuppression or cytotoxicity.

 

86


Table of Contents

We believe we were the first to provide clear evidence that CXCR7 expression can directly control tumor growth in vivo . We and others have shown that CXCR7 regulates several important biological processes including cell survival, cell adhesion, trans-endothelial migration, tumor development and metastatic growth in secondary organs, in a variety of in vivo and in vitro models. CXCR7 is expressed on many human tumor cells but not on most healthy cells. In our tumor model systems we found that reduction or inhibition of CXCR7 by genetic and pharmacological means reduces or abolishes tumor formation in vivo , and that the introduction of CXCR7 into a “naïve” background is both necessary and sufficient for that tumor to grow aggressively in vivo . CXCR7 is highly expressed in human GBM and in GBM-associated blood vessels.

We and others have demonstrated, using various aggressive rodent GBM models, that CXCR7 inhibition is effective at preventing tumor growth, particularly when utilized in combination with radiation. Recent discoveries support a role for CXCR7 in preventing apoptosis, or programmed cell death, of human GBM cells. Separate observations indicate that recruitment of bone-marrow derived cells from blood into irradiated mouse GBM/brain is critical for tumor re-vascularization after irradiation and is dependent on CXCL12, the main chemokine ligand for CXCR7.

We have discovered several highly potent and selective small molecule compounds for CXCR7. We have selected one of these molecules, CCX662, as a clinical candidate and it is currently in preclinical development. Due to scientific and medical need reasons, our current efforts are primarily focused on the development of CCX662 for the treatment of GBM. CCX662 may qualify for orphan drug status, which may provide a faster path to regulatory approval.

We believe that CCX662 represents a promising novel therapeutic for the treatment of GBM and other types of cancer. Preclinical studies support not only the anti-tumor efficacy of this drug but also an excellent safety profile, a reflection of its highly targeted and specific activity profile, which is fundamentally different from many other cytotoxic drugs in development or on the market.

Other Preclinical Programs

CCR4 Antagonist for Atopic Dermatitis

CCR4 is expressed primarily on T helper-2, or Th2, cells, which are key drivers of allergic conditions, such as atopic dermatitis, asthma, and allergic rhinitis. Multiple investigators have demonstrated increased levels of CCR4-activating chemokines in skin and lung tissues in connection with atopic dermatitis and asthma, respectively. During the past few years, a number of pharmaceutical companies have tried to develop small molecule CCR4 antagonists but have consistently failed to advance a molecule into clinical trials, primarily due to the inability to identify molecules with sufficient potency and PK properties and with an adequate safety profile, particularly in regards to cardiovascular safety.

Atopic dermatitis is an inflammatory, chronically recurring condition of the skin, which is often first diagnosed in children. Symptoms may vary from person to person but generally include red, inflamed, and itchy areas of rash, which can quickly develop into raised and painful bumps. Atopic dermatitis affects as many as 3% of adults in the United States. In its most severe form, it can be an absolutely debilitating disease.

CCX6239 is a novel, orally administered CCR4 antagonist we are developing for the treatment of atopic dermatitis. We have shown that CCX6239 effectively blocks the mobilization of white blood cells mediated by CCR4 in preclinical models. Potential additional areas of interest for this drug include asthma, allergic rhinitis and other allergic conditions. Based on preclinical data, we expect that CCX6239 will have excellent efficacy and safety, as it interferes selectively with the recruitment to skin of the key population of inflammatory cells that drive dermal allergic reactions, leaving most of the immune system unaltered. Given the young age of many atopic dermatitis patients, safety is a major consideration for drugs for the treatment of this disease and there are safety concerns with several of the currently available treatment options, which can increase the risk of opportunistic infection by broadly suppressing the immune system.

 

87


Table of Contents

CCR9 Antagonist for IBD

Building on our extensive expertise in the area of CCR9 antagonists and IBD and following the expiration of our target exclusivity obligations with respect to CCR9 under our collaboration agreement with GSK, we started a de novo discovery program under which we have designed a series of novel molecules that we believe will represent the next generation of CCR9 antagonists. The lead compound from this series, CCX7034, demonstrates excellent selectivity for CCR9 relative to all other chemokine receptors, excellent oral bioavailability, and a very promising preclinical safety profile. However, molecules such as CCX7034 have been designed to interact with the CCR9 receptor in a unique way which produces molecules with much greater potency towards CCR9 than first-generation molecules. CCX7034 and several related molecules from this program are currently in preclinical development. The first clinical indication that might be pursued for this molecule is in the treatment of ulcerative colitis.

CXCR6 Antagonist for Chronic Hepatitis

Clearance of viral infections is associated with a vigorous T cell response. However, the immune system is often unable to clear hepatic infections. In fact, inflammation, chronic hepatitis and liver damage often result from persistent attempts by the immune system to deal with the underlying infection. Autoimmune hepatitis is a disease of unknown etiology also associated with pronounced T cell mediated liver inflammation and tissue damage. The chemokine receptor known as CXCR6 is expressed on a subset of specialized inflammatory cells, including certain types of T cells, natural killer cells, and natural killer T cells, or NKT cells, and is accepted, based on preclinical work with CXCR6-deficient mice, as a “liver homing” receptor for those cells. Under inflammatory conditions, various cell types in the liver produce the chemokine ligand that attracts CXCR6-expressing inflammatory cells, particularly NKT cells. We believe that these effects may be blocked by our CXCR6 antagonists without the adverse side effects associated with current method of treatment.

CCX5224 is a new, orally administered, internally developed CXCR6 antagonist that we are developing for the treatment of moderate-to-severe chronic hepatitis associated with viral and autoimmune hepatitis. CCX5224 has demonstrated excellent preclinical potency, selectivity and safety, and displays high oral bioavailability. CCX5224 is currently in preclinical development.

Research Programs

We are working on several additional research programs, from which additional drug candidates may be identified in the future. The most advanced of these programs centers around a chemokine receptor known as CCR6.

CCR6 Program

One of the most intriguing areas of current research in immunology involves the study of a newly discovered type of helper T cells known as Th17 cells. These highly specialized cells are efficient producers of several highly inflammatory cytokines in the IL-17 family. While Th17 cells most likely play a role in the protection against extracellular pathogens, there is a large amount of preclinical and clinical data that implicate these cells, as well as IL-17, in the development of a large number of autoimmune diseases, including RA, IBD, and psoriasis. Activated Th17 cells isolated from chronically inflamed human tissues produce high levels of TNF- a and other cytokines.

A hallmark of Th17 cells is that they express high levels of CCR6, which is not found on Th1 and Th2 cells. Th17 cells and the newly discovered Th22 cells both express CCR6 and CCL20, which is the only known chemokine ligand for CCR6. High levels of CCL20 have been documented to be present in psoriatic skin, IBD intestinal tissue, RA joint biopsies and asthmatic lungs.

Our RAM screening technique has produced several suitable CCR6 antagonist leads, which are now being optimized via medicinal chemistry approaches. We believe that there are many potential therapeutic applications

 

88


Table of Contents

for a CCR6 antagonist. In general, these areas mirror those identified as being of interest for Th17-targeted therapeutics, including RA, psoriasis, and IBD, among others. We intend to identify a lead CCR6 antagonist for this program during 2012.

Our Proprietary Drug Discovery Platform, EnabaLink

Since the founding of our company, we have developed a set of proprietary drug discovery tools, known collectively as the EnabaLink technology suite, specifically designed to unlock the chemokine system’s complexity and to accelerate a productive drug discovery program. Our proprietary EnabaLink drug discovery technologies allow our scientists to accurately predict the specific chemokine receptors implicated in a given condition and to identify and optimize small molecule compounds best suited for treatment of the disease. One of the initial tools that we developed is a thorough functional genomic map of the chemokine system which assists us in our understanding of the role of a given chemokine receptor in the system as well as its likely effect on the migration of inflammatory cells in a given inflammatory disease state.

As part of this platform, we have also developed a proprietary high throughput cell migration-based assay, known as the RAM Assay, capable of identifying chemokine receptor inhibitors while eliminating non-specific inhibitors and cytotoxic inhibitors of cell migration. Our proprietary RAM Assay typically uses cells expressing a given chemokine receptor in its natural environment and enables the screening of small molecule libraries against chemokine receptor targets which are not amenable to traditional screening technologies. This produces additional novel chemical hits with structural diversity, allowing us to expand the number of chemical structures, which serve as starting points for subsequent optimization into drug candidates.

We have used our EnabaLink drug discovery engine to create a broad pipeline of promising chemokine-based drug candidates. The combination of proprietary in-house technologies and internally discovered drug candidates has resulted in an extensive intellectual property estate covering composition of matter and associated method of treatments for our compounds, novel biology-related discoveries, such as unique targets and new drug discovery technologies. We have generated more than six clinical or preclinical-stage programs, each targeting distinct chemokine receptors with different small molecule compounds. Drug candidates emerging from these programs act with high affinity and selectivity in vitro by binding to the precise chemokine receptor associated with the essential inflammatory processes underlying a given condition. Our compounds are designed to be highly potent and selective to minimize the risk of off-target effects and orally-available for improved patient compliance. As small molecules, they are also easier and less costly to manufacture than biologics.

Strategic Alliance with GSK

In August 2006, we entered into our strategic alliance with GSK. We have received $245.7 million from GSK, consisting of up-front and milestone payments, equity investments, research funding and option exercise fees. Under the terms of our agreement with GSK, we are responsible for the discovery and development of small molecule antagonists targeting four defined chemokine and chemo-attractant receptor targets (CCR9, CCR1, C5aR and ChemR23) and for advancing them through clinical proof-of-concept. After we demonstrate successful clinical proof-of-concept, GSK is entitled to options to exclusively license drug candidates that are subject to the collaboration and two defined back-up compounds for each drug candidate for further development and commercialization on a worldwide basis. Upon exercising any of its options to drug candidates under the collaboration, GSK is solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures worldwide with respect to that drug candidate and its two designated back-up compounds. In exchange for the rights granted to GSK upon the exercise of its options, we are also entitled to receive regulatory and commercial milestone payments, as earned under the terms of our agreement, and royalties on the net sales of licensed drugs. The agreement contemplated up to six drug options, each of which covers a drug candidate, including Traficet-EN (CCR9), CCX354 (CCR1), CCX168 (C5aR) and CCX832 (ChemR23), and their associated back-up compounds. The other two drug options were for second generation drug candidates and their associated back-up compounds. However, we and GSK chose not to nominate second generation drug candidates against any of the four defined

 

89


Table of Contents

targets during the agreement’s research term, which has expired. GSK has already exercised its options to Traficet-EN and CCX354 and each of their two respective defined back-up compounds. Thus, GSK’s only remaining options are to CCX168 and CCX832 and their associated back-up compounds.

GSK does not have exclusive rights to a given clinical indication or substitution rights with respect to a given collaboration target. Our proprietary programs around CCR2, CXCR7 or any other receptors are not part of the GSK collaboration.

The Joint Steering Committee, or JSC, established under the collaboration agreement, comprises three representatives from GSK and three of our representatives and has review and oversight responsibilities for all research and development activities performed by us. After an option exercise, the JSC serves as a vehicle to facilitate the information exchange between GSK and us with respect to further clinical development and commercialization activities performed by GSK for such licensed drug candidates. We have final decision making authority with respect to all decisions relating to the research program, the conduct of Phase I clinical trials and Phase II proof-of-concept clinical trials and the manufacture of drug candidates prior to option exercise. We and GSK mutually determine the indication to be studied for each collaboration drug candidate. GSK has the final decision making authority with respect to the criteria for us to establish proof-of-concept and the Phase II proof-of-concept trial design for CCX168 and CCX832, however, the collaboration provides for a limit on the scope and the costs of a given Phase II proof-of-concept trial. GSK also has final decision making authority with respect to all decisions relating to exercising its option, the funding and development of drug candidates after an option exercise and commercialization of the same.

In December 2009, GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license to further develop and commercialize Traficet-EN following our completion of the PROTECT-1 clinical trial. We received an option exercise fee of $35.0 million in January 2010 after GSK obtained Hart-Scott-Rodino clearance. After exercising the option, GSK became solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures for Traficet-EN and its two designated back-up compounds worldwide.

In November 2011, GSK exercised its option to obtain an exclusive license to further develop and commercialize CCX354 following our completion of the proof-of-concept clinical trial for this drug candidate. After exercising this option, GSK became solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures for CCX354 and its two designated back-up compounds worldwide. We received an option exercise fee of $25.0 million in December 2011 with respect to this option exercise.

With respect to the remaining drug candidates subject to the agreement, GSK has an option exercisable with respect to each drug candidate upon our demonstration of successful clinical proof-of-concept and, if GSK elects to exercise its option, we will be entitled to an option exercise fee of $25.0 million upon the exercise of each such option by GSK. For each of our drug candidates subject to the agreement we would be entitled to receive regulatory filing milestones of up to $47.0 million in the aggregate for the filing of an NDA in the United States and comparable filings in other territories, up to $75.0 million in the aggregate for the regulatory approval of products for commercial sale in the United States and other territories and up to $250.0 million in sales milestones for Traficet-EN and $125.0 million for each of CCX354, CCX168 and CCX832.

Under the collaboration, even if proof-of-concept clinical trials for any of our drug candidates that are subject to this collaboration result in positive outcomes, GSK may decide not to exercise its option. In the event that GSK elects not to exercise its option upon successful completion of a given proof-of-concept clinical trial, all rights to that program revert back to us, subject to a royalty obligation to GSK in the amount of 3% of annual worldwide net sales of the relevant drug candidate (capped at $50.0 million) if we go on to develop and commercialize it. Upon exercising any of its remaining options to drug candidates under the collaboration, GSK would be required to commence and pursue a development and commercialization program for drug candidates from such option exercise promptly after option exercise and would be solely responsible for all further clinical development and commercialization expenditures worldwide with respect to that program. The collaboration agreement requires GSK to use commercially reasonable efforts to further develop and commercialize all licensed drug candidates, including conducting all further clinical trials, developing additional formulations if necessary, preparing and filing all regulatory filings, manufacturing the drug product and marketing the licensed drug worldwide. However, GSK has

 

90


Table of Contents

the right to discontinue the development and commercialization of any licensed drug candidate based on factors or considerations consistent with its diligence efforts. In the event that GSK exercises an option with respect to a drug candidate and later determines in good faith to cease the development and commercialization of the licensed drug, either in its entirety, or on a country-by-country basis, we can elect to further develop and commercialize such licensed drug under a non-exclusive license grant from GSK. If we so elect, we will be solely responsible for satisfying all obligations to third parties with respect to the development, manufacture or commercialization of such licensed drug including any ongoing obligations of GSK under any third party manufacturing, licensing or other agreements, and we will be obligated to pay GSK 3% to 5% of annual worldwide net sales of such licensed drug depending on the licensed drug’s stage of development at the time at which we make such election.

We retain the option to co-develop Traficet-EN for certain gastrointestinal indications. Not later than 12 months before the first expected NDA for Traficet-EN, GSK is required to provide us with a detailed development plan and budget. After the final development plan and budget has been submitted we will have 90 days to decide whether to co-develop Traficet-EN. We can decide, in our sole discretion, whether to exercise the option to co-develop Traficet-EN for Crohn’s disease alone or for Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis, should GSK pursue the development of Traficet-EN in such indications.

If we elect to co-develop Traficet-EN we would be required to pay 35% of GSK’s development costs related to the selected gastrointestinal indications. Such co-development rights apply only to drug candidates arising out of the CCR9 program and only for such gastrointestinal indications as Crohn’s disease or ulcerative colitis. In return for having co-developed Traficet-EN, we would receive an increase over base line royalties, based on worldwide net sales of Traficet-EN. We also have the option, which we can exercise at our sole discretion, to co-promote Traficet-EN to physician specialists in the United States, subject to our payment of 35% of GSK’s development costs. Under the terms of the agreement, our promotional efforts could be as high as 50% of all promotional efforts to physician specialists in the United States. As consideration for our promotional efforts, GSK would be required to pay us an amount similar to what it would pay a third-party contract sales force.

Under the terms of the agreement, we received $63.5 million in the form of cash and equity from GSK in 2006. GSK was also obligated to provide research funding of up to $5.0 million per year during the first three years of our collaboration. The research term expired in August 2009, but was extended by six months for the ChemR23 program and we received an additional $2.5 million in research funding from GSK for the six months extension. Upon nomination of one of the defined back-up compounds in a given non-CCR9 collaboration program, we are entitled to receive a non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payment of $5.0 million for each drug candidate, for a maximum of three such payments for a given collaboration target. We received such pre-clinical milestone payments for CCX354, CCX168 and CCX832, respectively. Upon initiation of a first-in-humans study, we would be entitled to receive a non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payment of $10.0 million per drug candidate. We also received such first-in-humans milestone payments for CCX354, CCX168 and CCX832, respectively.

In addition, we are entitled to receive base royalties on net sales of the licensed drugs. The base royalties for each program differ, but are set at levels commensurate with the development stage of each program at the time we entered into the agreement. With respect to Traficet-EN and its two designated back-up compounds, GSK is obligated to pay us different base royalties on net sales in the United States and outside the United States. Tiered base percentage royalties on net sales in IBD indications in the United States range from the mid teens to the low twenties while tiered percentage royalties on net sales in IBD indications outside the United States range from the low to high teens. If we decide to exercise our co-development option for Traficet-EN, base royalty rates will increase by up to 5%, depending on the sales tier, the region and the indication for which the co-development option is exercised. With respect to CCX354, CCX168 and CCX832, or any of their designated back-up compounds, GSK is obligated to pay us double-digit tiered percentage royalties with the potential to reach the mid teens on annual worldwide net sales. We are also entitled to receive sales milestones on a per drug basis.

This agreement will expire with respect to each licensed drug and country upon the expiration of the payment obligations of GSK for that licensed drug in that country and would expire in its entirety upon the expiration of the last payment obligation of GSK for the last licensed drug in the last country. Following GSK’s

 

91


Table of Contents

exercise of its options, GSK is obligated to pay us royalties on net sales of products that include a compound from such collaboration program in a given country for so long as a valid claim of our independently owned patents or a jointly owned patent covers or claims the composition of matter or a relevant method of use of a licensed drug candidate subject to the collaboration agreement. In the absence of such a valid claim on a country-by-country basis, GSK is obligated to pay a reduced royalty rate for a period of 12 years from the date of the first commercial sale of a licensed drug candidate as long as we own or control a pending patent application which covers the composition of matter or a relevant method of use of a licensed drug candidate. In the event that a particular licensed drug candidate is sold in a country in which a generic pharmaceutical product approved in reliance on the prior approval of such licensed drug candidate is also sold, then GSK is no longer obligated to pay us royalties on such licensed products after the end of the first 180-day period in which one or more third parties sell a number of units of the generic product worldwide equal to 25% or more of the aggregate number of units of the licensed drug candidate sold in such country during that same 180-day period. Consequently, it is not possible at this time to determine when GSK’s payment obligations under the collaboration agreement will expire.

GSK may terminate the collaboration agreement for any reason upon 90 days prior written notice to us. The agreement and each program under the agreement may also be terminated under certain circumstances, including by either party for material breach or insolvency of the other party. The rights and obligations of the parties that survive termination of the agreement vary depending on the basis of the termination.

We are obligated to use diligent efforts to carry out the early development programs covered by the agreement. If we fail to do so and fail to cure such breach within the specified cure period, we will be required to pay a penalty to GSK based on certain percentages of up-front payments and research funding relating to the relevant collaboration target that we received from GSK. Alternatively, if we fail to cure such breach, at GSK’s election, we would be required to grant GSK a worldwide exclusive license to the compounds and their associated back-up compounds which are the subject of the relevant early development program, whether or not proof-of-concept has been achieved at such time and, other than certain royalty obligations, GSK would not be obligated to pay milestone payments, costs and other fees to us in connection with the exercise of such options.

Under the terms of the agreement, with respect to each collaboration target, we are obligated to not, either alone or with a third party, conduct any research or development activities or grant any license or other rights with respect to the identification or optimization of small molecule antagonists or agonists, as applicable, for such collaboration target unless and until either (i) GSK exercises its option to a drug candidate and its two back-up compounds with respect to such collaboration target or (ii) GSK terminates the collaboration program with respect to such collaboration target. Once the target exclusivity with respect to a collaboration target expires, we are free to initiate our own de novo proprietary drug discovery effort with respect to such target free of the exclusivity restrictions of our strategic alliance with GSK. There are no contractual restrictions that would preclude GSK from developing or investing in drug candidates that would compete with drug candidates that are subject to our collaboration with GSK.

Under the terms of the agreement, GSK has the right, but not the obligation, to defend against third party patent infringement claims for licensed drugs. If GSK elects to defend against any such claims, it has the sole right to direct the defense of such claims and settle such claims at its own cost and expense. If GSK elects not to defend against such claims, we have the right, but not the obligation, to defend against such claims. If the development or commercialization of licensed drugs requires use of third party intellectual property, we and GSK will share all license fees, provided however, that in the event that Millennium has valid patents relating to CCR9 and we are required to take a license from Millennium, we will be solely responsible for all fees required to be paid to Millennium in connection with such license. See “—Intellectual Property.”

Intellectual Property

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our drug candidates, novel biological discoveries, screening and drug development technology and other know-how, to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S.

 

92


Table of Contents

and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

As for the pharmaceutical products we develop and commercialize, as a normal course of business, we intend to pursue composition-of-matter patents, where possible, and dosage and formulation patents, as well as method of use patents on novel indications for known compounds. We also seek patent protection with respect to novel biological discoveries, including new targets and applications as well as adjuvant and vaccine candidates. We have also pursued patents with respect to our proprietary screening and drug development processes and technology. We have sought patent protection, either alone or jointly with our collaborators, as our collaboration agreements may dictate.

Our patent estate, on a worldwide basis, includes approximately 390 issued or allowed patents and approximately 325 pending patent applications, with claims relating to all of our current clinical stage drug candidates. With respect to our lead drug candidates in the CCR1, CCR2 and CCR9 programs, we have approximately 100 issued or allowed patents worldwide relating to their chemical composition or use thereof. There are approximately 40 patent applications pending for our other clinical stage compounds in the C5aR and ChemR23 programs. We have approximately 180 issued patents relating to other small molecule compounds and approximately 65 issued patents relating to our novel biological discoveries. We also have approximately 50 issued patents relating to our proprietary screening and drug development technologies.

Individual patents extend for varying periods depending on the date of filing of the patent application or the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. Generally, patents issued for applications filed in the United States are effective for twenty years from the earliest effective filing date. In addition, in certain instances, a patent term can be extended to recapture a portion of the term effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review period. However, the restoration period cannot be longer than five years and the total patent term including the restoration period must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval. The duration of foreign patents varies in accordance with provisions of applicable local law, but typically is also twenty years from the earliest effective filing date. Our issued patents will expire on dates ranging from 2020 to 2029. However, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product by product basis, from country to country and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the pate.

Furthermore, the patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical products and processes like those we intend to develop and commercialize are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such patents has emerged to date in the United States. The patent situation outside the United States is even more uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries can diminish our ability to protect our inventions and enforce our intellectual property rights and more generally could affect the value of intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third party patents. The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Our ability to maintain and solidify our proprietary position for our drugs and technology will depend on our success in obtaining effective claims and enforcing those claims once granted. We do not know whether any of the patent applications that we may file or license from third parties will result in the issuance of any patents. The issued patents that we own or may receive in the future, may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, our competitors may be able to independently develop and commercialize similar drugs or duplicate our technology, business model or strategy without infringing our patents. Because of the extensive time required for clinical development and regulatory review of a drug we may develop, it is possible that, before any of our drugs can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of any such patent.

 

93


Table of Contents

In addition to patents, we rely upon unpatented trade secrets and know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, using confidentiality agreements with our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants and invention assignment agreements with our employees. We also have confidentiality agreements or invention assignment agreements with our commercial partners and selected consultants. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with a third party. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

Our commercial success will also depend in part on not infringing upon the proprietary rights of third parties. It is uncertain whether the issuance of any third party patent would require us to alter our development or commercial strategies, or our drugs or processes, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. Our breach of any license agreements or failure to obtain a license to proprietary rights that we may require to develop or commercialize our future drugs may have a material adverse impact on us. If third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology to which we have rights, we may have to participate in interference proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine priority of invention.

Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Millennium, has obtained certain United States patents which include claims to small molecules that modulate CCR9, compositions thereof, and methods of using them to treat conditions such as IBD. Millennium may contend that the claims of these patents cover our patented Traficet-EN drug candidate. We believe that our activities related to Traficet-EN are currently exempt from patent infringement liability because these activities are strictly limited to obtaining information for regulatory approval. However, if and when our Traficet-EN related activities extend beyond those related to seeking regulatory approval, such as, for example, if and when we commercialize Traficet-EN, Millennium might then commence an infringement action against us based on these patents and/or other related patents that it may be granted in the future. If Millennium elects to sue us, we believe that we may have viable defenses to any such infringement suit. However, we cannot assure you that the relevant court would find in our favor with respect to such defenses. Intellectual property litigation and patent litigation in particular, is expensive, complex and lengthy and its outcome is difficult to predict. A court could enter orders that temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoin us or our partners from using, selling, offering to sell or importing our current or future drug candidates or could enter an order mandating that we undertake certain remedial activities. Pending or future patent litigation against us or any strategic partners by Millennium or anyone else may force us or any strategic partners to stop or delay developing, manufacturing or selling potential drug candidates that are claimed to infringe a third party’s intellectual property, unless that party grants us or any strategic partners rights to use its intellectual property. If Millennium is able to obtain an injunction and neither we nor our partners are able to obtain a license, we and our partners will be precluded from the manufacture and sale of Traficet-EN. If we or our partners are unable to show that Millennium’s patent is invalid and neither we nor our partners are able to obtain a license from Millennium for the use of their intellectual property, at all or on commercially acceptable terms, this would preclude us and our partners from the manufacture and sale of Traficet-EN or related candidate compounds found to be covered by Millennium’s patent claims.

In addition, substantial scientific and commercial research has been conducted for many years in the areas in which we have focused our development efforts, which has resulted in third parties having a number of issued patents and pending patent applications. Patent applications in the United States and elsewhere are published only after eighteen months from the priority date. The publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature frequently occurs substantially later than the date on which the underlying discoveries were made. Therefore, patent applications relating to drugs similar to Traficet-EN and any future drugs, discoveries or technologies we might develop may have already been filed by others without our knowledge.

 

94


Table of Contents

Competition

We compete in the segments of the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other related markets that address IBD, chronic kidney disease and diabetic nephropathy, rheumatoid arthritis, other autoimmune diseases and inflammatory disorders, and cancer. We face significant competition from many pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that are also researching and selling products designed to address these markets. Many of our competitors have materially greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, research and drug development resources than we do. Large pharmaceutical companies in particular have extensive expertise in preclinical and clinical testing and in obtaining regulatory approvals for drugs. In addition, academic institutions, government agencies, and other public and private organizations conducting research may seek patent protection with respect to potentially competitive products or technologies. These organizations may also establish exclusive collaborative or licensing relationships with our competitors.

It is possible that our competitors will develop and market drugs that are less expensive and more effective than our drug candidates, or that will render our drug candidates obsolete. It is also possible that our competitors will commercialize competing drugs before we or our partners can launch any drugs developed from our drug candidates. If approved for marketing by the FDA, Traficet-EN, our lead drug candidate for the treatment of IBD, would compete against existing IBD treatments such as Remicade, Humira, and other TNF- a inhibitors, immunomodulatory drugs and corticosteroids and potentially against other novel IBD drug candidates that are currently in development. Remicade is a humanized monoclonal antibody targeted to TNF- a , indicated for the treatment of Crohn’s disease, ulcerative colitis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis and ankylosing spondylitis. Annual sales for Remicade totaled at least $6.0 billion in 2010. Humira, a similar drug, is also a human monoclonal antibody that acts as a TNF- a inhibitor. Marketed by Abbott Laboratories in the United States and Europe, Humira is approved for the treatment of Crohn’s disease, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis and ankylosing spondylitis. Annual worldwide sales for Humira totaled $6.5 billion in 2010.

We believe that Traficet-EN offers three distinct advantages as compared to currently used biologic therapies such as Remicade and Humira. First, unlike Remicade and Humira which are given by infusion or injection, Traficet-EN would be administered orally as a capsule or a tablet. We expect that oral administration of Traficet-EN will have a positive effect on patient compliance. Second, given that Traficet-EN is a small molecule which can be synthesized using standard chemistry processes, the molecule will be cheaper to manufacture than biologic agents which require complex and expensive cell based systems to produce a given biologic agent. The lower cost of goods for Traficet-EN could result in a more favorable pricing structure which, in turn, could lead to pharmaco-economic benefits for patients and healthcare providers. Third, Traficet-EN’s mode of action may not lead to the broad suppression of the patient’s immune system which is often seen with TNF- a inhibitors.

Our lead independent drug candidate, CCX140, a CCR2 antagonist, if approved for marketing by the FDA for diabetic nephropathy, would compete with treatments commonly used for type 2 diabetes and hypertension patients. ARBs and ACE inhibitors, are commonly prescribed treatments used to reduce blood pressure and increase kidney function, reducing the progression of diabetic nephropathy. Many patients eventually progress to end-stage renal disease and require hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis, or renal transplant. There are other candidates in Phase III development for diabetic nephropathy including Abbott / Reata’s bardoxolone.

CCX354 is our lead CCR1 antagonist candidate in RA. Treatment of RA can be divided into disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs, or DMARDs, anti-inflammatory agents and analgesics. Current treatment options for RA consist of corticosteroids such as prednisone, immunosuppressants such as methotrexate (Rheumatrex and Trexall), azathioprine (such as Imuran), sulfasalazine (Azulfidine), hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil) and 6-mercaptopurine (Purinethol), leflunomide (Arava), and biologic agents including TNF- a inhibitors (etanercept (Enbrel), infliximab (Remicade), adalimumab (Humira), certolizumab (Cimzia), and golimumab (Simponi)), anakinra (Kineret), rituximab (Rituxan), abatacept (Orencia), and tocilizumab (Actemra). There are also several novel, oral kinase inhibitors in Phase III development for RA including AstraZeneca / Rigel’s fostamatinib and Pfizer’s tasocitinib.

Many of these currently approved treatments have notable and common adverse events including liver and bone marrow toxicity, renal toxicity, pneumonitis, immunosuppression, allergic skin reactions, autoimmune diseases and infections.

 

95


Table of Contents

We expect that competition among any of our drugs approved for sale will be based on various factors, including drug safety and efficacy, prevalence of negative side effects, reliability, ease of administration, availability, price, insurance coverage and reimbursement status and patent position. We believe that our ability to compete depends largely upon our ability to research, develop and commercialize our existing and future drug candidates. Further, we need to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel, obtain patent protection, develop proprietary technology or processes and secure sufficient capital resources for the substantial time period between technological conception and commercial sales of drugs. Our ability to compete will also be affected by the speed at which we are able to identify and develop, conduct clinical testing and obtain regulatory approvals of our drug candidates. Potential competitors may develop treatments that are more effective and/or safer than our drug candidates or that would make our technology and drug candidates obsolete or non-competitive.

Established pharmaceutical companies that currently sell or are developing drugs in our markets of interest include Abbott, Amgen, AstraZeneca, Biogen Idec, Bayer, Elan, GSK, Johnson & Johnson, Merck, Merck Serono, Takeda, Novartis, Pfizer, Reata, Sanofi-aventis and Teva. Many or all of these established competitors are also heavily involved in research and drug development regarding various chemokine receptors. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies which are known to be involved in chemokine research and related drug development include Pfizer, GSK, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Merck, Takeda, Sanofi-aventis, Incyte, and UCB Pharma among others. These companies and others also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, and in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Manufacturing

Our current drug candidates are manufactured using common chemical engineering and synthetic processes from readily available raw materials. Following GSK’s exercise of its options for the further development of Traficet-EN and CCX354, it assumed sole manufacturing responsibility for these drug candidates and each of their two respective designated back-up compounds. We rely on contract manufacturing organizations to produce our other drug candidates in accordance with the FDA’s current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, regulations for use in our clinical trials. However, we currently rely on a single source supplier for our requirements of the API of each of these other drug candidates. The manufacture of pharmaceuticals is subject to extensive cGMP regulations, which impose various procedural and documentation requirements and govern all areas of record keeping, production processes and controls, personnel and quality control. We expect to rely on contract manufacturers for the manufacture of clinical and commercial supplies of our compounds other than those drug candidates for which GSK has exercised its option.

We purchase quantities of our drug candidates from our contract manufacturers pursuant to purchase orders that we place from time to time. If we were unable to obtain sufficient quantities of drug candidates or receive raw materials in a timely manner, we could be required to delay our ongoing clinical trials and seek alternative manufacturers, which would be costly and time-consuming. We believe we have multiple potential sources for our contract manufacturing.

Government Regulation

The FDA and comparable regulatory authorities in state and local jurisdictions and in other countries impose substantial and burdensome requirements upon companies involved in the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of drugs. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate research and development activities and the testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion, export and import of our drug candidates.

In the United States, the FDA regulates drug products under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, and the FDA’s implementing regulations. If we fail to comply with applicable FDA or other requirements at any time during the drug development process, clinical testing, the approval process or after approval, we may become subject to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the

 

96


Table of Contents

FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, license suspension or revocation, withdrawal of an approval, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties or criminal prosecution. Any FDA enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us. The process required by the FDA before our drug candidates may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of extensive preclinical laboratory tests, preclinical animal studies and formulation studies all performed in accordance with the FDA’s current good laboratory practice, or cGLP, regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug, or IND, application which must become effective before human clinical trials in the United States may begin;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the drug candidate for each proposed indication;

 

   

submission to the FDA of a new drug application, or NDA;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug is produced to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, regulations; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA prior to any commercial marketing, sale or shipment of the drug.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our drug candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

Once a pharmaceutical drug candidate is identified for development, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluations of drug chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animals. The results of the preclinical studies, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND application. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trial, including concerns that human research subjects will be exposed to unreasonable health risks. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND may result in the FDA not allowing the clinical trials to commence or not allowing the clinical trials to commence on the terms originally specified in the IND. A separate submission to an existing IND must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during drug development, and the FDA must grant permission, either explicitly or implicitly by not objecting, before each clinical trial can begin.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be used. Each protocol must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. An independent institutional review board, or IRB, for each medical center proposing to conduct a clinical trial must also review and approve a plan for any clinical trial before it can begin at that center and the IRB must monitor the clinical trial until it is completed. The FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend or discontinue a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Clinical testing also must satisfy extensive Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, requirements, including the requirements for informed consent.

All clinical research performed in the United States in support of an NDA must be authorized in advance by the FDA under the IND regulations and procedures described above. However, a sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to FDA in support of an NDA so long as the clinical trial is conducted in compliance with an international guideline for the ethical conduct of clinical research known as the Declaration of Helsinki and/or the laws and regulations of the country or countries in which the clinical trial is performed, whichever provides the greater protection to the participants in the clinical trial. We conducted our PROTECT-1 clinical trial solely

 

97


Table of Contents

at foreign clinical research sites, and we did not have authorization from the FDA under an IND to conduct that clinical trial in the United States. We designed the clinical trial to comply with FDA regulatory requirements for the use of foreign clinical data in support of an NDA, and we intend to submit data from the PROTECT-1 clinical trial in support of our future U.S. marketing application for Traficet-EN. We are pursuing a similar development strategy for CCX140 for which we are currently conducting two Phase II clinical trials in patients with diabetic nephropathy in certain European countries. These clinical trials are also designed to comply with FDA regulatory requirements so that the data from these trials can be used to support a regulatory filing in the United States. We plan to include the United States and Europe in our later-stage clinical development program for CCX140 and for other drug candidates we develop independently prior to filing for an NDA with the FDA and the EMA.

Clinical Trials

For purposes of NDA submission and approval, clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined.

 

   

Phase I clinical trials are initially conducted in a limited population of subjects to test the drug candidate for safety, dose tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion in healthy humans or, on occasion, in patients with severe problems or life-threatening diseases to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

   

Phase II clinical trials are generally conducted in a limited patient population to:

 

   

evaluate dosage tolerance and appropriate dosage;

 

   

identify possible adverse effects and safety risks; and

 

   

evaluate preliminarily the efficacy of the drug for specific targeted indications in patients with the disease or condition under study.

 

   

Phase III clinical trials, commonly referred to as pivotal studies, are typically conducted when Phase II clinical trials demonstrate that a dose range of the drug candidate is effective and has an acceptable safety profile. Phase III clinical trials are generally undertaken with large numbers of patients, such as groups of several hundred to several thousand, to further evaluate dosage, to provide substantial evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety in an expanded and diverse patient population at multiple, geographically-dispersed clinical trial sites.

In some cases, the FDA may condition approval of an NDA on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the drug’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval. Such post-approval clinical trials are typically referred to as Phase IV clinical trials.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal trials and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the drug in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

New Drug Applications

The results of preclinical studies and of the clinical trials, together with other detailed information, including extensive manufacturing information and information on the composition of the drug, are submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug for one or more specified indications. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a drug is safe and effective for its intended use.

Once an NDA has been accepted for filing, by law the FDA has 180 days to review the application and respond to the applicant. However, the review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for

 

98


Table of Contents

additional information or clarification. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, the FDA has a goal of responding to NDAs within ten months of submission for standard review, but this timeframe is also often extended. The FDA may refer the application to an advisory committee for review, evaluation and recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. The FDA may deny approval of an NDA if the applicable statutory and regulatory criteria are not satisfied, or it may require additional clinical data or an additional Phase III clinical trial. Even if such data are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret data. Once the FDA approves an NDA, or supplement thereto, the FDA may withdraw the approval if ongoing regulatory requirements are not met or if safety problems are identified after the drug reaches the market. Where a withdrawal may not be appropriate, the FDA still may seize existing inventory of such drug or require a recall of any drug already on the market. In addition, the FDA may require testing, including Phase IV clinical trials and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of approved drugs which have been commercialized. The FDA has the authority to prevent or limit further marketing of a drug based on the results of these post-marketing programs.

A sponsor may also seek approval of its drug candidates under programs designed to accelerate FDA’s review and approval of NDAs. For instance, a sponsor may seek FDA designation of a drug candidate as a “fast track product.” Fast track products are those products intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and which demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for such conditions. If fast track designation is obtained, the FDA may initiate review of sections of an NDA before the application is complete. This “rolling review” is available if the applicant provides and the FDA approves a schedule for the remaining information. In some cases, a fast track product may be approved on the basis of either a clinical endpoint or a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit under the FDA’s accelerated approval regulations. Approvals of this kind typically include requirements for appropriate post-approval Phase IV clinical trials to validate the surrogate endpoint or otherwise confirm the effect of the clinical endpoint. In addition, drug candidates may be eligible for “priority review,” or review within a six month timeframe from the date a complete NDA is accepted for filing, if a sponsor shows that its drug candidate provides a significant improvement compared to marketed drugs. When appropriate, we intend to seek fast track designation and/or accelerated approval for our drugs. We cannot predict whether any of our drug candidates will obtain a fast track and/or accelerated approval designation, or the ultimate impact, if any, of the fast track or the accelerated approval process on the timing or likelihood of FDA approval of any of our proposed drugs.

Drugs may be marketed only for the FDA approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement, which may require us to develop additional data or conduct additional preclinical studies and clinical trials.

Before approving an application, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the finished drug product, and sometimes the active drug ingredient, is manufactured, and will not approve the drug unless cGMP compliance is satisfactory. The FDA may also inspect the sites at which the clinical trials were conducted to assess their compliance, and will not approve the drug unless compliance with GCP requirements is satisfactory.

The testing and approval processes require substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each may take several years to complete. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all. Even if we believe a clinical trial has demonstrated safety and efficacy of one of our drug candidates for the treatment of a disease, the results may not be satisfactory to the FDA. Preclinical and clinical data may be interpreted by the FDA in different ways, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. We may encounter difficulties or unanticipated costs in our efforts to secure necessary governmental approvals which could delay or preclude us from marketing drugs. The FDA may limit the indications for use or place other conditions on any approvals that could restrict the commercial application of the drugs. After approval, certain changes to the approved drug, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes, or additional labeling claims are subject to further FDA review and approval. Depending on the nature of the change proposed, an NDA supplement must be filed and

 

99


Table of Contents

approved before the change may be implemented. For many proposed post-approval changes to an NDA, the FDA has up to 180 days to review the application. As with new NDAs, the review process is often significantly extended by the FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

Other Regulatory Requirements

Any drugs manufactured or distributed by us or our collaborators pursuant to FDA approvals would be subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including recordkeeping requirements and reporting of adverse experiences associated with the drug. Drug manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements, including cGMPs, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third party manufacturers. Failure to comply with the statutory and regulatory requirements can subject a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, such as warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, seizure of product, injunctive action or possible civil penalties. We cannot be certain that we or our present or future third party manufacturers or suppliers will be able to comply with the cGMP regulations and other ongoing FDA regulatory requirements. If we or our present or future third party manufacturers or suppliers are not able to comply with these requirements, the FDA may halt our clinical trials, require us to recall a drug from distribution or withdraw approval of the NDA for that drug.

The FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the Internet. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy that are approved by the FDA. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Such off-label uses are common across medical specialties. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, impose stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use.

Healthcare Reform

In March 2010, the President signed one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively known as the Affordable Care Act, substantially changes the way healthcare will be financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts the pharmaceutical industry. The comprehensive $940 billion dollar overhaul is expected to extend coverage to approximately 32 million previously uninsured Americans. The Affordable Care Act contains a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse, which will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs, including Medicare payment for performance initiatives and improvements to the physician quality reporting system and feedback program. Additionally, the Affordable Care Act:

 

   

mandates a further shift in the burden of Medicaid payments to the states;

 

   

increases the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand-name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1%;

 

   

requires collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

   

requires manufacturers to participate in a coverage gap discount program, under which they must agree to offer 50 percent point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D, beginning January 2011; and

 

   

imposes a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell “branded prescription drugs” to specified federal government programs.

 

100


Table of Contents

The Affordable Care Act also establishes an Independent Payment Advisory Board, or IPAB, to reduce the per capita rate of growth in Medicare spending. Beginning in 2014, IPAB is mandated to propose changes in Medicare payments if it is determined that the rate of growth of Medicare expenditures exceeds target growth rates. The IPAB has broad discretion to propose policies to reduce expenditures, which may have a negative impact on payment rates for services, including imaging services. A proposal made by the IPAB is required to be implemented by the U.S. government’s Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services unless Congress adopts a proposal with savings greater than those proposed by the IPAB. IPAB proposals may impact payments for physician and free-standing services beginning in 2015 and for hospital services beginning in 2020.

A number of states have challenged the constitutionality of certain provisions of the Affordable Care Act, and many of these challenges are still pending final adjudication in several jurisdictions. Congress has also proposed a number of legislative initiatives, including possible repeal of the Affordable Care Act. At this time, it remains unclear whether there will be any changes made to the Affordable Care Act, whether to certain provisions or its entirety.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. Most recently, on August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, creates the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend proposals in spending reductions to Congress. In the event that the Joint Select Committee is unable to achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, or Congress does not act on the committee’s recommendation, without amendment, by December 23, 2011, an automatic reduction is triggered. These automatic cuts would be made to several government programs and, with respect to Medicare, would include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013. Further, on September 19, 2011, President Obama presented his Plan for Economic Growth and Deficit Reduction to the Joint Select Committee, which includes $248 billion in Medicare savings ($240 billion of which comes from reducing and collecting Medicare payments incorrectly paid) and $72 billion in Medicaid savings. Beginning in 2017, the President’s proposal also shifts more of the Medicare costs to newly enrolled beneficiaries, including an increase in patient deductibles under Medicare Part B for certain beneficiaries, and increases Part B and Part D premiums for higher-income beneficiaries. The full impact on our business of the Affordable Care Act and other new laws is uncertain. Nor is it clear whether other legislative changes will be adopted, if any, or how such changes would affect the demand for our drugs once commercialized.

Third-Party Payor Coverage and Reimbursement

Although none of our drug candidates has been commercialized for any indication, if they are approved for marketing, commercial success of our drug candidates will depend, in part, upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors at the federal, state, and private levels. Government payor programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, private health care insurance companies, and managed-care plans have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular procedures or drug treatments. The U.S. Congress and state legislatures from time to time propose and adopt initiatives aimed at cost-containment. Ongoing federal and state government initiatives directed at lowering the total cost of health care will likely continue to focus on health care reform, the cost of prescription pharmaceuticals and on the reform of the Medicare and Medicaid payment systems. Examples of how limits on drug coverage and reimbursement in the United States may cause reduced payments for drugs in the future include:

 

   

changing Medicare reimbursement methodologies;

 

   

fluctuating decisions on which drugs to include in formularies;

 

   

revising drug rebate calculations under the Medicaid program; and

 

   

reforming drug importation laws.

Some third-party payors also require pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative devices or drug therapies before they will reimburse health care providers who use such therapies. While we cannot predict

 

101


Table of Contents

whether any proposed cost-containment measures will be adopted or otherwise implemented in the future, the announcement or adoption of these proposals could have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain adequate prices for our drug candidates and operate profitably.

Other Healthcare Laws and Regulations

We are also subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

   

the federal healthcare programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

   

federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;

 

   

federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protects the security and privacy of protected health information;

 

   

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws and regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and impact our financial results.

International Regulation

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our future drugs. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a drug, we must obtain approval of a drug by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the drug in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country, and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country.

Under European Union regulatory systems, marketing authorizations may be submitted either under a centralized or mutual recognition procedure. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marking authorization that is valid for all European Union member states. The mutual recognition procedure provides for mutual recognition of national approval decisions. Under this procedure, the holder of a national marking authorization may submit an application to the remaining member states. Within 90 days of receiving the applications and assessment report, each member state must decide whether to recognize approval.

In addition to regulations in Europe and the United States, we will be subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial distribution of our future drugs.

 

102


Table of Contents

Employees

As of September 30, 2011, we had 64 full-time employees, 32 of whom hold Ph.D.s, M.D.s or both. Of our total workforce, 53 employees are engaged in research and development, and 11 employees are engaged in business development, finance, legal, human resources, facilities, information technology administration and general management. We have no collective bargaining agreements with our employees and we have not experienced any work stoppages. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Mountain View, California, where we lease 35,755 square feet of office and laboratory space. In April 2004, we entered into a ten-year lease agreement for that facility.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs, as the facility has sufficient laboratory space to house additional scientists to be hired as we expand. When our leases expire, we may exercise our renewal options or look for additional or alternate space for our operations and we believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

 

103


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, as of December 31, 2011:

 

Name

   Age    

Position(s)

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

     52      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D.

     50      Chief Business Officer and Treasurer

Susan M. Kanaya

     49      Senior Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D.

     54      Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery and Chief Scientific Officer

Petrus (Pirow) Bekker, M.D., Ph.D.

     51      Senior Vice President of Medical and Clinical Affairs

Rishi Gupta, J.D. (1)(2) (3)

     34      Director

Roger C. Lucas, Ph.D. (3)

     68      Director

Geoffrey M. Parker (1) (3)

     47      Director

Edward E. Penhoet, Ph.D. (1)(2) (3)

     71      Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee.

 

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

 

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D. , is the founder of our company and has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Director since November 1996. From December 1993 to November 1996, Dr. Schall worked at the DNAX Research Institute, a division of Schering-Plough Corporation, a pharmaceutical company. Prior to his work at the DNAX Research Institute, he worked as a scientist with Genentech, Inc., a pharmaceutical company. Dr. Schall participated in some of the earliest discoveries of chemokine system function and activities. Dr. Schall cloned one of the first chemokines to be discovered, and provided some of the earliest data for the existence of the previously unknown family of molecules which later came to be called the chemokines. Dr. Schall’s laboratories have been responsible for the discovery or co-discovery of almost one-third of all known chemokine receptors. Dr. Schall received his B.S. in biology from Northern Illinois University and his Ph.D. in cancer biology from Stanford University. We believe Dr. Schall is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive executive leadership experience, many years of service as one of our directors and our President and Chief Executive Officer and extensive scientific expertise and knowledge of the chemokine system.

Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D. , has served as our Chief Business Officer since February 2007, and Treasurer since August 2004. From March 2003 to February 2007, he served as our Senior Vice President of Corporate and Business Development. From October 2001 to March 2003, Dr. Cappel served as our Vice President of Business Development. Prior to joining us, Dr. Cappel served as Vice President of Business Development at Alkermes, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 1998 to 2001. Prior to this, he served as Director of Business Development with Millennium Pharmaceuticals as well as in various business development roles at Cygnus, Inc., a biotechnology company. Dr. Cappel received his B.S. in pharmacy and his Ph.D. in pharmaceutics from J.W. Goethe University, Frankfurt, Germany, and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Dr. Cappel also completed postdoctoral studies in pharmaceutics at the University of Michigan.

Susan M. Kanaya has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer since January 2006, and Secretary since February 2006. Prior to joining us, Ms. Kanaya served as Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer at Kosan Biosciences Inc., a biotechnology company, from 1999 to 2005. Prior to this, she served in financial management positions at SUGEN, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 1994 to 1999, most recently as Vice President, Finance, and Treasurer. Ms. Kanaya also served as Controller with high technology companies and as a public accountant with KPMG. Ms. Kanaya received her B.S. in business administration from the University of California, Berkeley.

 

104


Table of Contents

Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since February 2010. From January 2007 to February 2010, Dr. Jaen served as our Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery. From 1996 to 2006, Dr. Jaen was employed at Tularik, a biotechnology company, and then Amgen Inc., a pharmaceutical company (following Tularik’s acquisition by Amgen in 2004), most recently serving as Vice President of Chemistry. From 1983 to 1996, Dr. Jaen was employed at Parke-Davis/Warner-Lambert, a pharmaceutical company, most recently as Chemistry Director, with responsibility for the neurodegenerative disease research area. Dr. Jaen received his B.S. from the Universidad Complutense in Madrid, Spain and holds a Ph.D. in organic chemistry from the University of Michigan.

Petrus (Pirow) Bekker, M.D., Ph.D., has served as our Senior Vice President of Clinical and Medical Affairs since February 2009. From April 2005 to February 2009, Dr. Bekker served as our Vice President of Clinical and Medical Affairs. Prior to joining us, Dr. Bekker worked at Amgen Inc., where he served as Senior Director of Global Safety from July 2004 to April 2005 and as Senior Director of Clinical Development and Director of Clinical Development from December 1997 to July 2004. Prior to this, he served as a clinical researcher and scientist at Procter & Gamble Pharmaceuticals in various capacities for seven years. Dr. Bekker received his Ph.D. in molecular biology from Pennsylvania State University and his M.D. and medical training in South Africa at the University of Pretoria.

Rishi Gupta, J.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2011. Since 2004, Mr. Gupta has served as Private Equity Principal of OrbiMed Advisors LLC, a healthcare asset management company. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Gupta served as a corporate finance analyst in healthcare investment banking at Raymond James & Associates and from 2000 to 2001 served as Manager of Corporate Development at Veritas Medicine. Mr. Gupta received his A.B. degree magna cum laude in Biochemical Sciences from Harvard College and holds a J.D. from the Yale Law School. Mr. Gupta also serves on the board of directors of several private companies. We believe Mr. Gupta is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in venture capital and financial services and investing in life sciences companies.

Roger C. Lucas, Ph.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since September 1997. Since 1995, Dr. Lucas has served as Vice Chairman and a member of the board of directors of Techne Corporation, a biotechnology company. From 1985 to 1995, Dr. Lucas served as the Chief Scientific Officer, Senior Executive Vice President and Secretary of Techne Corporation and the founder of its Biotechnology Division. Prior to this, Dr. Lucas was Vice President of Research at R&D Systems, now a subsidiary of Techne, where he worked for over 10 years. Dr. Lucas received his B.S. in biology and chemistry from St. Mary’s College, Minnesota, and his Ph.D. in physiology and cell biology from the Illinois Institute of Technology. Dr. Lucas also presently serves on the board of directors of a number of privately held companies. We believe Dr. Lucas is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the healthcare industry as an entrepreneur and a director of a range of public and private companies and his leadership and management experience from his service as an executive for a public life sciences company.

Geoffrey M. Parker, has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2009. Since September 2010, Mr. Parker has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. after serving in a consulting capacity since December 2009. From July 2009 to July 2010, Mr. Parker served in a consulting capacity as Chief Business Officer of InteKrin Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company, and previously served as Managing Director and Partner in the Investment Banking Division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. From 1997 to 2009, Mr. Parker directed Goldman Sachs’ West Region Healthcare Investment Banking practice. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Parker was Vice President at Feibusch & Co., a venture capital firm in Larkspur, California. Mr. Parker received his A.B. in Engineering Sciences and Economics from Dartmouth College and his M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Parker is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his financial sophistication, his experience as the Chief Financial Officer of a public biotechnology company and his management background as an executive in the financial services industry.

Edward E. Penhoet, Ph.D. , has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2007. Since August 2000, Dr. Penhoet has served as a director of Alta Partners, a venture capital firm. Dr. Penhoet is currently a member of the President’s Council of Advisors for Science and Technology (PCAST). Dr. Penhoet

 

105


Table of Contents

was a member of the Independent Citizens Oversight Committee of the California Institute of Regenerative Medicine where he served as the Vice Chairman from 2004 to 2008. From July 1998 to July 2002, Dr. Penhoet served as the Dean of the School of Public Health and as a Professor of Public Health and of Molecular and Cellular Biology at the University of California, Berkeley. Dr. Penhoet was a co-founder of the Chiron Corporation, a biotechnology company, where he served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director from its formation in 1981 to April 1998. From 1971 to 1981, Dr. Penhoet was a faculty member of the Biochemistry Department at the University of California, Berkeley. From 2004 to 2008, Dr. Penhoet served as President of the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation. Dr. Penhoet is a member of the Institute of Medicine of the National Academy of Sciences and The American Academy of Arts & Sciences and currently serves, or has during the past five years served, as a director of Chiron, Corcept Therapeutics, Inc., IDM Pharma, Inc. and Renovis, Inc., together with several privately held biotechnology companies. Dr. Penhoet received a B.A. in Biology from Stanford University and a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of Washington. We believe Dr. Penhoet’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive knowledge of biochemistry and related science, together with his experience as a founder and chief executive officer of a leading biotechnology company and his corporate governance expertise. We believe Dr. Penhoet is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive leadership experience in the healthcare industry as an entrepreneur, venture capitalist and executive and his service on the boards of directors of a range of public and private life sciences companies.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of five members with one vacancy. Our amended and restated bylaws will permit the authorized number of directors to be determined by resolution of the board of directors. Each director elected shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Effective upon the closing of this offering, we will divide the terms of office of the directors into three classes:

 

   

Class I, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

   

Class II, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

   

Class III, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

Upon the closing of this offering, Class I shall consist of Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D. and one vacancy, Class II shall consist of Geoffrey M. Parker and Rishi Gupta, J.D. and Class III shall consist of Edward E. Penhoet, Ph.D. and Roger C. Lucas, Ph.D. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms will then expire shall serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. A resolution of the board of directors may change the authorized number of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or management of our company.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established three standing committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee

The audit committee is composed of Messrs. Parker and Gupta and Dr. Penhoet (our audit committee financial expert), all of whom will be independent, within the meaning of applicable SEC rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or Nasdaq, upon completion of this offering. We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

106


Table of Contents

Our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our consolidated financial statements on behalf of our board of directors. Our independent auditor reports directly to the audit committee. The specific powers and responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

   

appointing, assessing the qualifications of, compensating, retaining, and overseeing the work of our independent auditor, for the purpose of preparing or issuing an auditor’s report or performing other audit, review, and attest services;

 

   

reviewing our annual audited consolidated financial statements with management and our independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing the appointment of, replacement of, and meeting with our internal auditor to discuss significant reports to management;

 

   

overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our consolidated financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to consolidated financial statements or accounting matters, our independent auditor’s qualifications, independence and the performance of our internal accounting and financial controls;

 

   

determining whether to recommend to our board of directors that the audited financial statements be included in our annual report for the fiscal year subject to the audit;

 

   

reviewing all related party transactions on an ongoing basis;

 

   

preparing the report that SEC rules require be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

providing our board of directors with the results of its monitoring and recommendations;

 

   

providing our board of directors with additional information and materials as it deems necessary to make our board of directors aware of significant financial matters that require the attention of our board of directors; and

 

   

evaluating its own performance on an annual basis.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee is composed of Dr. Penhoet and Mr. Gupta, both of whom will be independent, within the meaning of applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules, upon completion of this offering. We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving our corporate goals and objectives relating to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of those goals and objectives, and determining and approving the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of our officers and certain employees; reviewing and approving general compensation goals and guidelines for employees and the criteria by which bonuses, long-term incentive compensation, stock options, employee pension and welfare benefits plans are determined;

 

   

determining our policy with respect to change of control or “parachute” payments;

 

   

managing and reviewing executive officer and director indemnification and insurance matters;

 

   

preparing the compensation committee report to be included as part of our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

evaluating its own performance on an annual basis.

 

107


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is composed of Messrs. Parker and Gupta and Drs. Penhoet and Lucas, all of whom will be independent, within the meaning of applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules, upon completion of this offering. We believe that the composition and functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

overseeing our board of director’s annual review of its performance, composition, and organization, and making recommendations on these matters to our board of directors;

 

   

reviewing, soliciting and making recommendations to our board of directors and stockholders with respect to candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

   

reviewing the performance of each current director and determining whether to recommend the nomination of such director for an additional term; and

 

   

evaluating its own performance on an annual basis.

 

108


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

This compensation discussion and analysis provides information about the material elements of our executive compensation program for our “named executive officers,” consisting of the following persons:

 

   

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Susan M. Kanaya, our Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Senior Vice President, Finance;

 

   

Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D., our Chief Business Officer and Treasurer;

 

   

Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer and Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery; and

 

   

Petrus J. Bekker, M.D., Ph.D., our Senior Vice President, Medical and Clinical Affairs.

Specifically, this compensation discussion and analysis provides an overview of our executive officer compensation philosophy, the overall objectives of our executive officer compensation program, and each compensation element that we provide. In addition, we explain how and why the compensation committee and our board of directors arrived at specific compensation policies and decisions involving our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Objectives of Our Compensation Program

We recognize that the ability to excel depends on the integrity, knowledge, imagination, skill, diversity and teamwork of our employees. To this end, we strive to create an environment of mutual respect, encouragement and teamwork—an environment that rewards commitment and performance and that is responsive to the needs of our employees. The objectives of our compensation and benefits programs for our employees generally, and for our named executive officers specifically, are to:

 

   

attract, engage and retain the workforce that helps ensure our future success;

 

   

motivate and inspire employee behavior that fosters a high-performance culture;

 

   

support a cost-effective and flexible business model;

 

   

reinforce key business objectives; and

 

   

align employee interests with stockholder interests.

Most of our compensation elements simultaneously fulfill one or more of these objectives. These elements consist of:

 

   

base salaries;

 

   

annual performance bonuses;

 

   

long-term equity incentives;

 

   

perquisites, health, welfare and retirement benefits; and

 

   

post-termination benefits.

We believe that each element aligns the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our stockholders in different ways, whether through focusing on short-term and long-term performance goals, promoting an ownership mentality toward one’s job, linking individual compensation opportunities to our performance or by ensuring healthy employees. This mix of compensation is intended to ensure that total compensation reflects our overall success or failure and to motivate our named executive officers to meet appropriate performance measures. In determining each element of compensation for any given year, our board of directors and our compensation committee consider and determine each element individually and then review the resulting total compensation and determine whether it is reasonable and competitive. We have no

 

109


Table of Contents

pre-established policy or target for the allocation between either cash and non-cash or short-term and long-term incentive compensation. Each of these compensation elements is described in more detail below.

Compensation Determination Process

The compensation committee of our board of directors develops, reviews and approves each of the elements of the executive officer compensation program of our company as a whole, and for our named executive officers individually, and regularly assesses the effectiveness and competitiveness of the program.

In the first quarter of each year, the compensation committee reviews the performance of each of our named executive officers during the previous year. At this time the compensation committee also reviews our performance relative to the corporate performance objectives set by the board of directors for the previous year and makes the final annual bonus payment determinations based on our performance and the compensation committee’s evaluation of each named executive officer’s performance for the prior year. In connection with this review, the compensation committee also reviews and adjusts, as appropriate, annual base salaries for our named executive officers and grants, as appropriate, additional equity awards to our named executive officers and certain other eligible employees for the coming fiscal year. During the first quarter of each year, our compensation committee also reviews and recommends to the full board of directors for approval the corporate performance objectives for purposes of our performance bonus programs for that year.

Our Chief Executive Officer, with the assistance and support of the human resources department and the other executive officers, aids the compensation committee by providing annual recommendations regarding the compensation of all of our named executive officers, other than himself. The compensation committee also, on occasion, meets with our Chief Executive Officer to obtain recommendations with respect to our compensation programs and practices generally. The compensation committee considers, but is not bound to accept, the chief executive officer’s recommendations with respect to named executive officer compensation. In the beginning of each year, our named executive officers work with our Chief Executive Officer to establish their individual performance goals for the year, based on their respective roles within the company.

Our Chief Executive Officer generally attends all of the compensation committee meetings, but the compensation committee also holds executive sessions that are not attended by any members of management or non-independent directors, as needed from time to time. Any decisions regarding our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation package are made without him present.

Role of Compensation Consultant and Comparable Company Information

The compensation committee is authorized to retain the services of third-party compensation consultants and other outside advisors from time to time, as the committee sees fit, in connection with compensation matters. Compensation consultants and other advisors retained by the compensation committee will report directly to the compensation committee which has the authority to select, retain and terminate any such consultants or advisors. During 2011, the compensation committee reviewed our compensation programs and practices in light of certain market comparison information compiled by our management team at the request of the compensation committee. Specifically, for 2011 compensation decisions, the compensation committee referred to a market comparison group, which included comparable companies within our industry, other biotechnology companies of similar size in terms of revenue and market capitalization, and companies which are otherwise relevant. For 2011, these companies included: Affymax, Inc., Array BioPharma, Inc., Cytokinetics, Incorporated, Exelixis, Inc., MAP Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and XenoPort, Inc. These companies were selected because all of them were at a similar stage of development, had a total value/market capitalization or size similar to ours or were otherwise companies which we believe we compete against for executive talent. During 2011, the compensation committee also referred to the 2011 Radford Global Life Sciences Survey, which consists of public companies throughout the United States primarily from the life sciences industry with between 50 and 150 employees.

With respect to Dr. Schall’s and Ms. Kanaya’s cash compensation, the data from our market comparison group was weighted more heavily by the compensation committee than the Radford survey data, as there were

 

110


Table of Contents

individuals at our peer companies who held positions with titles that were an exact match for Dr. Schall’s and Ms. Kanaya’s. For all other named executive officers, the Radford survey data was more heavily weighted by the compensation committee, as there were no exact matches for the titles of such other officers at our peer group companies. With respect to the survey data presented to the compensation committee, the identities of the individual companies included in the survey were not provided to the compensation committee, and the compensation committee did not refer to individual compensation information for such companies.

We expect that the compensation committee will continue to review comparable company survey data in connection with setting the compensation we offer our named executive officers to help ensure that our compensation programs are competitive and fair.

However, our compensation committee does not establish compensation levels based on benchmarking. Our compensation committee has relied instead upon the judgment of its members in making compensation decisions, after reviewing our performance and carefully evaluating a named executive officer’s performance during the year against established goals, leadership qualities, operational performance, business responsibilities, career with our company, current compensation arrangements and long-term potential to enhance stockholder value. While competitive market compensation paid by other companies is reviewed by the compensation committee, the compensation committee does not attempt to set compensation at a certain target percentile within a peer group or otherwise rely entirely on that data to determine named executive officer compensation. Instead, the compensation committee incorporates flexibility into our compensation programs and in the assessment process to respond to and adjust for the evolving business environment.

We strive to achieve an appropriate mix between equity incentive awards and cash payments in order to meet our objectives. Any apportionment goal is not applied rigidly and does not control our compensation decisions, and our compensation committee does not have any policies for allocating compensation between long-term and short-term compensation or cash and non-cash compensation. Our mix of compensation elements is designed to reward recent results and motivate long-term performance through a combination of cash and equity incentive awards. We believe the most important indicator of whether our compensation objectives are being met is our ability to motivate our named executive officers to deliver superior performance and retain them to continue their careers with us on a cost-effective basis.

The compensation levels of our named executive officers reflect to a significant degree the varying roles and responsibilities of such executive officers. As a result of the compensation committee’s and the board of directors’ assessment of our Chief Executive Officer’s role and responsibilities within our company, there are significant compensation differentials between him and our other named executive officers.

We do not yet have a formal policy to adjust or recover awards or payments if the relevant performance measures upon which they are based are restated or are otherwise adjusted in a manner that would otherwise reduce the size of the initial payment or award.

Executive Compensation Elements

The following describes each element of our executive compensation program, the rationale for each, and how compensation amounts are determined.

Base Salaries

In general, base salaries for our named executive officers are initially established through arm’s length negotiation at the time the executive officer is hired, taking into account such executive officer’s qualifications, experience and prior salary. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers setting forth their initial base salaries, which employment agreements were approved by our compensation committee. Base salaries of our named executive officers are approved and reviewed annually by our compensation committee and adjustments to base salaries are based on the scope of an executive officer’s responsibilities, individual contribution, prior experience and sustained performance. Decisions regarding salary increases may take into account the executive officer’s current salary, equity ownership and the amounts paid to

 

111


Table of Contents

an executive officer’s peers inside our company by conducting an internal analysis which compares the pay of an executive officer to other members of the management team. Base salaries are also reviewed in the case of promotions or other significant changes in responsibility. Base salaries are not automatically increased if the compensation committee believes that other elements of the named executive officer’s compensation are more appropriate in light of our stated objectives. This strategy is consistent with our intent of offering compensation that is cost-effective, competitive and contingent on the achievement of performance objectives.

Our Chief Executive Officer’s base salary is based upon the same policies and criteria used for other named executive officers as described above. Each year the compensation committee reviews the chief executive officer’s compensation arrangements and his individual performance for the previous fiscal year, as well as our performance as a whole, and makes adjustments to such compensation, if appropriate.

In February 2011, the compensation committee set annual base salaries for our named executive officers to be in effect until the next annual review. The 2011 base salary for each of the named executive officer represents a 3.5% increase above his or her 2010 base salary. The 2011 annual base salaries of the named executive officers are as follows: Dr. Schall, $465,750; Ms. Kanaya, $359,625; Dr. Cappel, $342,554; Dr. Jaen, $362,250; and Dr. Bekker, $356,891. Such increase was based on the compensation committee’s review of comparable company compensation data, as discussed above, and general budget considerations based on the company’s financial position. The compensation committee felt that this increase represented a competitive merit-based increase for our named executive officers. The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers for 2011 are set forth in the “Summary Compensation Table” below.

Annual Performance Bonuses

Each named executive officer is also eligible for an annual performance bonus based upon the achievement of certain corporate performance goals and objectives approved by our board of directors and individual performance.

Bonuses are set based on the executive officer’s base salary as of the end of the bonus year, and are expected to be paid out in the first quarter of the following year. Pursuant to their employment agreements, each of the named executive officers is eligible to receive a target bonus of 25% of his or her base salary, with the exception of Dr. Schall, who is eligible to receive a target bonus of 40% of his base salary. Each named executive officer’s bonus is based entirely on performance relative to corporate objectives.

At the beginning of each year, the board of directors (considering the recommendations of the compensation committee and management) sets corporate goals and milestones for the year. These goals and milestones and the proportional emphasis placed on each are set by the board of directors after considering management input and our overall strategic objectives. These goals generally relate to factors such as financial targets, achievement of product development objectives and establishment of new collaborative arrangements. The board of directors, upon recommendation of the compensation committee, determines the level of achievement of the corporate goals for each year. This achievement level is then applied to each named executive officer’s target bonus to determine that year’s total bonus award.

All final bonus payments to our named executive officers are determined by our compensation committee. The actual bonuses awarded in any year, if any, may be more or less than the target, depending on individual performance and the achievement of corporate objectives and may also vary based on other factors at the discretion of the compensation committee.

2011 Bonuses

For 2011, the corporate performance objectives generally fell into the following categories: objectives related to continued progress in the area of clinical trials and pipeline development; drug discovery efforts and pipeline support; and financial and corporate objectives, including achieving revenue and cash utilization targets for 2011, expansion and implementation of infrastructure to support a public company and general business

 

112


Table of Contents

development progress. With the exception of the financial targets described above, quantitative measures were not established for the corporate objectives during 2011. Instead these performance objectives and areas of emphasis were used as a guide by the board of directors in subjectively determining overall corporate performance as they represented those areas in which the named executive officers and our employees generally were expected to focus their efforts during the year. The three foregoing areas of emphasis were weighted based on their level of importance to our business plan.

Our board of directors has not yet met to evaluate management’s performance relative to corporate performance objectives and no bonuses have been paid to our named executive officers for 2011.

Long-Term Equity Incentives

The goals of our long-term, equity-based incentive awards are to align the interests of our named executive officers and other employees, non-employee directors and consultants with the interests of our stockholders. Because vesting is based on continued service, our equity-based incentives also encourage the retention of our named executive officers through the vesting period of the awards. In determining the size of the long-term equity incentives to be awarded to our named executive officers, we take into account a number of internal factors, such as the relative job scope, the value of existing long-term incentive awards, individual performance history, prior contributions to us and the size of prior grants. Our compensation committee has not historically referred to competitive market data in determining long-term equity incentive awards. Based upon these factors, the compensation committee determines the size of the long-term equity incentives at levels it considers appropriate to create a meaningful opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term stockholder value.

To reward and retain our named executive officers in a manner that best aligns employees’ interests with stockholders’ interests, we use stock options as the primary incentive vehicle for long-term compensation. We believe that stock options are an effective tool for meeting our compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value by tying the value of the stock options to our future performance. Because employees are able to profit from stock options only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price, we believe stock options provide meaningful incentives to employees to achieve increases in the value of our stock over time.

We use stock options to compensate our named executive officers both in the form of initial grants in connection with the commencement of employment and annual retention grants. Annual retention grants of stock options are typically approved by the compensation committee during the summer of each year. While the majority of stock option awards to our employees have been made pursuant to our annual retention grant program, the compensation committee retains discretion to make stock option awards to employees at other times, including in connection with the hiring of an employee, the promotion of an employee, to reward an employee, for retention purposes or for other circumstances recommended by management or the compensation committee. We have not granted any equity awards other than stock options to date.

The exercise price of each stock option grant is the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date, as determined by our board of directors. Since June 2006, the fair market value of our common stock has been determined by an independent third party appraisal. Except as described below, we have never granted stock options with an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date, as determined pursuant to our equity incentive plans. Stock option awards to our named executive officers typically vest over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remainder of the shares underlying the option vest in equal monthly installments over the remaining 36 months thereafter. From time to time, our compensation committee may, however, determine that a different vesting schedule is appropriate. For a description of certain accelerated vesting provisions applicable to such options, see “Summary Compensation—Equity Compensation and Other Benefit Plans” below. We do not have any security ownership requirements for our named executive officers.

In August 2011, the compensation committee awarded the following options to our named executive officers: Ms. Kanaya, options to purchase 44,180 shares; Dr. Cappel, options to purchase 48,697 shares; Dr. Jaen,

 

113


Table of Contents

options to purchase 49,425 shares; and Dr. Bekker, options to purchase 39,265 shares. Each of these option awards vests over four years, as described above, and has an exercise price of $6.90 per share, which the board of directors determined was the fair value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. Because we no longer had enough shares remaining available for issuance under our equity plans to grant options commensurate in number with past practice, Dr. Schall recommended to the compensation committee that he wished to be excluded from any grants and that the remaining option shares be divided among the other members of our executive management team. The compensation committee granted options at two-thirds the level recommended by Dr. Schall, leaving approximately 55,000 options available for grant under our equity plans. The compensation committee indicated that it would revisit whether to make additional grants to the executive management team and to Dr. Schall if and when additional shares become available for grant under our equity plans.

As a privately owned company, there has been no active market for our common stock. Accordingly, we have had no program, plan or practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to named executive officers coinciding with the release of material non-public information.

Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits

The establishment of competitive benefit packages for our employees is an important factor in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel.

Health and Welfare Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life and disability insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as other employees. We believe that these health and welfare benefits help ensure that we have a productive and focused workforce through reliable and competitive health and other benefits.

Retirement Savings

All of our full-time employees in the United States, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan. Pursuant to our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit of $17,000 in 2012 (additional salary deferrals not to exceed $5,500 are available to those employees 50 years of age or older) and to have the amount of this reduction contributed to our 401(k) plan. While we may elect to make matching contributions, no such contributions have been made. The 401(k) Plan currently does not offer the ability to invest in our securities.

Perquisites

We do not provide significant perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers. We do, however, pay the premiums for term life insurance for our named executive officers.

Post-Termination Benefits

We have entered into employment agreements which provide for certain severance benefits in the event a named executive officer’s employment is involuntarily or constructively terminated. Such severance benefits are intended and designed to alleviate the financial impact of an involuntary termination and maintain a stable work environment through salary continuation and equity award vesting acceleration. We provide severance benefits because they are essential to help us fulfill our objective of attracting and retaining key managerial talent. While these arrangements form an integral part of the total compensation provided to these individuals and are considered by the compensation committee when determining executive officer compensation, the decision to offer these benefits did not influence the compensation committee’s determinations concerning other direct compensation or benefit levels. The compensation committee has determined that such arrangements offer

 

114


Table of Contents

protection that is competitive within our industry and for our company size and are designed to attract highly qualified individuals and encourage them to maintain their employment with us. In determining the severance benefits payable pursuant to the executive officer employment agreements, the compensation committee considered the input of our executive officers as to what they expected and what level of severance benefits would be sufficient to retain our current executive team and to recruit talented executive officers in the future. For a description of these employment agreements with our named executive officers, see “Summary Compensation—Employment Agreements” below.

As described above, we routinely grant our named executive officers stock options under our equity incentive plans. For a description of the change in control provisions in such equity incentive plans applicable to these stock options, see “Summary Compensation—Equity Compensation Plans and Other Benefit Plans” below.

Tax Deductibility of Executive Compensation

The compensation committee and our board of directors have considered the potential future effects of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, or the Code, on the compensation paid to our executive officers. Section 162(m) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any taxable year for our Chief Executive Officer and each of the other named executive officers (other than our chief financial officer), unless compensation is performance based. As we are not currently publicly traded, our board of directors has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation. Our compensation committee, however, has adopted a policy that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m).

In approving the amount and form of compensation for our executive officers, the compensation committee will continue to consider all elements of the cost to our company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m).

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (formerly known as SFAS No. 123(R)), or ASC Topic 718, for our stock-based compensation awards. ASC Topic 718 requires companies to calculate the grant date “fair value” of their stock-based awards using a variety of assumptions. This calculation is performed for accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables below, even though recipients may never realize any value from their awards. ASC Topic 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their stock-based awards in their income statements over the period that an employee is required to render service in exchange for the award.

 

115


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus     Stock
Option
Awards (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)
    All Other
Compensation (3)
    Total  

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

    2011      $ 465,750                           $ 690      $ 466,440   

President and Chief

    2010        450,000             $ 1,106,281      $ 162,000        690        1,718,971   

Executive Officer

             

Susan M. Kanaya

    2011        359,625               205,802               450        565,877   

Senior Vice President,

    2010        347,464      $ 4,842 (4)       283,994        78,179        450        714,929   

Finance and Chief Financial Officer

             

Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D.

    2011        342,554               226,843               690        570,087   

Chief Business Officer

    2010        330,970               255,079        74,468        450        660,967   

Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D.

    2011        362,250               230,232               690        593,172   

Senior Vice President, Drug

    2010        350,000               418,248        78,750        690        847,688   

Discovery and Chief Scientific Officer

             

Petrus J. Bekker, M.D.,Ph.D.

    2011        356,891               182,907               690        540,488   

Senior Vice President,

    2010        344,822               194,356        77,585        690        617,453   

Medical and Clinical Affairs

             

 

(1)

Amounts shown represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted during 2010 and 2011 computed in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by the named executive officer with respect to such awards. The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards are consistent with the valuation methodologies specified in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

Amounts shown represent performance bonuses for 2010, which were each paid in a cash lump sum in the first quarter of 2011. Our board of directors has not yet met to evaluate management’s performance relative to corporate performance objectives and no bonuses have been paid to our named executive officers for 2011.

 

(3)

Amounts shown represent term life insurance paid by the Company on behalf of the named executive officers.

 

(4)

In order to avoid potential adverse tax consequences to Ms. Kanaya, in October 2007, our compensation committee approved an increase to the exercise price of options granted on February 9, 2006, from $0.88 per share to $2.00 per share, which represents the exercise price of options that were issued immediately following receipt of our December 31, 2005 appraisal. Our compensation committee further approved periodic cash bonuses to Ms. Kanaya, commencing in January 2008, in the amount of the increased exercise price of $1.12 per share, to be paid as the amended options vest and become exercisable.

 

116


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth summary information regarding grants of plan-based awards made to our named executive officers during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1)
    Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (3)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards (4)
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Option
Awards (5)
 
    Threshold     Target     Maximum (2)        
Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.                 $ 186,300                               
Susan M. Kanaya     08/04/11               89,906               44,180      $ 6.90      $ 205,802   
Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D.     08/04/11               85,639               48,697        6.90        226,843   
Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D.     08/04/11               90,563               49,425        6.90        230,232   
Petrus J. Bekker, M.D., Ph.D.     08/04/11               89,223               39,265        6.90        182,907   

 

(1)

Represents target awards granted under our annual bonus plan, as described above under the heading “—Bonuses.”

 

(2)

There is no maximum possible payout under our annual bonus plan.

 

(3)

The options have a 10-year term and vest at the rate of 25% of the original number of shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th of the original number of shares on each monthly anniversary thereafter, provided that the option holder continues to provide services to the company.

 

(4)

Reflects the fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date as determined by our board of directors based on an appraisal prepared by an independent valuation firm.

 

(5)

Amounts shown represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards computed in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718. The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards are consistent with the valuation methodologies specified in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

117


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2011

The following table sets forth specified information concerning unexercised stock options for each of the named executive officers outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

 

     Option Awards (1)  
            Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options
              

Name

   Grant
Date
     Exercisable      Unexercisable      Option
Exercise Price
    Option
Expiration  Date
 

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

     05/13/04         100,000               $ 0.60        05/13/14   
     05/05/05         125,000                 0.60        05/05/15   
     09/10/08         250,000                 6.00        09/10/18   
     07/29/09         310,000                 6.00        07/29/19   
     08/11/10         279,166                 6.30        08/11/20   

Susan M. Kanaya

     02/09/06         207,500                 0.88 (2)       02/09/16   
     09/10/08         75,000                 6.00        09/10/18   
     07/28/09         92,500                 6.00        07/28/19   
     08/10/10         71,614                 6.30        08/10/20   
     08/04/11         44,180                 6.90        08/04/21   

Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D.

     05/13/04         62,500                 0.60        05/13/14   
     05/05/05         75,000                 0.60        05/05/15   
     02/06/07         50,000                 4.30        02/06/17   
     09/10/08         100,000                 6.00        09/10/18   
     07/28/09         77,500                 6.00        07/28/19   
     08/10/10         64,323                 6.30        08/10/20   
     08/04/11         48,697                 6.90        08/04/21   

Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D.

     02/06/07         197,500                 4.30        02/06/17   
     09/10/08         37,500                 6.00        09/10/18   
     07/28/09         42,500                 6.00        07/28/19   
     08/10/10         105,469                 6.30        08/10/20   
     08/04/11         49,425                 6.90        08/04/21   

Petrus J. Bekker, M.D., Ph.D.

     05/05/05         62,500                 0.60        05/05/15   
     09/10/08         50,000                 6.00        09/10/18   
     02/17/09         100,000                 6.00        02/17/19   
     07/28/09         12,500                 6.00        07/28/19   
     08/10/10         49,010                 6.30        08/10/20   
     08/04/11         39,265                 6.90        08/04/21   

 

(1)

The options have a 10-year term and vest at the rate of 25% of the original number of shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th of the original number of shares on each monthly anniversary thereafter, provided that the option holder continues to provide services to the company. All options are immediately exercisable for shares of restricted stock, to the extent such options are unvested on the date of exercise.

 

(2)

In order to avoid potential adverse tax consequences to Ms. Kanaya, in October 2007, our compensation committee approved an increase to the exercise price of such options to $2.00 per share, which represents the exercise price of options that were issued immediately following receipt of our December 31, 2005 appraisal. Our compensation committee further approved periodic cash bonuses to Ms. Kanaya, commencing in January 2008, in the amount of the increased exercise price of $1.12 per share, to be paid as the amended options vest and become exercisable.

 

118


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table summarizes information regarding the stock options that were exercised during 2011 for each of the named executive officers.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
     Value
Realized
on
Exercise (1)
 

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

               

Susan M. Kanaya

               

Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D.

     125,000       $ 797,500   

Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D.

               

Petrus J. Bekker, M.D., Ph.D.

               

 

(1)

Represents the difference between the market value of the option shares on the exercise date and the option exercise price.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not provide a pension plan for our employees and none of our named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into amended and restated employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. Each of the employment agreements has a three-year term, subject to automatic successive one-year renewals unless we provide written notice of our desire to terminate the agreement at least sixty days prior to the expiration of the then-current term. Pursuant to the employment agreements, each executive officer is eligible for a target performance bonus of up to 25% (40% with respect to Dr. Schall) of his or her base salary, based upon the achievement of financial and performance objectives established by the compensation committee. Any final bonus payment shall be determined by our board of directors or compensation committee.

The employment agreements provide for certain severance payments to our named executive officers. All cash severance payments are payable in a lump sum. If we terminate an executive officer’s employment without cause or if the executive officer resigns for good reason (unless such termination occurs within 12 months following a change in control), we are obligated to pay such executive officer a lump sum severance payment equal to his or her base salary in effect at the time of termination for a specified number of months. The applicable severance period is 18 months for Drs. Schall, Cappel and Jaen and Ms. Kanaya, and six months for Dr. Bekker. Additionally, each of Drs. Schall, Cappel and Jaen and Ms. Kanaya will receive accelerated vesting and/or exercisability of 100% of his or her outstanding stock awards.

Under each of the employment agreements, if we terminate an executive officer’s employment without cause or if the executive officer resigns for good reason, in each case within 12 months following a change in control, we are obligated to pay such executive officer a lump sum severance payment equal to the sum of: (1) 18 months of his or her base salary in effect at the time of termination, (2) one and one-half times the executive officer’s target bonus, and (3) 18 months of health benefits continuation at our cost. Furthermore, all of the executive officer’s outstanding stock awards will vest upon the date of termination. The foregoing change-in-control severance benefits shall only apply so long as the executive officer is working on a full-time basis. For a further description of the potential compensation payable to our named executive officers under their amended and restated employment agreements, please see “—Potential Benefits Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

 

119


Table of Contents

For purposes of the amended and restated employment agreements, “cause” means an executive officer (1) has committed an act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty in connection with the executive officer’s employment, or has intentionally committed some other illegal act that has, or may be reasonably expected to have, a material adverse impact on the company or any successor or parent or subsidiary thereof; (2) has been convicted of, or entered a plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony, or to any crime involving moral turpitude, which causes or may reasonably be expected to cause substantial economic injury to or substantial injury to the reputation of the company or any successor or parent or subsidiary thereof; (3) has made any unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the company or any successor or parent or subsidiary thereof that has, or may reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse impact on any such entity; (4) has materially breached a company policy, materially breached the provisions of the executive officer’s employment agreement (if any), or has committed any other intentional misconduct that has, or may be reasonably expected to have, a material adverse impact on the company or any successor or parent or subsidiary thereof, or (5) has intentionally refused or intentionally failed to act in accordance with any lawful and proper direction or order of the board of directors or the appropriate individual to whom the executive officer reports; provided such direction is not materially inconsistent with the executive officer’s customary duties and responsibilities.

For purposes of the amended and restated employment agreements, “good reason” means (1) a material diminution in the executive officer’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (2) a material diminution in the executive officer’s base compensation unless such a reduction is imposed across-the-board to senior management of the company, (3) a material change in the geographic location at which the executive officer must perform services to us or (4) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the company or any successor or affiliate of its obligations to the executive officer under the employment agreement. With respect to Drs. Schall, Cappel and Jaen and Ms. Kanaya, “good reason” also includes a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the executive officer is required to report.

For purposes of the amended and restated employment agreements, “change in control” has the same meaning as such term is given under the terms of our 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as described below.

 

120


Table of Contents

Potential Benefits Upon Termination or Change in Control

We have agreements with each of our named executive officers which provide for certain benefits in the event of a termination of employment under certain circumstances. The two right-hand columns describe the payments that would apply in two different potential scenarios: (1) a termination of the named executive officer’s employment by the company without cause or his or her resignation for good reason; and (2) a termination of the named executive officer’s employment by the company without cause or his or her resignation for good reason within 12 months following a change in control. The table assumes that the termination and change in control occurred on December 31, 2011. For purposes of estimating the value of amounts of equity compensation to be received in the event of a termination of employment, we have assumed a price per share of our common stock of $15.00, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, which price the board of directors has determined exceeds the actual fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2011. For a further description of potential benefits in the event of a termination of employment or change in control, please see “—Employment Agreements” above.

 

Name and Position

 

Benefit Type

  Payment in the Case of a
Termination by the
Company  Without
Cause or by Executive
Officer for
Good Reason
    Payment in the Case of a Termination
by the Company  Without Cause or
by Executive Officer for
Good Reason Within 12 Months
Following a Change in Control
 

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

  Cash Severance (1)   $ 698,625      $ 978,075   
  Benefits Continuation            23,463   
  Accelerated Vesting
of Stock Options
(2)
    3,001,070       
3,001,070
  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total Value:     3,699,695        4,002,608   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Susan M. Kanaya

  Cash Severance (1)     539,438        674,297   
  Benefits Continuation            23,742   
  Accelerated Vesting
of Stock Options
(2)
    1,188,210        1,188,210   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total Value:     1,727,648        1,886,249   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D.

  Cash Severance (1)     513,831        642,289   
  Benefits Continuation            12,934   
  Accelerated Vesting
of Stock Options
(2)
    1,163,210        1,163,210   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total Value:     1,677,041        1,818,433   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D.

  Cash Severance (1)     543,375        679,219   
  Benefits Continuation            40,152   
  Accelerated Vesting
of Stock Options
(2)
    1,193,589        1,193,589   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total Value:     1,736,964        1,912,960   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Petrus J. Bekker, M.D., Ph.D.

  Cash Severance (1)     178,446        669,171   
  Benefits Continuation            34,931   
  Accelerated Vesting
of Stock Options
(2)
           947,344   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total Value:     178,446        1,651,446   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Payable in a lump sum.

 

(2)

Represents the value of those options that would vest as a result of the named executive officer’s termination, which is equal to the number of shares that would vest multiplied by the difference between $15.00, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and the exercise price per share of such option.

 

121


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plans and Other Benefit Plans

2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan

We have adopted our 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan, or the Equity Plan. The Equity Plan will become effective on the day prior to the public trading date of our common stock. The material terms of the Equity Plan are summarized below. The Equity Plan is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Authorized Shares .    A total of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan. In addition, the number of shares initially reserved under the Equity Plan will be increased by (1) the number of shares that as of the closing of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2002 Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (2) the number of shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2002 Plan or the 1997 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2002 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the Equity Plan pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above equal to 6,000,000 shares. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the Equity Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years during the term of the Equity Plan, beginning with the 2012 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

   

2,000,000 shares;

 

   

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

The Equity Plan will also provide for an aggregate limit of 29,000,000 shares of common stock that may be issued under the Equity Plan over the course of its ten-year term.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the Equity Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the Equity Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Equity Plan.

Plan Administration .    The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the Equity Plan (except with respect to any award granted to “independent directors” (as defined in the Equity Plan), which must be administered by our full board of directors). Following the completion of this offering, to administer the Equity Plan, our compensation committee must consist solely of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom is a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and, with respect to awards that are intended to constitute performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m). Subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Plan, our compensation committee has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the type or types of awards to be granted to each person, the number of awards to grant, the number of shares to be subject to such awards, and the terms and conditions of such awards, and to make all other determinations and decisions and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the Equity Plan. Our compensation committee is also authorized to establish, adopt, amend or revise rules relating to administration of the Equity Plan. Our board of directors may at any time revest in itself the authority to administer the Equity Plan.

Eligibility.     Options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock and other awards under the Equity Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers or employees or are the officers or employees of any of our subsidiaries. Such awards may also be granted to our non-employee directors and consultants but only employees may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs. As of December 31, 2011, there were four

 

122


Table of Contents

non-employee directors and approximately 64 employees who would have been eligible for awards under the Equity Plan had it been in effect on such date. At such time after the completion of this offering when we are subject to the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum number of shares that may be subject to awards granted under the Equity Plan to any individual in any calendar year cannot exceed 2,000,000 and the maximum amount that may be paid to a participant in cash during any calendar year with respect to one or more cash based awards under the Equity Plan is $5,000,000.

Awards.     The Equity Plan provides that our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, stock payments and performance awards, or any combination thereof. Our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) will consider each award grant subjectively, considering factors such as the individual performance of the recipient and the anticipated contribution of the recipient to the attainment of our long-term goals. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

 

   

Nonqualified stock options, or NQSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of our compensation committee or our board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by our compensation committee (or our board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by our compensation committee (or our board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors).

 

   

ISOs will be designed to comply with the provisions of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, must expire within a specified period of time following the optionee’s termination of employment, and must be exercised within the ten years after the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the Equity Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must expire upon the fifth anniversary of the date of its grant.

 

   

Restricted stock may be granted to participants and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by our compensation committee (or our board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). Typically, restricted stock may be forfeited for no consideration if the conditions or restrictions are not met, and it may not be sold or otherwise transferred to third parties until restrictions are removed or expire. Recipients of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, may have voting rights and may receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

 

   

Restricted stock units may be awarded to participants, typically without payment of consideration or for a nominal purchase price, but subject to vesting conditions including continued employment or on performance criteria established by our compensation committee (or our board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold or otherwise transferred or hypothecated until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

 

   

SARs granted under the Equity Plan typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the SAR. Except as required by Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to SARs intended to qualify as performance-based

 

123


Table of Contents
 

compensation as described in Section 162(m) of the Code, there are no restrictions specified in the Equity Plan on the exercise of SARs or the amount of gain realizable therefrom. Our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) may elect to pay SARs in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both.

 

   

Dividend equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the stock options, SARs or other awards held by the participant.

 

   

Performance awards may be granted by our compensation committee on an individual or group basis. Generally, these awards will be based upon the attainment of specific performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and relate to one or more performance criteria on a specified date or dates determined by our compensation committee. Any such cash bonus paid to a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code may be, but need not be, qualified performance-based compensation as described below and will be paid in cash.

 

   

Stock payments may be authorized by our compensation committee (or our board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) in the form of common stock or an option or other right to purchase common stock as part of a deferred compensation arrangement, made in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable to employees, consultants or members of our board of directors.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our Equity Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Qualified Performance-Based Compensation .    The compensation committee may designate employees as “covered employees” whose compensation for a given fiscal year may be subject to the limit on deductible compensation imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. The compensation committee may grant to such covered employees restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, restricted stock units, cash bonuses and other stock-based awards that are paid, vest or become exercisable upon the attainment of company performance criteria which are related to one or more of the following performance criteria as applicable to our performance or the performance of a division, business unit or an individual: operating or other costs and expenses, improvements in expense levels, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on assets, return on capital, stockholders’ equity, return on stockholders’ equity, total stockholder return, return on sales, gross or net profit or operating margin, working capital, net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), gross or net sales or revenue, net income (either before or after taxes), adjusted net income, operating earnings, earnings per share of stock, adjusted earnings per share of stock, price per share of stock, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product capital raised in financing transactions or other financing milestones, market recognition (including but not limited to awards and analyst ratings), financial ratios, implementation or completion of critical projects, market share, economic value, comparisons with various stock market indices, and implementation, completion or attainment of objectively determinable objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial or strategic milestones or development. These performance criteria may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to performance in an earlier period or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

The compensation committee may provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments will be made to one or more of the performance goals established for any performance period. Such adjustments may include one or more of the following: items related to a change in accounting principle, items relating to financing activities, expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives, other non-operating items, items related to acquisitions, items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by us during the performance period, items related to the disposal of a business of segment of a business, items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under applicable accounting standards, items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares occurring during the performance period, any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate

 

124


Table of Contents

adjustments, items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments, items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets, items that are outside the scope of our core, on-going business activities, items related to acquired in-process research and development items relating to changes in tax laws, items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements, items relating to asset impairment charges, items relating to gains and losses for litigation, arbitration or contractual settlements, or items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in applicable laws, accounting principles or business conditions.

Forfeiture, Recoupment and Clawback Provisions .    Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to awards under the Equity Plan, the compensation committee has the right to provide, in an award agreement or otherwise, that an award shall be subject to the provisions of any recoupment or clawback policies implemented by us, including, without limitation, any recoupment or clawback policies adopted to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Adjustments .    If there is any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of our assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock other than an equity restructuring (as defined in the Equity Plan), the plan administrator may make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the plan administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change with respect to (1) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Equity Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the number of shares available under the plan and the maximum number of shares which may be subject to one or more awards to a participant pursuant to the plan during any calendar year), (2) the number and kind of shares, or other securities or property, subject to outstanding awards, (3) the number and kind of shares, or other securities or property, for which automatic grants are to be subsequently made to new and continuing non-employee directors, (4) the terms and conditions of any outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto), and (5) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding awards under the plan. If there is any equity restructuring, (1) the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding award and the grant or exercise price per share for each outstanding award, if applicable, will be proportionately adjusted, and (2) the plan administrator will make proportionate adjustments to reflect such equity restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Equity Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the number of shares available under the plan and the maximum number of shares which may be subject to one or more awards to a participant pursuant to the plan during any calendar year). Adjustments in the event of an equity restructuring will not be discretionary. Any adjustment affecting an award intended as “qualified performance-based compensation” will be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. The plan administrator also has the authority under the Equity Plan to take certain other actions with respect to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction, including provision for the cash-out, termination, assumption or substitution of such awards.

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of a change in control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the Equity Plan, awards issued under the Equity Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. Under the Equity Plan, a change in control is generally defined as:

 

   

a transaction or series of related transactions (other than an offering of our stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC) whereby any person or entity or related group of persons or entities (other than us, our subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by us or any of our subsidiaries or a person or entity that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, us) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition;

 

   

during any two-year period, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute our board of directors together with any new director(s) whose election by our board of directors or nomination for election by our stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in

 

125


Table of Contents
 

office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

our consummation (whether we are directly or indirectly involved through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets in any single transaction or series of transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

   

which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into our voting securities or the voting securities of the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls us, directly or indirectly, or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of our assets or otherwise succeeds to our business (we or such person being referred to as a successor entity)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the successor entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction; and

 

   

after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the successor entity; provided, however, that no person or group is treated as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the successor entity solely as a result of the voting power held in us prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

   

our stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the company.

Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the Equity Plan at any time. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the Equity Plan will be obtained to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule. Additionally, stockholder approval is required within 12 months of an increase in the maximum number of shares issuable under the Equity Plan or that may be issued to an individual in any calendar year. Except as necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Equity Plan will impair the rights or obligations of a holder under an award theretofore granted, unless such award expressly so provides or such holder consents. If not terminated earlier by our board of directors, the Equity Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date it becomes effective.

Repricing Permitted.     Our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) shall have the authority, without the approval of our stockholders, to authorize the amendment of any outstanding award to reduce its price per share and to provide that an award will be canceled and replaced with the grant of an award having a lesser price per share.

Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes.     The Equity Plan is designed to comply with various securities and federal tax laws as follows:

Securities Laws.     The Equity Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3. The Equity Plan will be administered, and awards will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Federal Income Tax Consequences.     The material federal income tax consequences of the Equity Plan under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles applicable to the Equity Plan. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

 

   

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.     An Equity Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of a stock option or stock appreciation right. The tax consequences of exercising a stock option and the subsequent disposition of the shares received upon exercise will depend upon whether the option qualifies as an

 

126


Table of Contents
 

ISO as defined in Section 422 of the Code. The Equity Plan permits the grant of options that are intended to qualify as ISOs as well as options that are not intended to so qualify; however, ISOs generally may be granted only to our employees and employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations, if any. Upon exercising an option that does not qualify as an ISO when the fair market value of our stock is higher than the exercise price of the option, an Equity Plan participant generally will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates equal to the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise over the purchase price, and we (or our subsidiaries, if any) generally will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price for the shares. Upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the option shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Upon exercising an ISO, an Equity Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income, and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense. However, upon exercise, the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price will be an item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. The participant will recognize taxable income upon a sale or other taxable disposition of the option shares. For federal income tax purposes, dispositions are divided into two categories: qualifying and disqualifying. A qualifying disposition generally occurs if the sale or other disposition is made more than two years after the date the option was granted and more than one year after the date the shares are transferred upon exercise. If the sale or disposition occurs before these two periods are satisfied, then a disqualifying disposition generally will result.

Upon a qualifying disposition of ISO shares, the participant will recognize long-term capital gain in an amount equal to the excess of the amount realized upon the sale or other disposition of the shares over their purchase price. If there is a disqualifying disposition of the shares, then the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or, if less, the price at which the shares are sold) over their purchase price will be taxable as ordinary income to the participant. If there is a disqualifying disposition in the same year of exercise, it eliminates the item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon the disposition will be recognized as a capital gain or loss by the participant.

We will not be entitled to any tax deduction if the participant makes a qualifying disposition of ISO shares. If the participant makes a disqualifying disposition of the shares, we should be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of the ordinary income recognized by the participant.

Upon exercising or settling a SAR, an Equity Plan participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid or value of the shares issued upon exercise or settlement. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

 

   

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.     An Equity Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of restricted stock or restricted stock units. Upon the termination of restrictions on restricted stock or the payment of restricted stock units, the participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid to the participant or the amount by which the then fair market value of the shares received by the participant exceeds the amount, if any, paid for them. Upon the subsequent disposition of any shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in

 

127


Table of Contents
 

the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares. However, an Equity Plan participant granted restricted stock that is subject to forfeiture or repurchase through a vesting schedule such that it is subject to a “risk of forfeiture” (as defined in Section 83 of the Code) may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, at the time of the grant, in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of grant, less the amount paid, if any, for such shares. We will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation, in the amount recognized as taxable income by the participant. If a timely Section 83(b) election is made, the participant will not recognize any additional ordinary income on the termination of restrictions on restricted stock, and we will not be entitled to any additional tax deduction.

 

   

Dividend Equivalents, Stock Payment Awards and Cash-Based Awards.     An Equity Plan participant will not recognize taxable income and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of dividend equivalents, stock payment awards or cash-based awards until cash or shares are paid or distributed to the participant. At that time, any cash payments or the fair market value of shares that the participant receives will be taxable to the participant at ordinary income tax rates and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

 

   

Section 409A of the Code .    Certain types of awards under the Equity Plan may constitute, or provide for, a deferral of compensation under Section 409A. Unless certain requirements set forth in Section 409A are complied with, holders of such awards may be taxed earlier than would otherwise be the case ( e.g. , at the time of vesting instead of the time of payment) and may be subject to an additional 20% federal income tax (and, potentially, certain interest penalties). To the extent applicable, the Equity Plan and awards granted under the Equity Plan will be structured and interpreted to comply with Section 409A and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance that may be issued pursuant to Section 409A.

 

   

Section 162(m) Limitation .      In general, under Section 162(m) of the Code, income tax deductions of publicly held corporations may be limited to the extent total compensation (including base salary, annual bonus, stock option exercises and non-qualified benefits paid) for certain executive officers exceeds $1 million (less the amount of any “excess parachute payments” as defined in Section 280G of the Code) in any one year. However, under Section 162(m), the deduction limit does not apply to certain “performance-based compensation” if an independent compensation committee determines performance goals and if the material terms of the performance-based compensation are disclosed to and approved by our stockholders. In particular, stock options and SARs will satisfy the “performance-based compensation” exception if the awards are made by a qualifying compensation committee, the plan sets the maximum number of shares that can be granted to any person within a specified period and the compensation is based solely on an increase in the stock price after the grant date. Specifically, the option exercise price must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the stock subject to the award on the grant date. Under a Section 162(m) transition rule for compensation plans of corporations which are privately held and which become publicly held in an initial public offering, certain awards under the Equity Plan will not be subject to Section 162(m) until a specified transition date, which is the earlier of (1) the material modification of the Equity Plan, (2) the issuance of all employer stock and other compensation that has been allocated under the Equity Plan, or (3) the first annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the initial public offering occurs. After the transition date, rights or awards granted under the Equity Plan, other than options and SARs, will not qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) unless such rights or awards are granted or vest upon pre-established objective performance goals, the material terms of which are disclosed to and approved by our stockholders.

 

128


Table of Contents

We have attempted to structure the Equity Plan in such a manner that, after the transition date, the compensation attributable to stock options and SARs which meet the other requirements of Section 162(m) will not be subject to the $1 million limitation. We have not, however, requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel regarding this issue.

Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan

Our Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2002 Plan, was initially adopted by our board of directors in May 2002 and approved by our stockholders in September 2002. As amended to date, we have reserved a total of 4,650,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2002 Plan. As of December 31, 2011, options to purchase 753,614 shares of common stock had been exercised (net of repurchases), options to purchase 3,847,878 shares of common stock were outstanding and 48,508 shares of common stock remained available for grant. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.93 per share. The material terms of the 2002 Plan are summarized below. The 2002 Plan is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

No Further Grants.     After the effective date of the Equity Plan, no additional awards will be granted under the 2002 Plan, and all awards granted under the 2002 Plan that are repurchased, forfeited, expire or are cancelled will become available for grant under the Equity Plan.

Administration.     The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2002 Plan. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2002 Plan, our compensation committee has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject thereto and the terms and conditions thereof, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2002 Plan. Our compensation committee is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2002 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time abolish the compensation committee and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2002 Plan. The full board of directors administers the 2002 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility.     Options and restricted stock under the 2002 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers or employees or are the officers or employees of any of our subsidiaries. Such awards may also be granted to our non-employee directors or consultants, but only employees may be granted ISOs.

Awards.     The 2002 Plan provides that our compensation committee may grant or issue stock options and restricted stock or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

 

   

NQSOs provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price and usually will become exercisable at the discretion of our compensation committee or, in the case of awards to non-employee directors, the board of directors, in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by our compensation committee or, in the case of awards to non-employee directors, the board of directors.

 

   

ISOs are designed to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code and as further described above in connection with our 2002 Plan.

 

   

Restricted stock may be granted to participants and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by our compensation committee or, in the case of awards to non-employee directors, the board of directors. Typically, restricted stock and stock bonus awards may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions are not met and they may not be sold, or otherwise transferred to third parties until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

 

129


Table of Contents

Corporate Transactions.     In the event of an acquisition where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2002 Plan or substitute similar awards, awards issued under the 2002 Plan and held by participants in the plan whose status as a service provider has not terminated prior to such acquisition will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of such award will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable, and all other outstanding options under the 2002 Plan will be terminated if not exercised prior to the closing of the acquisition. Under the 2002 Plan, an acquisition is generally defined as:

 

   

the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or our complete liquidation or dissolution; or

 

   

a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction.

Amendment and Termination of the 2002 Plan.     Our board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2002 Plan. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2002 Plan will be obtained in order to increase the maximum number of shares issuable under the 2002 Plan, to extend the term of the 2002 Plan and, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule. If not terminated earlier by the board of directors, the 2002 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date of its initial adoption by our board of directors.

Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes.     The 2002 Plan is also designed to comply with various securities and federal tax laws as described above in connection with the Equity Plan.

Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

Our amended and restated 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or the 1997 Plan, was initially adopted by our board of directors in October 1997 and approved by our stockholders in October 1997. We have reserved a total of 1,350,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1997 Plan. As of December 31, 2011, options to purchase 1,181,483 shares of common stock had been exercised, options to purchase 168,515 shares of common stock were outstanding and two shares of common stock remained available for grant. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $3.81 per share. The material terms of the 1997 Plan are summarized below. The 1997 Plan is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

No Further Grants.     No additional awards will be granted under the 1997 Plan after the expiration of the 1997 Plan in May 2012, and all awards granted under the 1997 Plan that are repurchased, forfeited, expire or are cancelled will become available for grant under the Equity Plan.

Administration.     The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 1997 Plan. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 1997 Plan, our compensation committee has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject thereto and the terms and conditions thereof, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 1997 Plan. Our compensation committee is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 1997 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time abolish the compensation committee and revest in itself the authority to administer the 1997 Plan. The full board of directors administers the 1997 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility.     Options under the 1997 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers or employees or are the officers or employees of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations. Options may also be granted to our non-employee directors or consultants, but only employees may be granted ISOs.

Awards.     The 1997 Plan provides that our compensation committee may grant or issue stock options and restricted stock or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

 

   

NQSOs provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price, which for purposes of the 1997 Plan may be no less than 85 percent of the fair market value on the date of grant,

 

130


Table of Contents
 

and usually will become exercisable, at the discretion of our compensation committee or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors, in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by our compensation committee, or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors. Under the 1997 Plan, in the case of an NQSO granted to an individual who owns or is deemed to own at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 1997 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. NQSOs may be granted for a maximum ten-year term.

 

   

ISOs are designed to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and are subject to specified restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code and as further described above in connection with our Equity Plan.

 

   

Restricted stock may be granted to participants and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by our compensation committee, or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors. Typically, restricted stock and stock bonus awards may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions are not met and they may not be sold, or otherwise transferred to third parties until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

Corporate Transactions.     In the event of a corporate transaction where the acquirer does not assume or replace awards granted under the 1997 Plan, awards issued under the 1997 Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of such award will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. Under the 1997 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally defined as:

 

   

the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or a complete liquidation or dissolution; or

 

   

a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction.

Amendment and Termination of the 1997 Plan.     Our board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 1997 Plan. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the 1997 Plan will be obtained to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule. If not terminated earlier by the board of directors, the 1997 Plan will terminate in May 2012.

Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes.     The 1997 Plan is also designed to comply with various securities and federal tax laws as described above in connection with the Equity Plan.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We have adopted our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. The ESPP will become effective on the business day prior to the day on which the Registration Statement, of which this prospectus is a part, becomes effective. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP, subject to the eligibility requirements described below. The material terms of the ESPP are summarized below. The ESPP is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

A total of 300,000 shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under our ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the ESPP, beginning with the 2012 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

   

300,000 shares;

 

   

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.

 

131


Table of Contents

The ESPP will also provide for an aggregate limit of 3,300,000 shares of common stock that may be issued under the ESPP during the term of the ESPP.

Our board of directors or its committee has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility. Our compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

Our employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common or other class of stock.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Code Section 423 and stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by our compensation committee and may be up to 27 months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates will be determined by the compensation committee for each offering period, but will generally be the last day in each offering period. Offering periods under the ESPP will commence when determined by our compensation committee. The compensation committee may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s gross base compensation for services to the company, excluding overtime payments, sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments. A participant may purchase a maximum of 20,000 shares of common stock during each offering period. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant automatically is granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option expires at the end of the offering period or upon termination of employment, whichever is earlier, but is exercised at the end of each purchase period to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during such purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the applicable purchase date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of certain significant transactions or a change in control (as defined in the ESPP), the compensation committee may provide for (1) either the replacement or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights. Under the ESPP, a change in control has the same definition as given to such term in the Equity Plan.

The compensation committee may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP will be obtained for any amendment which changes the aggregate number or type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP, changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP or changes the ESPP in any manner that would cause the ESPP to no longer be an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code. The ESPP will terminate no later than the tenth anniversary of the ESPP’s initial adoption by our board of directors.

 

132


Table of Contents

Securities Laws.     The ESPP has been designed to comply with various securities laws in the same manner as described above in the description of the Equity Plan.

Federal Income Taxes.     The material federal income tax consequences of the ESPP under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles applicable to the ESPP. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

The ESPP, and the right of participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Code. Under the applicable Code provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the sale or other disposition of the shares purchased under the ESPP. This means that an eligible employee will not recognize taxable income on the date the employee is granted an option under the ESPP ( i.e. , the first day of the offering period). In addition, the employee will not recognize taxable income upon the purchase of shares. Upon such sale or disposition, the participant will generally be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon the length of time such shares are held by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or disposed of more than two years from the first day of the offering period during which the shares were purchased and more than one year from the date of purchase, or if the participant dies while holding the shares, the participant (or his or her estate) will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase price or (2) an amount equal to 15% of the fair market value of the shares as of the first day of the offering period. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term capital gain. If the shares are held for the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, there is no ordinary income and the participating employee has a long-term capital loss for the difference between the sale price and the purchase price.

If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price and we will be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of ordinary income recognized by the employee. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares were held following the date they were purchased by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase over the purchase price (and we will be entitled to a corresponding deduction), but the participant generally will be able to report a capital loss equal to the difference between the sales price of the shares and the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase.

Incentive Plan

We have adopted a cash incentive plan, which we refer to as the Incentive Plan, under which we will provide cash incentives to our executive officers and other key employees following the consummation of this offering. The purpose of the Incentive Plan is to enable the Company and its subsidiaries to attract, retain, motivate and reward the best qualified executive officers and key employees by providing them with the opportunity to earn competitive compensation directly linked to the Company’s performance. The Incentive Plan will become effective on the business day prior to the public trading date of our common stock. The material terms of the Incentive Plan are summarized below. The Incentive Plan is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Administration.     The Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, which may delegate its authority under the Incentive Plan to any of its duly constituted subcommittees.

Performance Criteria.     The compensation committee may establish the performance objective or objectives that must be satisfied in order for a participant to receive an award under the Incentive Plan or may make discretionary payments from the plan. Performance objectives under the Incentive Plan may be based upon

 

133


Table of Contents

the relative or comparative achievement of performance criteria, as determined by the compensation committee for the applicable performance period, which performance criteria may include: operating or other costs and expenses, improvements in expense levels, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on assets, return on capital, stockholders’ equity, return on stockholders’ equity, return on sales, total stockholder return, gross or net profit or operating margin, working capital, net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), gross or net sales or revenue, net income (either before or after taxes), adjusted net income, operating earnings, earnings per share of stock, adjusted earnings per share of stock, price per share of stock, capital raised in financing transactions or other financing milestones, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product, market share, economic value, market recognition (including but not limited to awards and analyst ratings), financial ratios, implementation or completion of critical projects, comparisons with various stock market indices, and implementation, completion or attainment of objectively determinable objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial or strategic milestones or development. These performance criteria may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices. The compensation committee may exclude any or all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items and the cumulative effects of accounting changes from performance objectives for a performance period and may also adjust performance objectives in its discretion.

Payment.     Payment of awards will be made as soon as practicable after the compensation committee certifies that one or more of the applicable performance criteria have been attained or determines the payable amount of an award. The compensation committee will determine whether an award will be paid in cash, stock (including restricted stock or restricted stock units) or other awards under the Equity Plan, or in a combination of cash, stock and other awards, and may impose whatever additional conditions on such shares or other awards as it deems appropriate, including conditioning the vesting of such shares or other awards on the performance of additional service.

Maximum Award; Discretion.     The maximum award amount payable to a participant in cash per fiscal year under the Incentive Plan is $5,000,000. The compensation committee may, in its discretion, increase, reduce or eliminate awards otherwise payable under the Incentive Plan for any reason.

Termination of Employment.     Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee in its discretion, any participant whose employment terminates will forfeit all rights to any and all unpaid awards under the Incentive Plan.

Forfeiture; Disgorgement.     If we are required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and a participant knowingly or grossly negligently engaged in the misconduct or knowingly or grossly negligently failed to prevent the misconduct, or if the participant is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, then the participant must forfeit and disgorge any awards received during the twelve months following the filing of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement and any other awards earned based on the materially non-complying financial reporting. In addition, any award paid to a current or former executive officer during the three-year period preceding the date on which the restatement is required, based on erroneous data, must be forfeited and disgorged to us to the extent the award is in excess of what would have been paid to the officer under the restated data. Participants must also forfeit and disgorge any awards to the extent required by applicable law or regulations in effect on or after the effective date of the Incentive Plan.

Director Compensation

We compensate certain non-employee members of the board of directors for their service. Directors who are also employees do not receive cash or equity compensation for service on the board of directors in addition to compensation payable for their service as our employees. The non-employee members of our board of directors are also reimbursed for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending board of directors or committee meetings.

 

134


Table of Contents

We do not currently provide any cash compensation to our non-employee directors. Our board of directors has historically granted to certain of our non-employee directors options to purchase shares of our common stock under our 1997 Plan and our 2002 Plan. None of our non-employee directors received an equity award during 2011.

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to provide cash compensation in the form of an annual retainer of $30,000 for each non-employee director. We will also pay an additional annual retainer of $15,000 to the chairman of our audit committee, $10,000 to other non-employee directors who serve on our audit committee, $7,500 to the chair of our compensation committee, $5,000 to other non-employee directors who serve on our compensation committee, $5,000 to the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee and $2,500 to other non-employee directors who serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee. We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of the board of directors.

Following the completion of this offering, any non-employee director who is first elected to the board of directors will be granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock on the date of his or her initial election to the board of directors. Such options will have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In addition, on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders following this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive an option to purchase 12,500 shares of common stock.

The initial options granted to non-employee directors described above will vest and become exercisable in 36 equal monthly installments over the three-year period following the date of grant, subject to the director’s continuing service on our board of directors on those dates. The annual options granted to non-employee directors described above will vest and/or become exercisable in 12 equal monthly installments over the first year following the date of grant, subject to the director’s continuing service on our board of directors (and, with respect to grants to a chairman of the board of directors or board committee, service as chairman of the board of directors or a committee) on those dates. The term of each option granted to a non-employee director shall be ten years. The terms of these options are described in more detail under “—Equity Compensation Plans and Other Benefit Plans—2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan.”

During 2011, we did not pay any director for service as a member of the board of directors or any board committee, either in cash compensation or with equity awards. Outstanding vested and nonvested options held by members of our board of directors at December 31, 2011, were:

 

     Shares Underlying
Options Outstanding

At December 31, 2011
 
     Vested      Unvested  

Geoffrey M. Parker

     25,000         25,000   

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

     724,704         339,462   

Roger C. Lucas, Ph.D.

               

Edward E. Penhoet, Ph.D.

               

Samuel P. Wertheimer, Ph.D. (1)

               

Rishi Gupta (2)

               

 

(1)

Dr. Wertheimer resigned from the board of directors on May 11, 2011.

(2)

Mr. Gupta was appointed to the board of directors on May 11, 2011.

Risk Assessment of Compensation Program

In September and October 2011, management assessed our compensation program for the purpose of reviewing and considering any risks presented by our compensation policies and practices that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. As part of that assessment, management reviewed the primary elements of our compensation program, including base salary, short-term incentive compensation and long-term incentive compensation. Management’s risk assessment included a review of the overall design of each primary

 

135


Table of Contents

element of our compensation program, and an analysis of the various design features, controls and approval rights in place with respect to compensation paid to management and other employees that mitigate potential risks to us that could arise from our compensation program. Following the assessment, management determined that our compensation policies and practices did not create risks that were reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us and reported the results of the assessment to our compensation committee.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

136


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2008 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, from unaffiliated third parties.

Sales and Purchases of Securities

In August 2008, Glaxo Group Limited, one of our principal stockholders, purchased 6,793,478 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock at a price of $7.36 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $50.0 million.

In January 2009, we repurchased 183,333 shares of our common stock from Dr. Thomas J. Schall, our President and Chief Executive Officer, for a total purchase price of $1.1 million.

Relationships with GSK

In August 2006, we entered into a collaboration agreement with Glaxo Group Limited, or GSK, an affiliate of GlaxoSmithKline. See “Business—Strategic Alliance with GSK.” Pursuant to the terms of this agreement we received research funding, upfront payments and milestone payments aggregating $23.6 million, $49.7, million and $34.9 million, in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. In addition, GSK has agreed to purchase $7.0 million of our common stock in a private placement concurrent with this offering at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. The sale of such shares of common stock will not be registered.

Relationships with Techne

In September 2011, we entered into a convertible note loan agreement with Techne, one of our principal stockholders, pursuant to which we issued a convertible note to Techne with a principal amount of $10.0 million, bearing interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and maturing in September 2021. Upon completion of this offering, all outstanding principal and interest under this note will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock. Upon the conversion of this note in connection with this offering, we will issue Techne warrants with a ten-year term to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share equal to 200% of the initial public offering price of our common stock. In addition, Techne has also agreed, pursuant to the terms of the convertible note loan agreement, to purchase $5.0 million of our common stock in a private placement concurrent with this offering at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. The sale of such shares of common stock will not be registered.

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we paid Techne Corporation, $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for research materials. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we paid Techne Corporation approximately $43,000 for research materials.

Director and Executive Officer Compensation

Please see “Executive and Director Compensation—Director Compensation” for a discussion of options granted to our non-employee directors. Please see “Executive and Director Compensation,” “Management—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End,” and “Management—Summary Compensation” for additional information regarding compensation of executive officers.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Employment Agreements.”

 

137


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors.

Registration Rights Agreements

We and the holders of our Series A-1, Series A-2, Series A-3, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Preferred Stock, and Dr. Schall, as well as holders of certain warrants, have entered into agreements pursuant to which these stockholders will have, among other things, registration rights under the Securities Act with respect to their common shares following this offering. Prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into common stock. GSK and Techne will also be entitled to registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock purchased by GSK and Techne in the concurrent private placements. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a further description of the terms of these agreements.

Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of 5% or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each, a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction were disclosed to our board of directors and the transaction was not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who were not interested in the transaction approved the transaction. Our current policy with respect to approval of related party transactions is not in writing.

Following this offering, any request for us to enter into a related party transaction with an officer, director, principal stockholder or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, the risks, costs and benefits to us, the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction, the terms of the transaction, the availability of other sources for comparable services or products and the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from our employees generally. The audit committee will then document its findings and conclusions in written minutes. In the event a transaction relates to a member of our audit committee, that member will not participate in the audit committee’s deliberations. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction will be disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith. Following the closing of this offering, our related party policy will be written and subject to periodic review.

 

138


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2011, by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2011 through the exercise of any stock option, warrants or other rights. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock held by that person.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 28,718,325 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2011, which reflects the assumed conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,332,186 shares of common stock. Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2011 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o ChemoCentryx, Inc., 850 Maude Avenue, Mountain View, California 94043.

 

            Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner

   Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
     Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

5% and Greater Stockholders

       

Glaxo Group Limited (1)

     7,110,158         24.4     21.4

980 Great West Road

Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS

United Kingdom

       

Techne Corporation (2)

     5,873,976         19.7     17.3

614 McKinley Place, N.E.

Minneapolis, MN 55413

       

Entities Affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC (3)

     3,154,714         11.0     9.6

767 3rd Avenue, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10017

       

HBM BioVentures (Cayman) Ltd. (4)

     2,637,301         9.2     8.1

Centennial Towers, 3rd Floor

2454 West Bay Road

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

       

Entities Affiliated with Alta Partners (5)

     1,868,088         6.5     5.7

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 4050

San Francisco, CA 94111

       

Entities Affiliated with HealthCap (6)

     1,826,921         6.4     5.6

Strandvãgen 5B SE-114

51 Stockholm, Sweden

       

 

139


Table of Contents
            Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner

   Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
     Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

Named Executive Officers and Directors

       

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D. (7)

     3,380,833         11.3     10.0

Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D. (8)

     553,020         1.9     1.7

Susan M. Kanaya (9)

     490,794         1.7     1.5

Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D. (10)

     507,394         1.7     1.5

Petrus (Pirow) Bekker, M.D., Ph.D. (11)

     375,775         1.3     1.1

Rishi Gupta, J.D. (12)

     3,154,714         11.0     9.6

Roger C. Lucas, Ph.D. (13)

     5,973,976         20.0     17.6

Geoffrey M. Parker (14)

     50,000         *        *   

Edward E. Penhoet, Ph.D. (15)

     1,868,088         6.5     5.7

All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons) (16)

     16,354,594         50.0     44.5

 

*

Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total outstanding common stock.

 

(1)

Includes: 466,666 shares acquired in connection with a concurrent private placement, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

(2)

Includes: (i) 333,333 shares acquired in connection with a concurrent private placement, (ii) 677,077 shares to be issued upon the conversion of all unpaid principal and interest outstanding under the convertible note we have issued to Techne Corporation, based upon the outstanding principal and interest under this note as of December 31, 2011, and (iii) the cashless exercise of the warrants to acquire 150,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to 200% of the initial public offering price of our common stock, which warrants we shall issue to Techne Corporation upon the completion of this offering, in each case based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

(3)

Includes: (1) 2,201,388 shares beneficially owned by OrbiMed Private Investments, LP (“OPI”); (2) 44,817 shares beneficially owned by OrbiMed Associates LLC (“Associates”); and (3) 908,509 shares beneficially owned by UBS Juniper Crossover Fund, L.L.C. (“Juniper”). OrbiMed Capital GP I LLC (“GPI”) is the general partner of OPI and OrbiMed Advisors LLC (“Advisors”) is the managing member of GPI. Advisors also manages the portfolio of Juniper. OrbiMed Capital LLC (“Capital”) is the manager of Associates. Samuel D. Isaly is the managing member of and owner of a controlling interest in each of Advisors and Capital and may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by OPI, Associates and Juniper. Mr. Isaly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

 

(4)

The board of directors of HBM BioVentures (Cayman) Ltd. has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by such entity and acts by majority vote. The board of directors of HBM BioVentures (Cayman) Ltd. is comprised of John Arnold, Sophia Harris, Richard Coles, Dr. Andreas Wicki and John Urquhart, none of whom has individual voting or investment power with respect to these shares.

 

(5)

Includes: (1) 1,711,012 shares beneficially owned by Alta BioPharma Partners III, L.P., (2) 114,910 shares beneficially owned by Alta BioPharma Partners III GMBH & Co. Beteiligungs KG, and (3) 42,166 shares beneficially owned by Alta Embarcadero BioPharma Partners III, LLC. Farah Champsi, Edward Penhoet and Edward Hurwitz are directors of Alta BioPharma Management III, LLC (which is the general partner of Alta BioPharma Partners III, L.P. and managing limited partner of Alta BioPharma Partners III GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG), and managers of Alta Embarcadero BioPharma Partners III, LLC. The directors of Alta BioPharma Management III, LLC and the managers of Alta Embarcadero BioPharma Partners III, LLC may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares owned by such funds.

 

(6)

Includes (1) 1,266,184 shares beneficially owned by HealthCap 1999 KB, (2) 66,641 shares beneficially owned by HealthCap 1999 GMBH (on behalf of HealthCap 1999 GbR with limitation of liability),

 

140


Table of Contents
 

(3) 473,557 shares beneficially owned by HealthCap III SideFund KB, (4) 7,211 shares beneficially owned by OFCO Club III Sidefund, and (5) 13,328 shares beneficially owned by OFCO Club. HealthCap 1999 GP AB is the general partner of HealthCap 1999 KB and possesses, through its board of directors, the power to vote and direct the disposition of all securities held by HealthCap 1999 KB. The board of directors of HealthCap 1999 GP AB consists of Björn Odlander, Johan Christensson, Ann Christine Forsberg, Staffan Lindstrand and Per Samuelsson. HealthCap 1999 GMBH is the general partner of HealthCap 1999 GbR. HealthCap 1999 GMBH is a wholly owned subsidiary of HealthCap 1999 GP AB. HealthCap 1999 GMBH has no board of directors, and acts in parallel with decisions taken by HealthCap 1999 GP AB as required under the terms of a parallel investment agreement. HealthCap III Sidefund GP AB is the general partner of HealthCap III SideFund KB and possesses, through its board of directors, the power to vote and direct the disposition of all securities held by HealthCap III SideFund KB. The board of directors of HealthCap III Sidefund GP AB consists of Björn Odlander, Johan Christensson, Ann Christine Forsberg, Staffan Lindstrand and Per Samuelsson. Odlander Fredrikson & Co. AB, as a member of OFCO Club and OFCO Club III Sidefund, and acting on behalf of the other members of OFCO Club and OFCO Club III Sidefund has the power to vote and direct the disposition of all securities held by OFCO Club and OFCO Club III Sidefund. The OFCO Club is obligated to invest and divest in parallel with HealthCap 1999 KB and HealthCap 1999 GMBH and OFCO Club III Sidefund is obligated to invest and divest in parallel with HealthCap III SideFund KB. Odlander Fredrikson & Co. AB is in turn ultimately controlled jointly by Mr. Peder Fredrikson and Mr. Odlander. The Odlander, Fredrikson Group acts as investment advisor to each of HealthCap 1999 KB, HealthCap 1999 GMBH and HealthCap III SideFund KB.

 

(7)

Includes 1,064,166 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Dr. Schall that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011, 304,497 shares of which would be subject to our unvested share repurchase right.

 

(8)

Includes 478,020 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Dr. Cappel that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011, 125,425 shares of which would be subject to our unvested share repurchase right.

 

(9)

Includes 490,794 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Ms. Kanaya that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011, 128,021 shares of which would be subject to our unvested share repurchase right.

 

(10)

Includes 432,394 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Dr. Jaen that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011, 132,106 shares of which would be subject to our unvested share repurchase right.

 

(11)

Includes 313,275 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Dr. Bekker that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011, 101,430 shares of which would be subject to our unvested share repurchase right.

 

(12)

Includes shares held by the entities affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC. Mr. Gupta disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by the entities affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in these entities, if any.

 

(13)

Includes 5,873,976 shares beneficially owned by Techne Corporation, of which Dr. Lucas is Vice Chairman. Dr. Lucas disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by Techne Corporation except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in the corporation, if any.

 

(14)

Includes 50,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Mr. Parker that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011, 22,917 shares of which would be subject to our unvested share repurchase right.

 

(15)

Includes (1) 1,711,012 shares beneficially owned by Alta BioPharma Partners III, L.P. (2) 114,910 shares beneficially owned by Alta BioPharma Partners III GMBH & Co. Beteiligungs KG, and (3) 42,166 shares beneficially owned by Alta Embarcadero BioPharma Partners III, LLC. Dr. Penhoet disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by entities affiliated with Alta Partners except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in the corporation, if any.

 

141


Table of Contents
(16)

Includes options to purchase 2,828,649 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011 held by all of our executive officers and directors, 814,396 of which would be subject to our unvested share repurchase right. As to disclaimers of beneficial ownership, see footnotes 12, 13 and 15 above.

 

142


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary describes our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, the registration rights agreement to which we and certain of our stockholders are parties and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and registration rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering authorizes us to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after this offering.

Common Stock

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as and when declared by our board of directors. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock, which we may designate in the future. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations and after liquidation payments to holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any.

As of September 30, 2011, based on 4,219,715 shares of common stock then outstanding and assuming the conversion of preferred stock into 24,332,186 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering, the issuance of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering and the issuance of 799,999 shares of common stock pursuant to the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price and the automatic conversion of the convertible note held by Techne (which assumes an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming no exercise of options or warrants, there would have been 34,020,576 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering. As of September 30, 2011, there were outstanding options to purchase 4,172,318 shares of common stock and outstanding warrants to purchase 159,500 shares of common stock, assuming completion of this offering.

As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately 118 record holders of our common stock, assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,332,186 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

 

143


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2011, we had outstanding warrants to purchase a total of 159,500 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock, at an exercise price of $5.20 per share. Of these warrants, warrants to purchase 7,828 shares of Series B Preferred Stock expire in 2012, warrants to purchase 1,672 shares of Series B Preferred Stock expire on December 23, 2013 and the remaining warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock expire on May 4, 2014. The expiration date of any of these warrants may not be extended without our consent. Upon completion of the offering, these warrants will become exercisable for an aggregate of 159,500 shares of our common stock. Concurrent with the completion of this offering, we shall also issue warrants with a ten-year term to Techne Corporation to purchase up to 150,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share equal to 200% of the initial public offering price of our common stock. The warrants contain anti-dilution provisions providing for adjustments of the exercise price and the number of shares underlying the warrants upon the occurrence of events, including any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or similar transaction. The warrants are not callable by us.

Registration Rights

As of September 30, 2011, the holders of 26,648,853 shares of common stock, assuming the conversion of our preferred stock, are entitled, pursuant to our amended and restated investors rights agreement, to certain registration rights with respect to these securities. In addition, GSK and Techne will also have registration rights pursuant to such agreement with respect to shares acquired in the concurrent private placements and Techne will have registration rights with the respect to the shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants to acquire up to 150,000 shares of our common stock that it will receive concurrently with the completion of this offering. These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. We are generally required to pay all expenses incurred in connection with registrations effected in connection with the following rights, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions.

Demand Rights.     Beginning upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements entered into by the holders of these registrable securities in connection with this offering, as described below in the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements,” subject to specified limitations, the holders of at least a majority of (1) the Series A Preferred Stock, (2) the Series B Preferred Stock, (3) the Series C Preferred Stock, or (4) the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, may require that we register all or a portion of these securities for sale under the Securities Act, as long as at least 30% of the registrable securities are sought to be registered, or a lesser percentage if the anticipated aggregate offering price of such securities, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $10,000,000. We may be required to effect one such registration for each series of our preferred stock (other than with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, which collectively may demand only one registration. Stockholders with these registration rights who are not part of an initial registration demand are entitled to notice and are entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration. Under certain circumstances, the underwriters, if any, may limit the number of shares included in any such registration.

Incidental Rights.     If at any time after the expiration of the lock-up agreements entered into by the holders of these registrable securities in connection with this offering, we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, for sale to the public, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, or both, other than in connection with:

 

   

a registration relating solely to our stock option plans or other employee benefit plans;

 

144


Table of Contents
   

a registration relating solely to a business combination or merger involving us;

 

   

a registration relating solely to stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered; or

 

   

any registration which does not contain substantially the same information as would be required in a registration statement covering the shares which have registration rights pursuant to our amended and restated investors rights agreement,

the holders of these registrable securities are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include their common stock in the registration. Under certain circumstances, the underwriters, if any, may limit the number of shares included in any such registration.

Form S-3 Rights.     In addition, the holders of these registrable securities will have the right to cause us to register all or a portion of these shares on a Form S-3, provided that we are eligible to use this form. We will not be required to effect such a registration unless the aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is expected to exceed $2,000,000, and we will only be required to effect one such registration in any twelve-month period. Stockholders with these registration rights who are not part of an initial registration demand are entitled to notice and are entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration.

The holders of 159,500 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of warrants issued in connection with the issuance of our Series B Preferred Stock or their transferees are entitled to certain registration rights with respect to these securities in the event we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for sale to the public, as set forth in warrant agreements between us and the holders of these securities. These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our charter documents provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer or President, or by the board of directors.

 

145


Table of Contents

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Election and Removal of Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board Composition.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly-held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding common stock.

The provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CCXI.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.

 

146


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after completion of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our common stock in the public market either before (to the extent permitted) or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sale of Restricted Shares

As of September 30, 2011, based on the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, upon the closing of this offering and the concurrent private placements to GSK and Techne and assuming (1) the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock, (2) the automatic conversion of the convertible note issued to Techne into common stock as described elsewhere in this prospectus, assuming an initial public offering price of 15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), (3) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments and (5) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, we would have had outstanding an aggregate of approximately 34,020,576 shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the 4,000,000 shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, and any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and all shares issued on exercise of the warrant to be issued to Techne upon completion of this warrant, will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements referred to below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

Approximate Number of Shares

  

First Date Available for Sale into Public Market

30,020,576 shares

   180 days after the date of this prospectus, or longer if the lock-up period is extended, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to below, subject in some cases to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers, stockholders holding approximately 97.5% of our shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2011 (assuming conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock), including all stockholders holding 0.5% or more of such outstanding shares of common stock, and substantially all of our option holders who are not also stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of the lock-up agreement continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. have advised us that they have no current intent or arrangement to release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

 

147


Table of Contents

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements and that there is no extension of the lock-up period, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” for purposes of Rule 144 at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our “affiliates,” is entitled to sell those shares in the public market (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitations or notice provisions of Rule 144, but subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the sales proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than “affiliates,” then such person is entitled to sell such shares in the public market without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable). In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months are entitled to sell in the public market, upon expiration of any applicable lock-up agreements and within any three-month period, a number of those shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of common shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 340,205 shares of common stock immediately after this offering (calculated on the basis of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011, the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants); or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Such sales under Rule 144 by our “affiliates” or persons selling shares on behalf of our “affiliates” are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock-up agreements as referenced above and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act before the effective date of the

 

148


Table of Contents

registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, under Rule 701 persons who are not our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that we may issue upon exercise of outstanding options reserved for issuance under our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

149


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX

CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all of the potential United States federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any estate and gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other United States federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), United States Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (“Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the United States federal income tax laws, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, thrifts, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

partnerships, S corporations or other pass-through entities;

 

   

traders in securities;

 

   

broker-dealers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

United States expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our outstanding common stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; or

 

   

persons that hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

 

150


Table of Contents

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

If we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for United States federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in the common stock, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and in excess of a non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in its shares will be taxable as capital gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “—Dispositions of Our Common Stock” below.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

Dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) will be exempt from United States federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s United States trade or business (and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

151


Table of Contents

Dispositions of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to United States federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by United States source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for United States federal income tax purposes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, there can be no assurance that we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will not be subject to tax if such class of stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such non-U.S. holder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or exchange or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for such stock. We expect our common stock to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market, although we cannot guarantee that it will be so traded. If gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our stock were subject to taxation under the third bullet point above, the non-U.S. holder would be subject to regular United States federal income tax with respect to such gain in generally the same manner as a U.S. person.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those distributions. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other

 

152


Table of Contents

requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Unless a non-U.S. holder complies with certification procedures to establish that it is not a U.S. person, information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with, and the non-U.S. holder may be subject to backup withholding on the proceeds from, a sale or other disposition of our common stock. The certification procedures described in the above paragraph will satisfy these certification requirements as well.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may apply to certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under those rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities. The failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in a withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. A 30% withholding tax is imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (2) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial United States owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain United States persons or United States-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements.

Although this legislation currently applies to applicable payments made after December 31, 2012, in recent guidance, the IRS has indicated that Treasury Regulations will be issued providing that the withholding provisions described above will apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after January 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2015. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

 

153


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     4,000,000   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the common stock offered in this offering.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 600,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $             per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
over-allotment
exercise
     With full
over-allotment
exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2.5 million.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

154


Table of Contents

We have agreed that we will not, with limited exceptions, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The restrictions described above are subject to certain exceptions, including (i) the grant of options pursuant to company stock plans or employee stock purchase plans described in this prospectus; (ii) the issuance of shares upon the exercise of options and warrants, conversion of convertible debt securities and convertible preferred stock and private placements to GSK and Techne, each as described in this prospectus; (iii) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to shares granted under any company stock plan or employee purchase plan described in this prospectus; and (iv) the issuance of up to approximately 3,400,000 shares to counterparties in connection with strategic partnership or mergers and acquisitions transactions provided prior to such issuance the recipient shall sign a similar lock-up agreement.

Our directors and executive officers, stockholders holding approximately 97.5% of our shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2011 (assuming conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock), including all stockholders holding 0.5% or more of such outstanding shares of common stock, and substantially all of our option holders who are not also stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which we and each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (including without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. Each of the lock-up agreements contains certain exceptions, including the transfer or disposition of shares of common stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts or for estate planning purposes; (ii) to wholly-owned subsidiaries; (iii) as a distribution to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders; (iv) to us in connection with the cashless exercise of options; and (v) to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent pursuant to a domestic relations order or an order of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that in each case, each transferee or distributee shall

 

155


Table of Contents

execute a similar lock-up agreement and no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CCXI”.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

156


Table of Contents

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

   

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

   

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

   

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the book-running managers for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

157


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, San Diego, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California. Latham & Watkins LLP and certain attorneys and investment funds affiliated with the firm collectively own an aggregate of 79,450 shares of our preferred stock which will be converted into an aggregate of shares of our common stock prior to the completion of this offering.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, as set forth in their report. We have included our consolidated financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to ChemoCentryx, Inc. and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address is www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.chemocentryx.com. You may access our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

 

158


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of ChemoCentryx, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ChemoCentryx, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ChemoCentryx, Inc. at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

October 14, 2011, except for Note 15

as to which the date is January 19, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31  
     2009     2010  
     (In Thousands
Except Share Data)
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 21,076      $ 12,056   

Short-term investments

     36,055        69,519   

Accounts receivable from related party

     35,441        12,452   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     953        558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     93,525        94,585   

Property and equipment at cost

     6,249        7,218   

Accumulated depreciation

     (4,667     (5,091
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     1,582        2,127   

Long-term investments

     8,185        1,261   

Other assets

     177        160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 103,469      $ 98,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 994      $ 891   

Accrued liabilities

     6,167        7,017   

Deferred revenue from related party

     6,792        3,628   

Current portion of equipment financing obligations

     447        337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     14,400        11,873   

Noncurrent equipment financing obligations

     7        945   

Deferred revenue from related party

     11,288        8,163   

Other non-current liabilities

     472        379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     26,167        21,360   

Commitments

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock:

    

Convertible preferred stock $0.001 par value; 48,989,914 shares authorized and issuable in series A to E; 48,257,315 shares issued and oustanding; aggregate liquidation preference of $164,038

  

 

49

  

 

 

49

  

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 68,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2009 and 2010; 3,982,204 shares and 4,095,451 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, net of shares subject to repurchase

  

 

4

  

 

 

4

  

Additional paid-in capital

     163,871        166,334   

Employee note receivable

     (16     (16

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (21     83   

Accumulated deficit

     (86,585     (89,681
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     77,302        76,773   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 103,469      $ 98,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)  

Revenues:

      

Collaborative research and development revenue from related party

   $ 23,551      $ 49,744      $ 34,861   

Grant revenue

     536                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     24,087        49,744        34,861   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     35,056        27,474        33,527   

General and administrative

     9,157        6,575        7,292   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     44,213        34,049        40,819   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (20,126     15,695        (5,958

Interest income

     1,762        297        436   

Interest expense

     (129     (76     (81

Other income

                   2,434   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (18,493     15,916        (3,169

Income tax benefit (expense)

     23        (293     73   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (18,470   $ 15,623      $ (3,096
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

      

Basic

   $ (4.52   $ 0.56      $ (0.76
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (4.52   $ 0.53      $ (0.76
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net income (loss) per common share:

      

Basic

     4,087,181        3,961,640        4,081,648   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     4,087,181        29,256,423        4,081,648   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share (unaudited)

       $ (0.11
      

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share

         28,210,296   
      

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Convertible Preferred
Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Employee
Note

Receivable
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares      Amount     Shares     Amount            
                             (In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)  

Balances as of December 31, 2007

    41,463,837       $ 42        4,017,347      $ 4      $ 113,711      $ (15   $ 20      $ (83,738   $ 30,024   

Comprehensive loss:

                  

Net loss

                                                      (18,470     (18,470

Unrealized loss on short-term investments

                                               (20            (20
                  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

                     (18,490

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $1,325

    6,793,478         7                      48,668                             48,675   

Employee stock-based compensation

                                 622                             622   

Issuance of common stock to option holders, upon exercise of stock options including vested options early exercised

                   90,771               67                             67   

Compensation expense related to options granted to consultants

                                 62                             62   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2008

    48,257,315         49        4,108,118        4        163,130        (15            (102,208     60,960   

Comprehensive income:

                  

Net income

                                                      15,623        15,623   

Unrealized loss on investments

                                               (21            (21
                  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                     15,602   

Interest receivable on nonrecourse note

                                        (1                   (1

Employee stock-based compensation

                                 1,698                             1,698   

Issuance of common stock to option holders, upon exercise of stock options including vested options early exercised

                   57,419               63                             63   

Repurchase of common stock

                   (183,333            (1,100                          (1,100

Compensation expense related to options granted to consultants

                                 80                             80   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2009

    48,257,315         49        3,982,204        4        163,871        (16     (21     (86,585     77,302   

Comprehensive loss:

                  

Net loss

                                                      (3,096     (3,096

Unrealized gain on investments

                                               104               104   
                  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

                     (2,992

Employee stock-based compensation

                                 2,309                             2,309   

Issuance of common stock to option holders, upon exercise of stock options including vested options early exercised

                   113,247               117                             117   

Compensation expense related to options granted to consultants

                                 37                             37   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2010

    48,257,315       $ 49        4,095,451      $ 4      $ 166,334      $ (16   $ 83      $ (89,681   $ 76,773   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (In Thousands)  

Operating activities

      

Net (loss) income

   $ (18,470   $ 15,623      $ (3,096

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation of property and equipment

     707        713        660   

Stock-based compensation

     684        1,778        2,346   

Noncash interest expense, net (included in other liabilities)

     49        27        (34

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable due from related party

     (701     (30,397     22,989   

Prepaids and other current assets

     52        (503     395   

Other assets

     1,761        57        17   

Accounts payable

     (1,420     (898     (103

Other liabilities

     879        (4,865     779   

Deferred revenue

     (6,299     (4,496     (6,289
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (22,758     (22,961     17,664   

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property and equipment, net

     (389     (221     (1,193

Purchase of investments

     (26,625     (78,515     (90,258

Maturities of investments

     50,791        48,821        63,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     23,777        (29,915     (27,629

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from equipment financing

                   1,500   

Payments on equipment financing obligations

     (583     (596     (672

Payments on line of credit

     (250              

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     48,675                 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     48        57        117   

Payments for repurchase of common stock

            (1,100       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     47,890        (1,639     945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     48,909        (54,515     (9,020

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     26,682        75,591        21,076   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 75,591      $ 21,076      $ 12,056   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 94      $ 48      $ 130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid (refund) for income taxes

   $ 420      $ (27   $ 247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2010

 

1.

Description of Business

ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the Company) commenced operations in 1997. The Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing orally administered chemokine-based therapeutics to treat autoimmune diseases, inflammatory disorders and cancer. The Company’s principal operations are in the United States and it operates in one segment.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s accounts and those of its wholly owned subsidiary, ChemoCentryx Limited. All intercompany amounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash Equivalents and Investments

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company limits its concentration of risk by diversifying its investments among a variety of issuers. All investment securities are classified as available for sale and are recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income (loss).

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Realized gains and losses and declines in fair value that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in the statement of operations. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company invests in a variety of financial instruments and, by its policy, limits the amount of credit exposure with any one issuer, industry or geographic area.

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are concentrated in the pharmaceutical industry. Accordingly, the Company may be exposed to credit risk generally associated with pharmaceutical companies or specific to the collaboration agreement with Glaxo Group Limited (GSK).

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from five to seven years. Tenant improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the estimated useful life or the remaining life of the lease at the time the asset is placed into service.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset are less than its carrying amount. The impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying value of the impaired asset over its respective fair value. To date, the Company has not recorded any impairment losses.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue from two sources: (1) collaborative research and development agreements with pharmaceutical companies and (2) government contracts and grants. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the criteria outlined in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the SEC) Topic 13 and Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 605-25.

Collaboration Agreements

Collaboration agreements may include nonrefundable up-front fees, research and development funding, milestone payments for the achievement of defined collaboration objectives, license fees and royalties on potential sales of commercialized products.

The Company recognizes revenue from nonrefundable up-front fees ratably over the term of its expected performance obligations under the agreements. These payments received are recorded as deferred revenue and are classified as a short-term or long-term liability on the consolidated balance sheet to be recognized over the period of deferral. When the period of deferral cannot be specifically identified from the agreement, management estimates the period based upon the terms of the agreement and other relevant facts. The Company periodically reviews the estimated performance periods of its contracts based on the progress of the related programs.

Research and development funding related to collaborative research and development efforts is recognized as revenue as the related services are performed or delivered, in accordance with contract terms. Such payments generally are made based on the number of full-time equivalent researchers assigned to the collaboration project and the related research and development expenses incurred, or as other deliverables under the contracts are fulfilled.

In addition to up-front payments and research and development funding, the Company may also be entitled to milestone or option payments that are contingent upon achieving a predefined objective. The Company follows the substantive milestone method of recognizing revenue from milestones and applies it accordingly to milestone and option payments. Milestone payments are recorded as revenue in full upon achievement of the milestone if there is substantive uncertainty at the date the arrangement is entered into that the event will be achieved, the event is based on the vendor’s performance, and the amount of the payment was negotiated as part of the collaboration agreement.

Research Grant

Revenues related to government contracts and grants are recognized as the related research expenses are incurred. Any amounts received in advance of performance are recorded as deferred revenue until they are earned.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for Company-sponsored and collaborative research and development activities. These costs consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related expenses, including associated stock-based compensation, facility-related expenses, depreciation of facilities and equipment, lab consumables and services performed by clinical research organizations, research institutions and other outside service providers.

Research and development expenses under government contracts and grants and collaborative agreements approximated the revenue recognized, excluding milestone, up-front and option fees.

Clinical Trial Accruals

Clinical trial costs are a component of research and development expenses. The Company accrues and expenses clinical trial activities performed by third parties based upon estimates of the percentage of work completed over the life of the individual study in accordance with agreements established with clinical research organizations and clinical trial sites. The Company determines the estimates through discussions with internal clinical personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of trials or services and the agreed-upon fee to be paid for such services. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly.

Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used or rendered in future research and development activities, are deferred and recognized as expense in the period that the related goods are delivered or services are performed.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the liability method for income taxes, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided when the expected realization for the tax assets does not meet the more-likely-than-not criteria.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) comprises net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities are included in other comprehensive income (loss). Total comprehensive income (loss) for all periods presented has been disclosed in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. Losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities that are deemed to be other than temporary, if any, are recognized in the statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using a fair-value-based method for all costs related to share-based payments. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service periods (generally the vesting periods), which the Company has elected to amortize on a straight-line basis. Because stock compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced by an estimate for future forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements with nonemployees using a fair-value approach. For stock options granted to nonemployees, the fair value of the stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. This model utilizes the estimated fair value of common stock and requires that, at the date of grant, assumptions are made with respect to the remaining contractual term of the option, the volatility of the fair value of its common stock, the risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yields of its common stock. The measurement of nonemployee stock-based compensation is subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share and Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of vested common shares outstanding during the period. The convertible preferred stock contains certain participation rights. Participating securities are included in the computation of basic income per share using the two-class method. Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common equivalent shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share includes any dilutive effect from outstanding stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method. Diluted net income per share also includes the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock and the weighted-average shares of common stock which are subject to repurchase.

The following common stock subject to repurchase and common stock issuable upon the conversion or exercise of dilutive securities has been excluded from the diluted net income (loss) per share calculation:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Convertible preferred stock

     24,128,648                 24,128,648   

Options to purchase common stock

     2,620,472         1,637,432         3,945,152   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     363,038                 363,038   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     9,634                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     27,121,792         1,637,432         28,436,838   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted income (loss) per share calculation assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock using the as-if converted method, as-if such conversion has occurred as of January 1, 2010 or the original issuance date, if later.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
    

(In Thousands, Except Share and

Per Share Data)

 

Historical

      

Numerator:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (18,470   $ 15,623      $ (3,096

Percent of participating securities allocable to common stockholders

       14.1  

Rights to undistributed income, used for basic income per share

     $ 2,203     

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in computing basic net income (loss) per common share

     4,087,181        3,961,640        4,081,648   

Dilutive effect of:

      

Convertible preferred stock

            24,128,648          

Stock options

            1,114,843          

Warrants

            48,405          

Shares subject to repurchase

            2,887          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in computing diluted net income (loss) per common share

     4,087,181        29,256,423        4,081,648   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per common share

   $ (4.52   $ 0.56      $ (0.76
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per common share

   $ (4.52   $ 0.53      $ (0.76
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma

      

Weighted-average shares used in the computation of basic net loss per common share above

         4,081,648   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

         24,128,648   
      

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

         28,210,296   
      

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

       $ (0.11
      

 

 

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In September 2009, the FASB ratified ASU 2009-13 which modifies the criteria for separating the consideration in multiple-element arrangements. Companies will be required to allocate the overall consideration to each deliverable by using a best estimate of the selling price of individual deliverables in the arrangement in the absence of vendor-specific objective evidence or other third-party evidence of the selling price. The Company will adopt this guidance prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified after December 31, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3.

Cash Equivalents and Investments

The amortized cost and fair value of securities not including cash, with gross unrealized gains and losses at December 31, 2009, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2009  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized     Fair
Value
 
        Gains      Losses    

Money market funds

   $ 16,154       $       $      $ 16,154   

U.S. Treasury securities

     13,828         13         (12     13,829   

Government-sponsored agencies

     9,254                 (34     9,220   

Corporate debt securities

     21,179         18         (6     21,191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 60,415       $ 31       $ (52   $ 60,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Classified as:

          

Cash equivalents

           $ 16,154   

Short-term investments

             36,055   

Long-term investments

             8,185   
          

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

           $ 60,394   
          

 

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value of securities not including cash, with gross unrealized gains and losses, at December 31, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized     Fair
Value
 
        Gains      Losses    

Money market funds

   $ 5,214       $       $      $ 5,214   

U.S. Treasury securities

     5,023         10                5,033   

Government-sponsored agencies

     24,994         52         (2     25,044   

Corporate debt securities

     45,678         28         (5     45,701   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 80,909       $ 90       $ (7   $ 80,992   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Classified as:

          

Cash equivalents

           $ 10,212   

Short-term investments

             69,519   

Long-term investments

             1,261   
          

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

           $ 80,992   
          

 

 

 

All available-for-sale securities held as of December 31, 2010, had contractual maturities of less than two years. There have been no significant realized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities for the periods presented. No available-for-sale securities held as of December 31, 2010, have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using three levels of inputs as follows:

Level 1—Inputs which include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company’s financial assets subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis and the level of inputs used in such measurements are as follows as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2009  
Description    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Money market fund

   $ 16,154       $       $       $ 16,154   

U.S. treasury securities

             13,829                 13,829   

Government-sponsored agencies

             9,220                 9,220   

Corporate debt securities

             21,191                 21,191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,154       $ 44,240       $       $ 60,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2010  
Description    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Money market fund

   $ 5,214       $       $       $ 5,214   

U.S. treasury securities

             5,033                 5,033   

Government-sponsored agencies

             25,044                 25,044   

Corporate debt securities

             45,701                 45,701   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,214       $ 75,778       $       $ 80,992   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

When we use observable market prices for identical securities that are traded in less active markets, we classify our marketable debt instruments as Level 2. When observable market prices for identical securities are not available, we price our marketable debt instruments using non-binding market consensus prices that are corroborated with observable market data; quoted market prices for similar instruments; or pricing models, such as a discounted cash flow model, with all significant inputs derived from or corroborated with observable market data. Non-binding market consensus prices are based on the proprietary valuation models of pricing providers or brokers. These valuation models incorporate a number of inputs, including non-binding and binding broker quotes; observable market prices for identical or similar securities; and the internal assumptions of pricing providers or brokers that use observable market inputs and, to a lesser degree, unobservable market inputs. We corroborate non-binding market consensus prices with observable market data using statistical models when observable market data exists. The discounted cash flow model uses observable market inputs, such as LIBOR-based yield curves, currency spot and forward rates, and credit ratings.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2010  

Lab equipment

   $ 4,104      $ 4,831   

Computer equipment and software

     1,101        1,280   

Furniture and fixtures

     448        457   

Tenant improvements

     596        650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     6,249        7,218   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (4,667     (5,091
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,582      $ 2,127   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

6.

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2009      2010  

Research and development related

   $ 3,268       $ 4,861   

Compensation related

     1,494         1,722   

Other

     1,405         434   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,167       $ 7,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.

Debt

Equipment Financing Obligations

In February 2007, the Company entered into a credit facility for up to $2.5 million to finance equipment purchases and other related expenses, which is secured by certain fixed assets of the Company and is repayable over 42–48 months. The interest rate is fixed at the time of drawdown and is based on U.S. Treasuries of comparable maturities. Fixed asset purchases under the credit facility are recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The credit facility draw period expired on December 31, 2007. The Company utilized approximately $1.9 million of the credit facility, bearing interest of 6.1%.

In April 2010, the Company amended the credit facility for up to $4.0 million to finance equipment purchases and other related expenses, which is secured by certain fixed assets of the Company and is repayable over 48 months. As of December 31, 2010, the Company utilized $1.5 million of the credit facility, bearing interest of 6.7%. Such credit facility expires March 31, 2011.

In aggregate, $1.3 million and $454,000 of remaining principal was outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and was secured by certain fixed assets which have a remaining net book value of $1.2 million and $478,000 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In January 2011, the Company utilized $700,000 of a credit facility to finance equipment purchases and other related expenses which is secured by certain fixed assets of the Company and is repayable over 48 months bearing interest of 6.5%.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7.

Debt (continued)

 

At December 31, 2010, future minimum principal payments related to long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2011

   $ 337   

2012

     375   

2013

     391   

2014

     179   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

     1,282   

Less current portion

     337   
  

 

 

 

Noncurrent equipment financing obligations

   $ 945   
  

 

 

 

 

8.

Commitments

Operating Leases

In May 2004, the Company entered into a noncancelable operating lease for its current office and primary research facility located in Mountain View, California, which expires in April 2014. The Company received a discounted lease rate during the first year of the agreement. The total rent obligation is being expensed ratably over the term of the agreement. Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, was $854,000, $829,000 and $830,000, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under all noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2010, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2011

   $ 853   

2012

     891   

2013

     930   

2014

     315   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 2,989   
  

 

 

 

 

9.

Convertible Preferred Stock

In August 2008, the Company completed a private placement of 6,793,478 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $7.36 per share for gross proceeds of $50.0 million.

The authorized, issued, and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2009 and 2010, are as follows:

 

Series

   Authorized
Shares
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
                   (in thousands)  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     5,000,000         5,000,000       $ 5,000   

Series B convertible preferred stock

     24,390,790         23,664,713         61,528   

Series C convertible preferred stock

     5,048,469         5,048,469         17,670   

Series D convertible preferred stock

     7,750,655         7,750,655         29,840   

Series E convertible preferred stock

     6,800,000         6,793,478         50,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     48,989,914         48,257,315       $ 164,038   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9.

Convertible Preferred Stock (continued)

 

Conversion

Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible into a half share of common stock for every one share of convertible preferred stock at the stockholders’ option; provided that any fractional shares will be rounded down, taking each stockholder’s converted shares in the aggregate. The convertible preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock immediately upon the earlier of: (i) the date when the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock shall so elect, or (ii) upon the closing of an underwritten public offering with aggregate offering proceeds of not less than $40.0 million and an offering price of not less than $6.00 per share.

Dividends

Holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to noncumulative dividends, if and when, declared by the Board of Directors. These dividends are to be paid in advance of any distributions to common stockholders. No dividends have been declared and/or paid through December 31, 2010.

Voting

Each share of convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of common shares into which a share of convertible preferred stock could be converted. The Series A convertible preferred stockholders, as a class, are entitled to elect one of the six members of the Board of Directors, and the Series B convertible preferred stockholders, as a class, are entitled to elect two of the six members of the Board of Directors. The common stockholders are entitled to elect the remaining three members of the Board of Directors.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of a liquidation or winding up of the Company, holders of Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock shall have a liquidation preference of $1.00, $2.60, $3.50, $3.85 and $7.36 per share, respectively, together with any declared but unpaid dividends, over holders of common shares. After the payment to the holders of convertible preferred stock, the entire remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of common stock. If, upon liquidation, the funds available are not sufficient to permit payment of the full liquidation preference to the Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stockholders, then the assets, proceeds, and funds that are available upon liquidation will be distributed ratably among the holders of the convertible preferred stock based on each holder’s pro rata percentage.

A consolidation or merger of the Company resulting in a change of voting control (i.e., a greater than 50% change) is deemed to be a liquidation or winding up of the Company unless holders of at least 66 2/3% of the convertible preferred stock consent otherwise to the transaction. Under the Company’s amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation, and other related agreements, a change of control or other liquidation event is within the control of the Company and, therefore, the preferred stock is classified as permanent equity.

Warrants to Purchase Convertible Preferred Stock

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2001, in conjunction with the private placement of the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to purchase 407,077 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock to the placement agency, in connection with the private placement of the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock. The warrants were immediately exercisable at $2.60 per share and were exercised prior to the expiration date of February 1, 2011.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9.

Convertible Preferred Stock (continued)

 

In December 2002, the Company issued warrants to purchase 15,656 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in conjunction with obtaining equipment financing. The warrants were immediately exercisable at $2.60 per share and expire on December 31, 2012.

In December 2003, the Company issued warrants to purchase 3,344 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, also in conjunction with obtaining additional equipment financing. The warrants were immediately exercisable at $2.60 per share. The warrants expire on December 23, 2013.

In May 2004, in conjunction with the private placement of the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock in 2004, the Company issued warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock to a placement agency. The warrants were immediately exercisable at $2.60 per share. The warrants expire on May 4, 2014.

As of December 31, 2010, all 726,077 warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock were outstanding. In February 2011, warrants to purchase 407,077 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at $2.60 per share were exercised, resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $1.1 million.

 

10.

Related-Party Transactions

Glaxo Group Limited

In August 2006, the Company entered into a product development and commercialization agreement with Glaxo Group Limited (GSK). Concurrent with the collaboration agreement (the GSK Agreement), the Company issued 6,493,506 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $3.85 per share, for gross proceeds of $25.0 million. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received an initial nonrefundable up-front fee of $38.5 million. Under the agreement, the Company delivered intellectual property rights and has an obligation to perform research and development services. Because there was not both stand-alone value of the delivered intellectual property and evidence of fair value of the undelivered research and development services, the arrangement was accounted for as a combined unit of accounting. As a combined unit of accounting, the consideration is generally recognized in the same manner as the final deliverable. The up-front payment is being recognized as revenue over the estimated research and development term during which GSK may exercise its right to license certain product candidates under the agreement.

The GSK Agreement provides GSK with an option to license certain product candidates on an exclusive, worldwide basis. Upon exercise of a product option by GSK, the Company will grant GSK an exclusive license to the specific product compounds, and GSK will bear all future costs and responsibility associated with furthering the development of the drug candidate. If these programs are successfully advanced through development by GSK, the Company is entitled to receive regulatory and commercial milestone payments based on performance and royalties of future product sales, if any. In addition, for certain licensed product compounds, the Company may receive greater royalty payments on future product sales, if it elects to co-develop and co-promote such potential drug candidates for certain indications by paying a certain portion of the costs to further develop the product compound.

The GSK Agreement would expire with respect to each licensed product and country upon the expiration of the payment obligations of GSK for that licensed product in that country, and would expire in its entirety upon the expiration of the last payment obligation of GSK for the last licensed product in the last country. GSK may terminate the GSK Agreement for any reason upon 90 days written notice to the Company, subject to certain requirements, including obtaining a license to third-party intellectual property necessary to commercialize Traficet EN. The GSK Agreement and each program under the GSK Agreement may also be terminated for cause under certain circumstances, including breach, insolvency, or by GSK for convenience.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10.

Related-Party Transactions (continued)

 

The Company recognized following revenues from GSK during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2008      2009      2010  

Contract revenue

   $ 7,251       $ 4,100       $ 4,721   

Recognition of upfront payments

     6,300         5,644         5,140   

Milestones

     10,000         40,000         25,000   

In October 2010, the Company changed its estimate of the research and development term from six years and four months to seven years and seven months and is recognizing the remaining unamortized portion of the up-front payment over the revised expected remaining research term which is now estimated to end in March 2014. The Company achieved certain milestones in 2009 and 2010 that were determined to be substantive and at risk at the inception of the arrangement and, as such, were recognized in the period when the milestones were achieved. In addition, the GSK Agreement provides for research funding for the initial three-year term as reimbursement for collaborative research efforts of the Company as well as development milestones for advancing selected drug candidates toward and into the clinic.

In October 2008, the GSK Agreement was amended to provide for funding up to $5.0 million to conduct a QTc Phase 1 clinical study for Traficet-EN. Such funding is included in 2008 and 2009 collaborative research and development revenue from related party. In July 2009, the GSK Agreement was further amended to provide for funding of up to $2.5 million for additional research and drug discovery relating to the fourth target under the GSK Agreement, of which $1.1 million was recorded as deferred revenue at December 31, 2009, and subsequently recognized as revenue in 2010. In February 2010, the GSK Agreement was further amended to provide for funding of up to $1.6 million to conduct certain non-clinical activities for CCX168. Research funding from the GSK Agreement and the October 2008, July 2009 and February 2010 amendments were $7.3 million, $4.1 million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

In December 2009, GSK exercised its option under the GSK Agreement to obtain an exclusive license for the further development and commercialization of Traficet-EN and two identified back-up compounds. In connection with the exercise of the option, GSK paid the Company a non-refundable option exercise fee of $35.0 million in January 2010 and assumed responsibility for the development and commercialization of Traficet-EN and related compounds, at GSK’s expense, subject to the Company’s specified development and commercial participation rights. The Company has no further performance obligations related to research and development under the program. Accordingly, the Company recognized the $35.0 million option exercise fee as revenue in the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company recognized $6.3 million, $5.6 million and $5.1 million, respectively, of the up-front payment as revenue and $10.0 million, $40.0 million and $25.0 million in milestones and option fees, for the same periods then ended. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the research and development costs under the GSK Agreement were partially offset by contract revenue. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had an accounts receivable balance due from GSK of $35.4 million and $12.5 million, respectively.

Techne Corporation (Techne)

As of December 31, 2010 Techne Corporation held 9,427,133 shares of our convertible preferred stock. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, the Company paid Techne $231,000, $106,000 and $68,000, respectively, for research materials. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had an accounts payable balance due to Techne for the purchase of research materials of $6,700 and $8,000, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10.

Related-Party Transactions (continued)

 

Repurchased Shares

In January 2009, the Company repurchased 183,333 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share from its chief executive officer for a total of $1.1 million and recorded the repurchased shares as an offset to additional paid-in-capital.

 

11.

Equity Incentive Plans

In May 2002, the stockholders approved the Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the 1997 Plan) and in September 2002, the stockholders approved the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2002 Plan).

Collectively, the 1997 Plan and the 2002 Plan are known as the Stock Plans. Under the Stock Plans, incentive stock options may be granted by the Board of Directors to employees at exercise prices of not less than 100% of the fair value at the date of grant. Nonstatutory options may be granted by the Board of Directors to employees, officers, and directors of the Company or consultants at exercise prices of not less than 85% of the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. The fair value at the date of grant is determined by the Board of Directors. Under the Stock Plans, options may be granted with different vesting terms from time to time, but not to exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Outstanding options generally vest over four years, with 25% of the total grant vesting on the first anniversary of the option grant date and 1/36th of the remaining grant vesting each month thereafter. Options are immediately exercisable, subject to the Company’s rights to repurchase.

As of December 31, 2010, a total of 6,000,000 shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance under the Stock Plans.

 

           Outstanding Options  
     Shares Available
for Grant
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Balances as of December 31, 2007

     955,894        2,118,251      $ 1.84   

Options granted

     (741,862     741,862        6.00   

Options exercised

            (59,866     0.81   

Shares repurchased

     2,344               0.60   

Options forfeited

     179,775        (179,775     2.28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Balances as of December 31, 2008

     396,151        2,620,472        3.11   

Increase in authorized shares

     1,500,000                 

Options granted

     (824,437     824,437        6.00   

Options exercised

            (47,923     1.18   

Options forfeited

     63,849        (63,849     2.38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Balances as of December 31, 2009

     1,135,563        3,333,137        3.87   

Options granted

     (764,494     764,494        6.30   

Options exercised

            (113,109     1.03   

Options forfeited

     39,370        (39,370     5.89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Balances as of December 31, 2010

     410,439        3,945,152      $ 4.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11.

Equity Incentive Plans (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2010, stock options outstanding were as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding and Exercisable  

Exercise Prices

           Shares              Weighted-Average
Contractual Life
 

$0.52

     233,500         0.72   

  0.60

     631,179         3.81   

  0.88

     13,646         5.09   

  2.00

     216,000         5.11   

  4.30

     485,500         6.12   

  4.90

     78,150         6.78   

  6.00

     1,531,333         8.10   

  6.30

     755,844         9.59   
  

 

 

    
     3,945,152      
  

 

 

    

At December 31, 2010, 2,365,970 of the 3,945,152 options were vested. At December 31, 2010, all options outstanding were exercisable and had a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 6.75 years, a weighted-average exercise price per share of $4.40, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $7.5 million. The aggregate intrinsic value was calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock of $6.30 per share as of December 31, 2010.

Early Exercise of Stock Options

The Stock Plans allow for the granting of options that may be exercised before the options have vested. Shares issued as a result of early exercise that have not vested are subject to repurchase by the Company upon termination of the purchaser’s employment or services, at the price paid by the purchaser. The shares subject to repurchase are not included in the shares outstanding in these consolidated financial statements. Amounts received in exchange for these shares have been recorded as a liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the heading “accrued liabilities” and will be reclassified into common stock and additional paid-in capital as the shares vest.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, there were 138 shares and no shares of common stock, respectively, issued related to the early exercise of stock options subject to repurchase by the Company.

Stock-based Compensation

As of December 31, 2010, options exercisable had an aggregate intrinsic value of $7.5 million with a weighted average exercise price per share of $4.40 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.75 years.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11.

Equity Incentive Plans (continued)

 

The Black-Scholes valuation model requires that assumptions are made with respect to various factors, including the expected volatility of the fair value of the Company’s common stock. The Company has based its expected volatility on the average historical volatilities of public entities having similar characteristics including: industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage. While individual companies within the peer group had a wide range of observed historical volatility, the historical volatility for the peer group as a whole averaged in the low 70% range for the periods presented. The fair values of the employee stock options granted under the Company’s Stock Plans during 2008, 2009 and 2010 were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
         2008             2009             2010      

Dividend yield

     0     0     0

Volatility

     71     71     70

Weighted-average expected life (in years)

     6        6        6   

Risk-free interest rate

     3.49     2.68     1.84

Employee stock-based compensation expense recognized was calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Employee stock-based compensation expense (which includes the October 2007 exercise price modification of certain options) recognized was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31  
       2008          2009          2010    

Research and development

   $ 447       $ 828       $ 1,018   

General and administrative

     175         870         1,291   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 622       $ 1,698       $ 2,309   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had $5.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock options that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.76 years.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options issued was $3.93, $3.88, and $3.97 in 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised was $311,000, $231,000, and $564,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively.

Stock Option Modification

In October 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an offer to certain stock option holders for the increase in the exercise price of February 2006 and May 2006 stock option grants from $0.88 per share to $2.00 per share. The stock option holders who accepted the increase in the exercise price received cash bonuses for the amount of the increase in exercise price of $1.12 per share, to be paid as the amended stock options vest.

The modification resulted in additional compensation expense of $101,000 and $7,000 in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Those electing to amend their stock option agreements to reflect an increased exercise price held a total of 248,000 options, resulting in option modification accounting. The cash bonuses are recorded as additional stock-based compensation as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, $69,000 and $5,000, respectively, has been recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11.

Equity Incentive Plans (continued)

 

Stock Options Granted to Nonemployees

During 2007 and 2008, the Company granted to consultants options to purchase 12,500 and 25,750 shares of common stock, respectively. The stock-based compensation expense related to nonemployees will fluctuate as the fair value of the Company’s common stock fluctuates. In connection with grants of stock options to nonemployees, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31  
         2008              2009              2010      

Research and development

   $ 51       $ 59       $ 17   

General and administrative

     11         21         20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 62       $ 80       $ 37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to nonemployees is recognized as the stock options vest. The Company believes that the fair values of the stock options are a more reliable measurement than the fair values of the services received. The estimated fair values of the stock options granted are calculated at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31
     2008    2009    2010

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%

Volatility

   72%    71%    70%

Expected life (in years)

   5.4-9.6    5.6-8.6    6.3-8.5

Risk-free interest rate

   1.5-2.4%    2.3-3.4%    2.3-2.9%

 

12.

401(k) Plan

In October 1997, the Company established the ChemoCentryx 401(k) Plan and Trust (the 401(k) Plan). Employees may contribute, up to the percentage limit imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, an amount of their salary each calendar year until termination of their employment with the Company. The Company may elect to make matching contributions, as per the Plan; however, no contributions have been made in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 

13.

Government Research Contract and Grant

In September 2003, the Company was awarded a grant from the National Institute of Allergies and Infectious Diseases (NIAID). The term of the grant was initially four years and four months, which was subsequently extended to July 2008. The Company recognized $536,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 and no revenue related to the NIAID grant for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010. As of December 31, 2008, the grant was fully funded and no additional revenue associated with the grant will be recognized after December 31, 2008.

In October 2010, the Company was awarded $1.9 million from the United States Department of the Treasury for eight projects under the Qualitative Therapeutic Discovery Project Program under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 to support research with the potential to produce new therapies. The first $1.8 million was received in November 2010 and the remaining $119,000 was received in the first quarter of 2011. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had incurred the associated expenses underlying the qualified investment and received certification from the Department of Treasury for each project awarded. As of December 31, 2010, there were no remaining performance obligations associated with the grants and the grants were recorded as other income for the year then ended.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14.

Income Taxes

The components of the income tax (benefit) expense are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2008             2009             2010      

Current (benefit from) provision for income taxes:

      

Federal

   $ (23   $ (300   $ (19

State

            593        (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current (benefit from) provision for income taxes

     (23     293        (73

Deferred (benefit from) provision for income taxes:

      

Federal

                     

State

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax (benefit from) provision for income taxes

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   $ (23   $ 293      $ (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2008             2009             2010      

Federal statutory income tax rate

     (34.00 )%      34.00     (34.00 )% 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (5.83     5.83        (5.83

Permanent items

     1.01        4.64        (8.47

Research and development credits

     (1.51     (2.62     (16.36

Deferred tax assets (utilized) not benefitted

     40.20        (40.01     43.39   

Section 48D grant income

                   20.66   

Other

                   (1.68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

     (0.13 )%      1.84     (2.29 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 28,823      $ 24,152      $ 27,040   

Deferred revenue

     8,993        7,203        4,698   

Research and development credit

     3,221        2,942        3,534   

Reserves and accruals

     547        854        1,209   

Depreciation and amortization

     210        275        322   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     41,794        35,426        36,803   

Deferred tax liability

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     41,794        35,426        36,803   

Less: valuation allowance

     (41,794     (35,426     (36,803
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14.

Income Taxes (continued)

 

The Company has concluded that it was more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the total deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by approximately $7.5 million, decreased by $6.4 million, and increased by $1.4 million during 2008, 2009, and 2010 respectively.

At December 31, 2010, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $68.2 million and $67.8 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2025 and the state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2014, if not utilized.

The Company has federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $4.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively. The federal research and development credits will begin to expire in 2019, if not utilized. California research and development credits can be carried forward indefinitely.

Utilization of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitation due to historical or future ownership percentage change rules provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of certain net operating loss and credit carryforwards before their utilization.

As a result of the Patient Protections and Affordable Care Act’s creation of a therapeutic discovery project tax credit, the Company received a Section 48D grant in the year ended December 31, 2010, for qualifying investments in qualifying therapeutic discovery projects made during 2009. Pursuant to Section 48D, the grant received is not subject to federal taxation, but will reduce the amount of the Company’s NOL carryforward to eliminate the potential double benefit. The 48D grant is includible in taxable income for California tax purposes.

The Company adopted FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. Now known as Accounting Standards Codification 740-10, FIN 48 establishes standards for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. As permitted under the provisions of FIN 48, the Company will classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of its income tax provision, although there have been no such interest or penalties recognized to date.

A reconciliation of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, is as follows:

 

     Unrecognized
Income Tax
Benefits
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance as of January 1, 2008

   $ 1,598   

Additions for current year tax positions

     535   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     2,133   

Additions for current year tax positions

     296   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

     2,429   

Additions for current year tax positions

     677   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 3,106   
  

 

 

 

For U.S. federal and California income tax purposes, the statute of limitations remains open for the years beginning 2007 and 2006, respectively, except for the carryforward of net operating losses and research and development credits generated in prior years. The Company is not aware of any items that will significantly increase or decrease its unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14.

Income Taxes (continued)

 

The IRS has completed its audit for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, and there have been no adjustments to the Company’s attributes carryforwards; however, the research and development credit may be subject to re-examination.

 

15.

Subsequent Events

In September 2011, the Company entered into a convertible note loan agreement with Techne, one of its principal stockholders, pursuant to which the Company issued a convertible note to Techne with a principal amount of $10 million and bearing interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and a maturity date in September 2021. Upon completion of a qualifying initial public offering, all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest shall automatically convert into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price. Upon the conversion of this note in connection with a qualifying initial public offering, Techne will receive a warrant with a ten-year term to purchase 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price per share equal to 200% of the initial public offering price of its common stock. In addition, Techne has also agreed, pursuant to the terms of the convertible note loan agreement, to purchase $5.0 million of the Company’s common stock in a private placement concurrent with this offering at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. The sale of such shares of common stock will not be registered.

On January 6, 2012, the board of directors of the Company approved a one-for-two reverse stock split. All information in this report relating to the number of shares, price per share and per share amounts of common stock gives retroactive effect to the January 2012 one-for-two reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock. Otherwise, the Company evaluated subsequent events through October 14, 2011, the date at which the financial statements were available for issuance.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2011

Contents

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-27   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-28   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-29   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-30   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31
2010
    September 30,
2011
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity at
September 30,
2011
 
     (Note 1)     (unaudited)  
     (In Thousands Except Share and
Per Share Data)
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 12,056      $ 7,341     

Short-term investments

     69,519        67,464     

Accounts receivable from related party

     12,452        814     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     558        932     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     94,585        76,551     

Property and equipment at cost

     7,218        7,256     

Accumulated depreciation

     (5,091     (5,615  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Property and equipment, net

     2,127        1,641     

Long-term investments

     1,261        6,377     

Other assets

     160        796     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 98,133      $ 85,365     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 891      $ 445     

Accrued liabilities

     7,017        6,973     

Deferred revenue from related party

     3,628        3,628     

Current portion of equipment financing obligations

     337        541     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     11,873        11,587     

Noncurrent equipment financing obligations

     945        1,040     

Deferred revenue from related party

     8,163        5,442     

Convertible note from related party

            10,060     

Other non-current liabilities

     379        281     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     21,360        28,410     

Commitments

      

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock

     49        49      $   

Common stock

     4        4        29   

Additional paid-in capital

     166,334        169,489        169,513   

Employee note receivable

     (16     (16     (16

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     83        (41     (41

Accumulated deficit

     (89,681     (112,530     (112,530
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     76,773        56,955      $ 56,955   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 98,133      $ 85,365     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2010                     2011          
     (unaudited)  
     (In Thousands, Except Share and
Per Share Data)
 

Revenues:

    

Collaborative research and development revenue from related party

   $ 21,746      $ 5,621   

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     25,385        22,914   

General and administrative

     5,363        5,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,748        28,635   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,002     (23,014

Interest income

     322        319   

Interest expense

     (60     (170

Other income

     490        16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (8,250     (22,849

Income tax benefit

     73          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (8,177   $ (22,849
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (2.01   $ (5.49
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per common share

     4,077,347        4,162,309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share (unaudited)

     $ (0.80
    

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share (unaudited)

       28,471,126   
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2010                     2011          
     (unaudited)  
     (In Thousands)  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (8,177   $ (22,849

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation of property and equipment

     485        569   

Stock-based compensation

     1,683        1,970   

Non-cash interest income

     (55     101   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable from related party

     34,523        11,638   

Prepaids and other current assets

     103        (374

Other

     2        (636

Accounts payable

     (497     (446

Other liabilities

     (249     (156

Deferred revenue from related party

     (5,381     (2,721
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     22,437        (12,904
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchases of property and equipment, net

     (672     (110

Purchases of short-term investments

     (78,275     (96,862

Sales of short-term investments

     45,024        93,677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (33,923     (3,295
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from equipment financing

     1,500        700   

Payments on equipment financing obligations

     (563     (401

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note

           
10,000
  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     116        127   

Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock

            1,058   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,053        11,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (10,433     (4,715

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     21,076        12,056   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 10,643      $ 7,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 115      $ 68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid (refund) for income tax

   $ 590      $ (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

September 30, 2011

 

1.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2011, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2011, and the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2011. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the nine-month periods are unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011 or for any other interim period or for any other future year. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

Prior to the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, the Company expects all of the convertible preferred stock outstanding to convert into shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion rate, based on the shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2011.

Revenue Recognition

In the first quarter of 2011, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (ASU 2009-13) for multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, on a prospective basis, for applicable transactions originating or materially modified on or subsequent to January 1, 2011. ASU 2009-13 provides application guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables should be separated and how the consideration should be allocated to one or more units of accounting. This update changes the requirements for establishing separate units of accounting in a multiple element arrangement and establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. The selling price used for each deliverable is based on vendor-specific objective evidence, if available, third-party evidence if vendor-specific objective evidence is not available, or estimated selling price if neither vendor-specific nor third-party evidence is available. Implementation of ASU 2009-13 has had no impact on reported revenue as compared to revenue under previous guidance.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Components of other comprehensive income (loss) are comprised entirely of unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities for all periods presented and are included in total comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):

 

     Nine-Months Ended September 30,  
             2010                     2011          

Net loss

   $ (8,177   $ (22,849

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities

     139        (124
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (8,038   $ (22,973
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 comprises net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

1.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Net Loss and Pro Forma Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of vested common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities consisting of stock options and the warrants and convertible preferred stock were not included in the diluted net loss per common share calculations for all periods, presented, because the inclusion of such shares would have had an antidilutive effect. The convertible preferred stock contains certain participation rights. Participating securities are included in the computation of basic earnings per share using the two-class method in periods with net income.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, the following securities were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would have been antidilutive:

 

     Nine-Months Ended September 30,  
             2010                      2011          

Convertible preferred stock

     24,128,648         24,332,186   

Options to purchase common stock

     3,941,619         4,172,318   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     363,038         159,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     28,433,305         28,664,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share calculations assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock using the as is converted method, as-if such conversion had occurred at the issuance date, or later.

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30
 
     2011  
     (In Thousands, Except Share
and Per Share Data)
 

Pro Forma

  

Weighted-average shares used in the computation of basic and diluted net loss per common share above

     4,162,309   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed conversion of preferred stock

     24,308,817   
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

     28,471,126   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.80
  

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

The amortized cost and fair value of securities not including cash, with gross unrealized gains and losses, at December 31, 2010, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized     Fair
Value
 
        Gains      Losses    

Money market funds

   $ 5,214       $       $      $ 5,214   

U.S. Treasury securities

     5,023         10                5,033   

Government-sponsored agencies

     24,994         52         (2     25,044   

Corporate debt securities

     45,678         28         (5     45,701   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 80,909       $ 90       $ (7   $ 80,992   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Classified as:

          

Cash equivalents

           $ 10,212   

Short-term investments

             69,519   

Long-term investments

             1,261   
          

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

           $ 80,992   
          

 

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value of securities, with gross unrealized gains and losses, at September 30, 2011 were as follows (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized     Fair
Value
 
      Gains      Losses    

Money market funds

   $ 2,402       $       $      $ 2,402   

Government-sponsored agencies

     24,139         13         (3     24,149   

Corporate debt securities

     53,742         4         (55     53,691   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 80,283       $ 17       $ (58   $ 80,242   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Classified as:

          

Cash equivalents

           $ 6,401   

Short-term investments

             67,464   

Long-term investments

             6,377   
          

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

           $ 80,242   
          

 

 

 

All available-for-sale securities held as of September 30, 2011 have contractual maturities of less than two years. There have been no significant realized gains or losses on available-for-sale-securities. No available-for-sale-securities held as of September 30, 2011 have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.

 

3.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using three levels of inputs as follows:

Level 1—Inputs which include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3.

Fair Value Measurements (continued)

 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company’s financial assets subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis and the level of inputs used in such measurements are as follows as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2010  
Description    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Money market fund

   $ 5,214       $       $       $ 5,214   

U.S. treasury securities

             5,033                 5,033   

Government-sponsored agencies

             25,044                 25,044   

Corporate debt securities

             45,701                 45,701   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,214       $ 75,778       $       $ 80,992   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis and the level of inputs used in such measurements are as follows as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     2011  
Description    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Money market fund

   $ 2,402       $       $       $ 2,402   

Government-sponsored agencies

             24,149                 24,149   

Corporate debt securities

             53,691                 53,691   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,402       $ 77,840       $       $ 80,242   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Liability

           

Convertible note from related party

   $       $       $ 10,060       $ 10,060   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of our Level III financial liability (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2011  

Fair value, beginning of period

   $   

Issuance of convertible note from related party

     10,000   

Change in fair value of Level III liability

     60   
  

 

 

 

Fair value, end of period

   $ 10,060   
  

 

 

 

The change in fair value was $60,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and is recorded as interest expense in the financial statements.

The Company’s Level III liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist solely of its convertible note from a related party, Techne Corporation. In September 2011, the Company entered into a convertible note loan agreement with a principal amount of $10.0 million and bearing interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum. The convertible note would automatically convert into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering (IPO) price. The convertible note would also automatically convert into preferred shares in other qualified non-IPO financings occurring prior to an IPO. Warrants to purchase common

 

F-33


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3.

Fair Value Measurements (continued)

 

stock are contingently issuable to the holder of the note upon an IPO and qualified non-IPO financings. Management elected to apply the fair value option to the convertible note from a related party as a simpler approach to fairly reflect the economics of the loan agreement in the financial statements. The fair value of the outstanding convertible note loan agreement is estimated using the probability-weighted expected return model (PWERM). The PWERM estimates the value of the convertible note, including the embedded conversion and contingent warrant features, under each of four possible future scenarios—IPO, sale, subsequent equity financing, and full maturity. The IPO scenario was given the highest probability and a discount rate of 17% was used. Market approaches are used to determine enterprise values for the IPO, sale, and subsequent equity financing scenarios. The fair values of the contingent warrant features of the convertible note loan agreement were estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model.

 

4.

Related Party Transactions

Glaxo Group Limited

The Company recognized the following revenues from GSK during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2010              2011      

Contract revenue

   $ 2,513       $ 2,900   

Recognition of upfront payments

     4,233         2,721   

Milestones

     15,000           

During the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, research and development costs related to the GSK Agreement were partially offset by contract revenue. As of November 17, 2011, GSK had option rights with respect to CCX354, CCX168 and CCX832 and each of their two respective designated backup compounds (“Non-CCR9 Drug Candidates”), which may be exercised by GSK upon demonstration by the Company of a successful clinical proof-of-concept for each respective drug candidate. If exercised, the Company would be entitled to an option exercise fee of $25.0 million upon the exercise of each option. Under the GSK Agreement, the Company would be entitled to receive aggregate milestones up to $372.0 million for Traficet-EN and $247.0 million each for Non-CCR9 Drug Candidates. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully complete a proof-of-concept trial for CCX168 or CCX832 or that the relevant regulatory filing or approval milestones can be achieved for any of its programs such that the Company might receive the related option exercise fees and milestone payments. In addition, even if proof-of-concept trials for any of the Company’s drug candidates result in positive outcomes, GSK is under no obligation to exercise its option and there can be no assurance that GSK will exercise any of its remaining options, or that GSK will obtain Hart-Scott-Rodino clearance with respect to such options. Furthermore, GSK may terminate the entire collaboration agreement or any collaboration program on a program-by-program basis for any reason upon 90 days prior written notice. The clinical trials for any product candidates may fail to demonstrate appropriate safety and efficacy in order to achieve regulatory approval. Even if regulatory approval is granted, drug candidates may not achieve market acceptance among physicians, patients and third party payors and, ultimately, may not be commercially successful.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4.

Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

Future potential filing and approval milestone payments for Traficet-EN and each Non-CCR9 Drug Candidate under the GSK Agreement are as follows (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Filing      Approval  

US

   $ 25,000       $ 35,000   

Other territories

     22,000         40,000   

In addition, the Company is eligible for sales milestone payments up to $250.0 million for Traficet-EN and $125.0 million for each Non-CCR9 Drug Candidate.

Techne Corporation (Techne)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, the Company paid Techne $60,000, and $43,000, respectively, for research materials. As of September 30, 2010 and 2011, the Company had an accounts payable balance due to Techne for the purchase of research materials of $2,000 and $4,000, respectively.

In September 2011, the Company entered into a convertible note loan agreement with Techne, one of its principal stockholders, pursuant to which the Company issued a convertible note to Techne with a principal amount of $10 million and bearing interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and a maturity date in September 2021. Upon completion of a qualifying initial public offering, all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest shall automatically convert into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price. Upon the conversion of this note in connection with a qualifying initial public offering, Techne will receive a warrant with a ten-year term to purchase 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price per share equal to 200% of the initial public offering price of its common stock. In addition, Techne has also agreed, pursuant to the terms of the convertible note loan agreement, to purchase $5.0 million of the Company’s common stock in a private placement concurrent with this offering at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. The sale of such shares of common stock will not be registered.

 

5.

Equity Incentive Plans

As of September 30, 2011, a total of 6,000,000 shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance under the Stock Plans.

 

           Outstanding Options  
     Shares Available
for Grant
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Balances as of December 31, 2010

     410,439        3,945,152      $ 4.40   

Options granted

     (380,179     380,179        6.87   

Options exercised

            (124,264     1.02   

Options forfeited

     28,749        (28,749     5.80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Balances as of September 30, 2011

     59,009        4,172,318      $ 4.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

F-35


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5.

Equity Incentive Plans (continued)

 

As of September 30, 2011, stock options outstanding were as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding and Exercisable  

Exercise Prices

           Shares              Weighted-Average
Contractual Life
 

$0.52

     138,000         0.07   

  0.60

     613,536         3.10   

  0.88

     13,646         4.34   

  2.00

     216,000         4.36   

  4.30

     479,000         5.35   

  4.90

     76,000         5.92   

  6.00

     1,519,149         7.36   

  6.30

     742,808         8.84   

  6.60

     27,562         9.36   

  6.90

     346,617         9.84   
  

 

 

    
     4,172,318      
  

 

 

    

At September 30, 2011, 2,782,000 of the 4,172,318 options were vested. At September 30, 2011, all options outstanding were exercisable and had a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 6.55 years, a weighted-average exercise price per share of $4.72, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $9.1 million. The aggregate intrinsic value was calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock of $6.90 per share as of September 30, 2011.

Stock Based Compensation

The fair value of employee stock options granted under the Company’s stock option plan during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2010                 2011        

Dividend yield

     0     0

Volatility

     70     78

Weighted-average expected life (in years)

     6        6   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.84     1.57

Employee stock-based compensation expense recognized was calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Employee stock-based compensation expense recognized was as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2010              2011      

Research and development

   $ 740       $ 757   

General and administrative

     915         1,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,655       $ 1,887   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At September 30, 2011, the Company had $4.9 million, of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option plans that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.51 years.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6.

Subsequent Events

On January 6, 2012, the board of directors of the Company approved a one-for-two reverse stock split. All information in this report relating to the number of shares, price per share and per share amounts of common stock gives retroactive effect to the January 2012 one-for-two reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock. Otherwise, the Company evaluated subsequent events through November 17, 2011, the date at which the financial statements were available for issuance.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

 

            Shares

LOGO

 

Common Stock

 

 

J.P. Morgan    Citigroup

 

Cowen and Company

                    , 2012

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

Item

   Amount
to be paid
 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 8,435   

FINRA Filing Fee

     7,400   

Nasdaq Global Market Listing Fee

     125,000   

Printing and Engraving Expenses

     150,000   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     1,350,000   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     750,000   

Blue Sky, Qualification Fees and Expenses

     15,000   

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

     3,500   

Miscellaneous Expenses

     90,665   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,500,000   
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

 

   

we may indemnify our directors, officers, and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

 

   

we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

   

the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, attached as Exhibit 3.2 hereto, and our amended and restated bylaws, attached as Exhibit 3.4 hereto, provide for the indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein. We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements generally require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. In addition, we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

The form of Underwriting Agreement, attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers who sign this Registration Statement and directors for specified liabilities, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since January 2009, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

  1.

We sold an aggregate of 285,296 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $299,831 upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards.

 

  2.

We granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Incentive Plan covering an aggregate of 1,969,110 shares of common stock, at an average exercise price of $6.29 per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 40,118 shares were cancelled without being exercised.

 

  3.

In February 2011, upon the exercise of a Warrant for the Purchase of Shares of Series B Preferred Stock, we issued 407,077 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to an investor at an exercise price of $2.60 per share.

 

  4.

In September 2011, pursuant to a Convertible Note Loan Agreement, we issued a promissory note for a principal amount of $10,000,000.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (1) and (2) above under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (3) and (4) by virtue of Section 4(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(2) and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. We claimed such exemption on the basis that (a) the purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information and (b) appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index attached to this Registration Statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

1.

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

2.

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Mountain View, California, on January 23, 2012.

 

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

 

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

( Principal Executive Officer )

  January 23, 2012

/s/ Susan M. Kanaya

Susan M. Kanaya

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer ( Principal Financial and Accounting Officer )

 

January 23, 2012

*

Rishi Gupta, J.D.

  

Director

 

January 23, 2012

*

Roger C. Lucas, Ph.D.

  

Director

 

January 23, 2012

*

Geoffrey M. Parker

  

Director

 

January 23, 2012

*

Edward E. Penhoet, Ph.D.

  

Director

 

January 23, 2012

 

*By:   /s/ Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D
  Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1 **   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
  3.3**   Bylaws.
  3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
  3.5   Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to effect the reverse stock split.
  4.1*   Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2**   Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain investors set forth therein, dated September 8, 2011.
  4.3**   Form of Common Stock Warrant.
  4.4**   Form of Series B Preferred Stock Warrant.
  4.5**   Convertible Note Loan Agreement, dated September 9, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Techne Corporation.
  5.1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
10.1# (1)   Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreement thereunder.
10.2# (1)   Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.3#   2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan and form of agreement thereunder.
10.4#   2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5#   2012 Cash Incentive Plan.
10.6#**   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Thomas J. Schall, Ph.D.
10.7#**   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Markus J. Cappel, Ph.D.
10.8#**   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Susan M. Kanaya.
10.9#**   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Juan C. Jaen, Ph.D.
10.10#**   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Petrus Bekker M.D., Ph.D.
10.11**   Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease, dated April 20, 2004, by and between Portola Land Company and the Registrant.
10.12†**   Product Development and Commercialization Agreement, effective as of August 22, 2006, by and between the Registrant and Glaxo Group Limited.
10.13†**   Amendment No. 1 to Product Development and Commercialization Agreement, effective as of September 30, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Glaxo Group Limited.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.14†**   Amendment No. 2 to Product Development and Commercialization Agreement, effective as of October 6, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Glaxo Group Limited.
10.15†**   Amendment No. 3 to Product Development and Commercialization Agreement, effective as of August 22, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Glaxo Group Limited.
10.16†**   Amendment No. 4 to Product Development and Commercialization Agreement, effective as of February 26, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Glaxo Group Limited.
10.17†**   Amendment No. 5 to Product Development and Commercialization Agreement, effective as of November 15, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Glaxo Group Limited.
10.18#   Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.19**   Amendment to Series D Preferred Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Glaxo Group Limited.
10.20**   Series E Preferred Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Glaxo Group Limited.
10.21**   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.22**   Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
21.1**   Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**   Power of Attorney.

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

 

**

Previously filed.

 

(1)

Previously filed, but amended version filed herewith.

 

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been submitted separately to the SEC.

 

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 1.1

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

            Shares of Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

                , 2012

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

As Representatives of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of             shares of common stock, par value $         per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional             shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1.         Registration Statement .  The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-            ), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430A Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430A Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities


Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex B, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated                     , 2012 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex B hereto.

“Applicable Time” means [            ] [A/P].M., New York City time, on         , 2012.

2. Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters .

(a)        The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price per share (the “Purchase Price”) of $            .

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date or later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein, provided that such notice shall be given at least one business day prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein if such notice is given prior to the Closing Date.


(b)        The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c)        Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 1600 El Camino Real, Menlo Park, California at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on             , 2012, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date” , and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

(d)        The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

3.         Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a)         Preliminary Prospectus.   No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and the Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and such Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.


(b)         Pricing Disclosure Package .  The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as then amended or supplemented by the Company subject to and in accordance with Section 4(c), if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(c)         Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.   Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex B hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and, when taken together with any other Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(d)         Registration Statement and Prospectus.   The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact


necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(e)         Financial Statements.   The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except in the case of unaudited financial statements, which do not contain certain footnotes as permitted by the rules of the Commission, and any supporting schedules to such financial statements included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be stated therein; the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly, in all material respects, the information shown thereby.

(f)         No Material Adverse Change.   Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, and the completion of the private placements to Techne Corporation and Glaxo Group Limited described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt (outside the ordinary course of business) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.


(g)         Organization and Good Standing.   The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement. The subsidiary listed in Schedule 2 to this Agreement is the only subsidiary of the Company, and all references herein to “subsidiaries” of the Company shall be deemed to refer to such subsidiary, mutatis mutandis.

(h)         Capitalization.   The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and the issuance of such shares are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party.

(i)         Stock Options.   With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance in all material respects with the terms of the Company Stock Plans and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its subsidiaries or their results of operations or prospects.


(j)         Due Authorization.   The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(k)         Underwriting Agreement .  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(l)         The Shares .  The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights, other than the right of first refusal contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated September 8, 2011, which have been duly waived.

(m)         No Violation or Default.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(n)         No Conflicts.   The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o)         No Consents Required.   No consent, approval, authorization, filing, order, license, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (i) for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act, (ii) as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), and


(iii) under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, provided that, in each case of (i) and (ii), all of the consents, approvals, authorizations, filings, orders, licenses, registrations or qualifications relating to such registration or requirement have been obtained, made or satisfied (as the case may be) as of the date hereof.

(p)         Legal Proceedings.   Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or have a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; to the knowledge of the Company, no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(q)         Independent Accountants .  Ernst & Young, LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(r)         Title to Real and Personal Property .  The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and tangible personal property and assets that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(s)         Title to Intellectual Property.   Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and with the exception of the Millennium patents discussed therein, to the knowledge of the Company after due inquiry, the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess or can acquire or otherwise have the right to use, on reasonable terms, all material inventions, patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, domain names, logos, copyrights, trade secrets and know-how (including unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) and other intellectual property rights, including registrations and applications for registration thereof (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in, held for use in, or reasonably necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses, as currently conducted, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, defects or other restrictions.


(t)         No Infringement of Intellectual Property.   Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and with the exception of the Millennium patents discussed therein: (i) to the knowledge of the Company after due inquiry, there are no valid and enforceable rights of third parties to the Intellectual Property that have been or are infringed, misappropriated, or violated in any material respect by the business conducted by the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, written notice of a threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (iii) the Company is not aware of any patent or patent application that contains claims that interfere with the issued or pending claims of any of the Intellectual Property; (iv) none of the Intellectual Property used by the Company or its subsidiaries in their conduct of the business has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in material violation of any contractual obligation of the Company; (v) to the knowledge of the Company after due inquiry, there are no ongoing infringements by third parties of any Intellectual Property owned by the Company that is used in the conduct of the business; and (vi) all licenses pursuant to which any Intellectual Property is licensed by the Company or its subsidiaries are free of any restrictions or defects that would conflict with the conduct of the business of the Company or its subsidiaries; and (vii) the Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or any federal, state, local, foreign or other governmental body, domestic or foreign, or any arbitrator, nor has it entered into or is it a party to any agreement made in settlement of any pending or threatened litigation, which has a Material Adverse Effect on their use of any Intellectual Property.

(u)         Protection of Intellectual Property .  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and after reasonable inquiry: (i) no government funding, facilities of a university, college, other educational institution or research center or funding from third parties which was used in the development of any Intellectual Property conflicts or interferes with the conduct of the business of the Company; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable actions to ensure that all founders, key employees and any other employees involved in the development of Intellectual Property for the Company or any of its subsidiaries have signed invention assignment agreements with the Company; and (iii) the Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable and customary actions to protect their rights in confidential information and trade secrets and protect any confidential information provided to them by any other person.

(v)         Clinical Trials .  The clinical and pre-clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of or sponsored by the Company or its subsidiaries, or in which the Company or its subsidiaries have participated, that are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or the results of which are referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as applicable, and are intended to be submitted to Regulatory Authorities as a basis for product approval, were and, if still pending, are being conducted by the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company on behalf of the Company, in all material respects in accordance with the medical and scientific research procedures described in the applicable trial protocols and all applicable statutes, rules and regulations of the United States Food and Drug Administration and comparable drug regulatory agencies outside of the United States to which they are subject (collectively, the “Regulatory Authorities”), including, without limitation, 21 C.F.R. Parts 50, 54, 56, 58, and 312. The descriptions in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus of the results of such studies and tests are accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the data derived from such trials. The Company has no knowledge of any other clinical trials the results of which reasonably call into question the results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Company and its subsidiaries have operated and are currently in compliance with


all applicable statutes, rules and regulations of the Regulatory Authorities, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notices, correspondence or other written communication from the Regulatory Authorities or any other governmental agency requiring or threatening the premature termination or suspension of any clinical or pre-clinical trials that are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or the results of which are referred to in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no reasonable grounds for same.

(w)         No Undisclosed Relationships .  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(x)         Investment Company Act .  The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

(y)         Taxes.   The Company and its subsidiaries have: (i) paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof (taking into account extensions), except for (x) taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been provided or (y) taxes the nonpayment of which (or tax returns the nonfiling of which) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

(z)         Licenses and Permits.   The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course.

(aa)       No Labor Disputes.   No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.


(bb)       Compliance with and Liability under Environmental Laws.   (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (a) are, and during the past three years were in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees and orders and the common law relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, use, handling, transportation, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (b) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, (c) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, (d) are not conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location, and (e) are not a party to any order, decree or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability under any Environmental Law, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) there are no proceedings that are pending, or that are known by the Company or its subsidiary to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (b) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws, including the Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, that would reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (c) none of the Company and its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.

(cc)         Hazardous Materials .  There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or would reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that would reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “Hazardous Materials” means any material, chemical, substance ,waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated by a government agency or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into from or through any building or structure.


(dd)       Compliance with ERISA.   (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that would reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period); (iv) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that either has resulted, or would reasonably be expected to result, in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (vi) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the PBGC, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (vii) there is no actual or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries. None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (x) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its subsidiaries in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (y) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year.

(ee)       Disclosure Controls .  The Company and its subsidiaries have established an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(ff)       Accounting Controls.   The Company and its subsidiaries have established systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and are sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the


preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses, if any, in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, if any, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(gg)       Insurance.   The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are reasonably adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

(hh)       No Unlawful Payments.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

(ii)       Compliance with Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(jj)       Compliance with OFAC.   None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Company will


not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(kk)       No Restrictions on Subsidiaries .  No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

(ll)       No Broker’s Fees.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

(mm)       No Registration Rights .  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (and the registration rights contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated September 8, 2011, which have been duly waived), no person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares.

(nn)       No Stabilization.   The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(oo)       Margin Rules .  The application of the proceeds received by the Company from the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

(pp)       Forward-Looking Statements.   No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(qq)      Statistical and Market Data.  Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(rr)       Sarbanes-Oxley Act .  There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans.


(ss)       Status under the Securities Act .  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering due under Rule 457 of the Securities Act.

4.         Further Agreements of the Company .  The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a)         Required Filings.   The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act and will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, as soon as practicable but in any event within two business days next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b)         Delivery of Copies.   The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, upon request, two signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter, upon its request, (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

(c)         Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses.   Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.

(d)         Notice to the Representatives.   The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which advice may be delivered via electronic mail), (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or the initiation


or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e)         Ongoing Compliance.   (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and promptly prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and promptly prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.

(f)         Blue Sky Compliance.   The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.


(g)         Earning Statement.   The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as reasonably practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement; provided, however, that (1) such requirements to the Company’s security holders shall be deemed met by the Company’s compliance with its reporting requirements pursuant to the Exchange Act if such compliance satisfies all of the conditions and requirements of Rule 158 and (2) such requirements to the Representatives shall be deemed met by the Company if the related reports containing such earning statement are available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System.

(h)         Clear Market.   For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the options to purchase shares of Stock of the Company to be issued pursuant to Company Stock Plans and employee stock purchase plans described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (C) any shares of Stock to be issued upon (1) the exercise of options granted under Company Stock Plans, (2) the exercise of warrants outstanding on the date of this Agreement and described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (3) the conversion of convertible debt securities outstanding on the date of this Agreement and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (4) the conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding on the date of this Agreement in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and (5) the completion of the private placements to Techne Corporation and Glaxo Group Limited as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (D) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to shares of Stock granted under any Company Stock Plan or employee stock purchase plan described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and (E) the shares of Stock to be issued to one or more counterparties in connection with the consummation of a strategic partnership, joint venture, collaboration, merger, co-promotion or distribution arrangement, or the acquisition or in-licensing of any business products or technologies; provided that the aggregate number of shares of Stock issued under this subsection (E) shall not exceed 10% of the number of shares of Stock of the Company outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares under this Agreement, provided further that prior to such issuance each recipient of such shares under this subsection (E) shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a Lock-Up Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.


If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(n) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(i)         Use of Proceeds.   The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”

(j)         No Stabilization.   The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(k)         Exchange Listing.   The Company will use its best efforts to list the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market.

(l)         Reports.   During a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

(m)         Record Retention .  The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(n)         Filings.   The Company will disclose in a report filed with the Commission such information as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

5.         Certain Agreements of the Underwriters .  Each Underwriter hereby represents to the Company and agrees with the Company that:

(a)        It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex B or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).


(b)         It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

6.         Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.   The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a)         Registration Compliance; No Stop Order.   No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b)         Representations and Warranties.   The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c)         No Downgrade.   Subsequent to the earlier of (A) the Applicable Time and (B) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, if there are any debt securities or preferred stock of, or guaranteed by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any such debt securities or preferred stock and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).

(d)         No Material Adverse Change.   No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(f) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(e)         Officer’s Certificate.   The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has


complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) above.

(f)         No Litigation Certificate .  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate issued by the Company’s Chief Business Officer confirming (i) to his knowledge, except as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Specified IFWP(s) and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or its subsidiary is a party or to which any property of the Company or its subsidiary is the subject which, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiary, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiary taken as a whole; and (ii) to his knowledge, no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others.

(g)         Comfort Letters.   On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Ernst & Young, LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(h)         Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company.   Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Annex A-1 hereto.

(i)         Opinion of Patent Counsel for the Company.   Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP and Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione, patent counsel for the Company, shall each have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, a written opinion, dated as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Annex A-2 and Annex A-3 hereto, respectively.

(j)         Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters.   The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(k)         No Legal Impediment to Issuance.   No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.


(l)         Good Standing .  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing, as applicable, of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(m)         Exchange Listing.   The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

(n)         Lock-up Agreements   The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain stockholders, warrant holders, option holders, officers and directors of the Company, relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(o)         Additional Documents.   On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All letters and certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

7.         Indemnification and Contribution .

(a)         Indemnification of the Underwriters.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such reasonable fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.


(b)         Indemnification of the Company.   Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” the information contained in the last sentence of the third paragraph and the information contained in the, seventh, twelfth and thirteenth paragraphs and the last two sentences of the fourteenth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”.

(c)         Notice and Procedures.   If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying


Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d)         Contribution.   If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e)         Limitation on Liability.   The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.


(f)         Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

8.         Effectiveness of Agreement .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

9.         Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or the NASDAQ Stock Market (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

10.         Defaulting Underwriter .

(a)        If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b)        If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.


(c)        If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company and the Underwriters will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d)        Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

11.         Payment of Expenses .

(a)        Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all application fees and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., (including the related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (ix) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors (provided that, for the sake of clarity, the Company and the Underwriters shall each bear 50% of the costs of any chartered aircraft used in connection with the road show); and (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market. Except as provided for by this Agreement, the Underwriters shall bear the costs and expenses incurred by them in connection with the sale of the Shares and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b)        If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters at the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as applicable, in accordance with this Agreement, or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date (except, with respect to the defaulting underwriter(s) referred to in Section 10 only, pursuant to Section 10(c)), the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

12.         Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.


13.         Survival .  The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters.

14.         Certain Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

15.         Miscellaneous .

(a)         Authority of J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.   Any action by the Underwriters hereunder may be taken by J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters, and any such action taken by J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. shall be binding upon the Underwriters.

(b)         Notices.   All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention Equity Syndicate Desk; and c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013 (fax: (212) 816-7912); Attention: General Counsel. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at 850 Maude Avenue, Mountain View, CA 94043 (fax: (650) 210-2991); Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

(c)         Governing Law.   This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.

(d)         Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waivers, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e)         Counterparts.   This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(f)         Amendments or Waivers.   No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(g)         Headings.   The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

(h)         Integration.   This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

   

Very truly yours,

 

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

 
      By:    
       

 

 
       

Name:

Title:

 

 

Accepted:                     , 2012

 

J. P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

For itself and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

   
By:        
 

 

   

 

 
  Authorized Signatory      
 

Name:

Title:

     

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

 

For itself and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

   
By:        
 

 

     
  Authorized Signatory      
 

Name:

Title:

     


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

  Number of Shares

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

Cowen & Company, LLC

 
 

 

Total

 
 

 

 


Schedule 2

Subsidiary

ChemoCentryx Limited, organized under the laws of the United Kingdom


Annex A-1

Form of Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Latham & Watkins LLP

[Provided separately]


Annex A-2

Form of Opinion of Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP

[Attached separately]


Annex A-3

Form of Opinion of Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione

[Attached separately]


Annex B

 

a. Pricing Disclosure Package

 

  [To list each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to be included in the Pricing Disclosure Package ]

 

b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

 

  [To set out key information included in script that will be used by Underwriters to confirm sales ]


Exhibit A

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

[Attached separately]


Exhibit B

Form of Press Release

ChemoCentryx, Inc.

                    , 2012

ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on       ,         20     , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

ChemoCentryx, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the Corporation is ChemoCentryx, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of ChemoCentryx, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 8, 1996 under the name of ChemoGenX, Inc. The Corporation changed its name to ChemoCentryx, Inc. on May 7, 1997.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated as of May 29, 2011.

C. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

D. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date, is amended and restated to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is ChemoCentryx, Inc.

SECOND : The address, including street, number, city and county, of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD : The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

 

1


FOURTH : The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”) and Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”). The total number of shares the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is Two Hundred Ten Million (210,000,000) shares, Two Hundred Million (200,000,000) shares of which shall be Common Stock and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock.

(1) Common Stock. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held at all meetings of stockholders. There shall be no cumulative voting. Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of the Corporation will be entitled to receive ratably all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

(2) Preferred Stock. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided. Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors of the Corporation to issue, from time to time, shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and, in connection with the establishment of any such series by resolution or resolutions, to determine and fix such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such other powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated in such resolution or resolutions, all to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any series of Preferred Stock may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the Preferred Stock of any other series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may be different from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any series of Preferred Stock, no vote of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any series of the Preferred Stock authorized by and complying with the conditions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

FIFTH : (1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors having that number of directors set out in the Bylaws of the Corporation as adopted or as set forth from time to time by a duly adopted amendment thereto by the Board of Directors or stockholders of the Corporation.

(2) No director (other than directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock) may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the affirmative vote of not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

2


(3) The directors of the Corporation, other than directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors (other than directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock) constituting the entire Board of Directors. Each director (other than directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock) shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting at which such director was elected, provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors shall serve for a term ending on the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Qualifying Record Date ”), directors initially designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term ending on the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Qualifying Record Date and directors initially designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term ending on the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Qualifying Record Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. If the number of directors (other than directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock) is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no event will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. Vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors (other than directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock) may be filled solely by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the class to which such director shall have been elected. Whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, the nomination, election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall not be governed by this Article FIFTH unless otherwise provided for in the certificate of designation for such classes or series.

SIXTH : The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SEVENTH : The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the further definition of the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders:

(1) The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, adopt, amend, alter, rescind or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the stockholders may adopt, amend, alter, rescind or repeal the Bylaws with, in addition to any other vote required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

(2) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

(3) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with the DGCL and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting.

(4) Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the

 

3


chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

EIGHTH :     (1) Subject to Article EIGHTH (3), the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(2) Subject to Article EIGHTH (3), the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

(3) Any indemnification under this Article EIGHTH (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer or other person entitled to indemnification under this Article EIGHTH is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Article EIGHTH (1) or Article EIGHTH (2), as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to an officer or director, (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even if constituting less than a quorum, (ii) by a committee of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding even if constituting less than a quorum, (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Article EIGHTH (1) or Article EIGHTH (2), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

4


(4) Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Article EIGHTH (3), and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any present or former director or officer of the Corporation may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Article EIGHTH (1) and Article EIGHTH (2). The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of such person is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Article EIGHTH (1) or Article EIGHTH (2), as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Article EIGHTH (3) nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that such person seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Article EIGHTH (4) shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, such person seeking indemnification in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

(5) Expenses incurred by a person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article EIGHTH.

(6) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article EIGHTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Article EIGHTH (1) and Article EIGHTH (2) shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article EIGHTH shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Article EIGHTH (1) or Article EIGHTH (2) but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL or otherwise.

(7) The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article EIGHTH or Section 145 of the DGCL.

(8) For purposes of this Article EIGHTH, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article EIGHTH with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article EIGHTH, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a

 

5


person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such person with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article EIGHTH. For purposes of any determination under Article EIGHTH (3), a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article EIGHTH (8) shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Article EIGHTH (8) shall not be deemed to be exclusive, or to limit in any way, the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Article EIGHTH (1) or (2), as the case may be.

(9) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article EIGHTH shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(10) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article EIGHTH to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Article EIGHTH (4)), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part, thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(11) The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article EIGHTH to directors and officers of the Corporation.

NINTH : A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this Article shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of his or her duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

If the DGCL is hereafter amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the director to the Corporation shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended from time to time. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation under this Article NINTH in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

6


TENTH : Each reference in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to any provision of the DGCL refers to the specified provision of the DGCL, as the same now exists or as it may hereafter be amended or superseded.

ELEVENTH : The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware; and all rights conferred on stockholders, directors or any other persons herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that no amendment, alteration, change or repeal may be made to Article FIFTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, NINTH or ELEVENTH without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, voting together as a single class.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ChemoCentryx, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by an authorized officer thereof, this [         ] day of [                      ], 2012.

 

ChemoCentryx, Inc. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:

   

Name: Susan M. Kanaya

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

8

Exhibit 3.4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       Page  

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1       REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2       OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1       PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2       ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3       SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4       ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING

     2   

2.5       ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS

     5   

2.6       NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     8   

2.7       MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

     8   

2.8       QUORUM

     8   

2.9       ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     9   

2.10     CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     9   

2.11     VOTING

     9   

2.12     STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     9   

2.13     RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

     10   

2.14     PROXIES

     10   

2.15     LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     10   

2.16     INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     11   

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

     11   

3.1       POWERS

     11   

3.2       NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.3       ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.4       RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     12   

3.5       LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

     13   

3.6       PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     13   

3.7       REGULAR MEETINGS

     13   

3.8       SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     13   

3.9       QUORUM

     14   

3.10     BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     14   

3.11     FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     14   

3.12     REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     14   

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

     15   

4.1       COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     15   

4.2       COMMITTEE MINUTES

     15   

4.3       MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     15   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

       Page  

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

     16   

5.1       OFFICERS

     16   

5.2       APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     16   

5.3       SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     16   

5.4       REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     16   

5.5       VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     16   

5.6       REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     17   

5.7       AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     17   

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

     17   

6.1       MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

     17   

6.2       INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

     17   

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

     18   

7.1       EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     18   

7.2       STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     18   

7.3       SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     18   

7.4       LOST CERTIFICATES

     19   

7.5       CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     19   

7.6       DIVIDENDS

     19   

7.7       FISCAL YEAR

     19   

7.8       SEAL

     19   

7.9       TRANSFER OF STOCK

     19   

7.10     STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     20   

7.11     REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     20   

7.12     WAIVER OF NOTICE

     20   

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     21   

8.1       NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     21   

8.2       DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     21   

ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION

     22   

9.1       INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     22   

9.2       INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     22   

9.3       PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     22   

9.4       DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     22   

9.5       NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     23   

9.6       INSURANCE

     23   

9.7       OTHER INDEMNIFICATION

     23   

9.8       CONTINUATION OF INDEMNIFICATION

     23   

9.9       AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

     23   

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

     24   

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

 

 

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.

The registered office of ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES.

The Corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 of this Article II may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING.

(i) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) brought before the meeting by the Corporation and specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with all of the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4 as to such business. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including such rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “ Exchange Act ”), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, the foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. Stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders, and the only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Article II, Section 2.3 of these bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with the notice procedures set forth in Article II, Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Article II, Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

(ii) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “ Timely Notice ”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be required to set forth:

(a) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records) and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial

 

-2-


ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “ Stockholder Information ”);

(b) As to each Proposing Person, (A) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Proposing Person economic risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, including due to the fact that the value of such derivative, swap or other transactions are determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which derivative, swap or other transactions provide, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any increase in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“ Synthetic Equity Interests ”), which Synthetic Equity Interests shall be disclosed without regard to whether (x) the derivative, swap or other transactions convey any voting rights in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) the derivative, swap or other transactions are required to be, or are capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares or (z) such Proposing Person may have entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such derivative, swap or other transactions, (B) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, (C) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of shares of any class or series of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposing Person with respect to the shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“ Short Interests ”), (D) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (E) any performance related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, if any, (F)(x) if such Proposing Person is not a natural person, the identity of the natural person or persons associated with such Proposing Person responsible for the formulation of and decision to propose the business to be brought before the meeting (such person or persons, the “ Responsible Person ”), the manner in which such Responsible Person was selected, any fiduciary duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such Proposing Person, the qualifications and background of such Responsible Person and any material interests or relationships of such Responsible Person that are not shared generally by any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, and (y) if such Proposing Person is a natural person, the qualifications and background of such natural person and any material interests or relationships of such natural person that are not shared generally by any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing

 

-3-


Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, (G) any significant equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such Proposing Persons, (H) any direct or indirect interest of such Proposing Person in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (I) any pending or threatened litigation in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (J) any material transaction occurring during the prior twelve months between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand, (K) a summary of any material discussions regarding the business proposed to be brought before the meeting (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (including their names) and (L) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (L) are referred to as “ Disclosable Interests ”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

(c) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a reasonably brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment) and (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among any of the Proposing Persons or between or among any Proposing Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “ Proposing Person ” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined below).

(v) A person shall be deemed to be “ Acting in Concert ” with another person for purposes of these bylaws if such person knowingly acts (whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or towards a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the Corporation in parallel with, such other person where (A) each person is

 

-4-


conscious of the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their decision-making processes and (B) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert or in parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions, or making or soliciting invitations to act in concert or in parallel; provided , that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies or consents from such other person in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a proxy or consent solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A. A person Acting in Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also Acting in Concert with such other person.

(vi) A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(vii) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(viii) This Section 2.4 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, regardless of whether or not such proposal made pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(ix) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS.

(i) Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (a) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons appointed by the Board, or (b) by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if

 

-5-


different, on whose behalf such nomination is proposed to be made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to such nomination. The foregoing clause (b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board to be considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting.

(ii) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(ii) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at a special meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4(ix) of these bylaws) of the date of such special meeting was first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a) of these bylaws) except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a);

(b) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure in clause (L) of Section 2.4(iii)(b) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting);

(c) As to each person whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such proposed nominee were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other

 

-6-


material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three (3) years, and any other material relationships, between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, his or her respective affiliates and associates and any other persons with whom such proposed nominee (or any of his or her respective affiliates and associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined in Section 2.4(v) of these bylaws), on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “ Nominee Information ”), and (D) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(vii); and

(d) The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information (A) as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines or (B) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of such proposed nominee.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “ Nominating Person ” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate of such stockholder or beneficial owner and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or such beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert.

(v) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(vi) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with this Section 2.5. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(vii) To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director of the Corporation, the proposed nominee must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under this Section 2.5) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee (which questionnaire shall be

 

-7-


provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such proposed nominee (A) is not and will not become a party to (x) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (y) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (C) in such proposed nominee’s individual capacity and on behalf of the stockholder (or the beneficial owner, if different) on whose behalf the nomination is made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

(viii) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

2.6 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.7 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.7 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed given:

(i) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the Corporation’s records; or

(ii) if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.8 QUORUM.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the

 

-8-


stockholders. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.9 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.10 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

2.11 VOTING.

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.13 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. All other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall, unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation which are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon.

2.12 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

-9-


2.13 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(ii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.14 PROXIES.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.15 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall

 

-10-


be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.16 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(ii) receive votes or ballots;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes;

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS.

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the

 

-11-


business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one (1) member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such

 

-12-


directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR.

When the individual serving as chairperson of the Board is an executive officer of the Corporation or is otherwise not independent, the independent members of the Board shall elect an independent director to be the Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director may conduct separate meetings of the independent directors and perform other duties appropriate to his or her responsibilities, including reviewing and providing input on the agendas for meetings of the Board, chairing executive sessions in the absence of the chairperson, serving as a liaison between the chairperson and the independent directors and serving as an independent point of contact for management and others wishing to communicate with the Board other than through the chairperson.

3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

 

-13-


directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.9 QUORUM.

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.10 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.11 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.12 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

-14-


ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

The Board may designate, by resolution passed by a majority of the authorized number of directors, one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.6 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.7 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.9 (quorum);

(v) Section 3.10 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.12 (waiver of notice),

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

-15-


(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS.

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one (1) or more vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant treasurers, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

 

-16-


5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

The chairperson of the Board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent so to act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.

6.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

Any director shall have the right to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the Corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

-17-


ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

7.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.2 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares and upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

7.3 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

-18-


7.4 LOST CERTIFICATES.

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.5 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

7.6 DIVIDENDS.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.7 FISCAL YEAR.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.8 SEAL.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.9 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall

 

-19-


be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

7.10 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

7.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

The Corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.12 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

-20-


ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

 

(i)

if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

 

(ii)

if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

 

(iii)

if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

 

(iv)

if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2 DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

-21-


ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.4, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized in the specific case by the Board.

9.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

9.3 PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any officer or director of the Corporation, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the Corporation, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

9.4 DETERMINATION; CLAIM.

If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

 

-22-


9.5 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

The rights conferred on any person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

9.6 INSURANCE.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust enterprise or non-profit entity against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

9.7 OTHER INDEMNIFICATION.

The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or advance expenses to any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

9.8 CONTINUATION OF INDEMNIFICATION.

The rights to indemnification and to prepayment of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.

9.9 AMENDMENT OR REPEAL.

The provisions of this Article IX shall constitute a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, each individual who serves or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation (whether before or after the adoption of these bylaws), in consideration of such person’s performance of such services, and pursuant to this Article IX the Corporation intends to be legally bound to each such current or former director or officer of the Corporation. With respect to current and former directors and officers of the Corporation, the rights conferred under this Article IX are present contractual rights and such rights are fully vested, and shall be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon adoption of theses bylaws. With respect to any directors or officers of the Corporation who commence service following adoption of these bylaws, the rights conferred under this provision shall be present contractual rights and such rights shall fully vest, and be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon such director or officer commencing service as a director or officer of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection (i) hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification or (ii) under any agreement providing for indemnification or advancement of expenses to an officer or director of the Corporation in effect prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

-23-


ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal these bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal these bylaws.

 

-24-


CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing bylaws were amended and restated effective as of [                  ], 2012 by the Corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this      day of [                  ], 2012.

 

 

Susan M. Kanaya, Secretary

Exhibit 3.5

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby certifies as follows:

First.    The Corporation, which was formerly known as ChemogenX, Inc., originally filed its Certificate of Incorporation on November 8, 1996.

Second.    That the Board of Directors of said Corporation, by unanimous written consent, duly adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of said Corporation (the “Certificate”) and seeking the consent of the stockholders of said Corporation to said amendment. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:

THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Certificate be amended by amending and restating Section A of Article IV as follows:

“A. Classes of Stock.

1. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated, respectively, Preferred Stock (“ Preferred Stock ”) and Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”). The total number of shares of capital stock that the corporation is authorized to issue is 119,989,914 shares. 71,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. 48,989,914 shares shall be Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 3,000,000 shares shall be designated Series A-1 Preferred stock, 1,000,000 shares shall be designated Series A-2 Preferred Stock, 1,000,000 shares shall be designated Series A-3 Preferred Stock, with all three series together being referred to as the “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” 24,390,790 shares shall be designated Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), 5,048,469 shares shall be designated Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”), 7,750,655 shares shall be designated as Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”) and 6,800,000 shares shall be designated as Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ” and, together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, and the Series D Preferred Stock, the “ Existing Preferred Stock ”).

2. Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, a 1-for-2 reverse stock split for each share of Common Stock outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to such time shall automatically and without any action on the part of the holders thereof occur (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”). The par value of the Common Stock shall remain $0.001 per share. This conversion shall apply to all shares of Common Stock. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the Reverse Stock Split or otherwise. In lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock to which the stockholder would otherwise be entitled upon the Reverse Stock Split, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of the Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors.

3. All certificates representing shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate of Amendment shall immediately after the filing of this Certificate of Amendment represent instead the number of shares of Common Stock as provided above.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, any holder of Common Stock may (but shall not be required to) surrender his, her or its stock certificate or certificates to the Corporation, and upon such surrender the holder may request that the Corporation issue a certificate for the correct number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder is entitled under the provisions of this Certificate of Amendment. Shares of Common Stock that were outstanding prior to the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, and that are not outstanding after and as a result of the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock.”

Third.    That the aforesaid amendment has been consented to and authorized by the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the DGCL.

Fourth.    That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and 228 of the DGCL.

Fifth.    That the aforesaid amendment shall be executed, filed and recorded in accordance with Section 103 of the DGCL.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ChemoCentryx, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by an authorized officer thereof, this 19th day of January, 2012.

 

ChemoCentryx, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Susan M. Kanaya

Name: Susan M. Kanaya
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

January 23, 2012

ChemoCentryx, Inc.

850 Maude Avenue

Mountain View, CA 94043

12636 High Bluff Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, California 92130-2071

Tel: +1.858.523.5400 Fax: +1.858.523.5450

www.lw.com

FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES

Abu Dhabi

   Moscow

Barcelona

   Munich

Beijing

   New Jersey

Boston

   New York

Brussels

   Orange County

Chicago

   Paris

Doha

   Riyadh

Dubai

   Rome

Frankfurt

   San Diego

Hamburg

   San Francisco

Hong Kong

   Shanghai

Houston

   Silicon Valley

London

   Singapore

Los Angeles

   Tokyo

Madrid

   Washington, D.C.

Milan

File No. 029990-0032

 

 

  Re:  Registration Statement No. 333-177332; 4,600,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to 4,600,000 shares (including up to 600,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option) of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Shares”). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on October 14, 2011 (File No. 333-177332) (as amended, the “Registration Statement”). The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


January 23, 2012

Page 2

LOGO

 

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

Exhibit 10.1

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1997 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

This 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation’s employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

  II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan shall be divided into two (2) separate equity programs:

(i) the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

(ii) the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

  III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

B. The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for


proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option thereunder.

 

  IV. ELIGIBILITY

A. The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

(i) Employees,

(ii) non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

(iii) consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the grants under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive the option grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding, and (ii) with respect to stock issuances under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such stock issuances, the time or times when such issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.

C. The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.

 

  V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 2,700,000 1 shares.

B. Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) the options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at the option exercise price or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added

 

1  

Includes the 1,800,000 share increase authorized by the Board of Directors on June 10, 1999 and the 400,000 share increase authorized by the Board on May 17, 2002. Both of these increases were approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

2


back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

C. Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

3


ARTICLE TWO

OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

  I. OPTION TERMS

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided , however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

A. Exercise Price .

1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) The exercise price per share shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

(ii) If the person to whom the option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Corporation. Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:

(i) in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

(ii) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a Corporation—designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

4


B. Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

C. Effect of Termination of Service .

1. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:

(i) Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason other than death, Disability or Misconduct, then the Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

(ii) Should Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of Disability, then the Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

(iii) If the Optionee dies while holding an outstanding option, then the personal representative of his or her estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of the Optionee’s death to exercise such option.

(iv) Under no circumstances, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the option term.

(v) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee’s cessation of Service, terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to any and all option shares for which the option is not otherwise at the time exercisable or in which the Optionee is not otherwise at that time vested.

(vi) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct, then all outstanding options held by the Optionee shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

 

5


2. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

(i) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following Optionee’s cessation of Service or death from the limited period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

(ii) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

D. Stockholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

E. Unvested Shares . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all of those unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right. The Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any option grant or the shares of Common Stock subject to that option which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with the initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the option grant date. However, such limitation shall not be applicable to any option grants made to individuals who are officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or independent consultants.

F. First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

G. Limited Transferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, the option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution following the Optionee’s death.

H. Withholding . The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

6


  II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of the Plan shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

A. Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

B. Exercise Price . The exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

C. Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

D. 10% Stockholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.

 

  III. CORPORATE TRANSACTION

A. The shares subject to each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Corporate Transaction shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. However, the shares subject to an outstanding option shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction and the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to the unvested option shares are concurrently assigned to such successor corporation (or parent thereof) or (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.

B. All outstanding repurchase rights shall also terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

 

7


C. Immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (i) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Corporate Transaction and (ii) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same.

E. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to provide for the automatic acceleration (in whole or in part) of one or more outstanding options (and the immediate termination of the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to the shares subject to those options) upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, whether or not those options are to be assumed in the Corporate Transaction.

F. The Plan Administrator shall also have full power and authority, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure such option so that the shares subject to that option will automatically vest on an accelerated basis should the Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which the option is assumed and the repurchase rights applicable to those shares do not otherwise terminate. Any option so accelerated shall remain exercisable for the fully-vested option shares until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the option term or (ii) the expiration of the one (1)-year period measured from the effective date of the Involuntary Termination. In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that one or more of the outstanding repurchase rights with respect to shares held by the Optionee at the time of such Involuntary Termination shall immediately terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall accordingly vest at that time.

G. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

H. The grant of options under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

8


  IV. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new option grant date.

 

  V. ACCELERATION UPON DEATH OR DISABILITY

With respect to Optionees who are Employees, in the event of an Optionee’s termination of Service on account of death or Disability, that number of the Optionee’s unvested options that would have become fully vested and exercisable over the twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination of Service under the vesting schedules applicable to such options had the Optionee remained continuously employed by or providing Services to the Corporation during such period shall immediately become so vested and exercisable on the date of termination.

 

9


ARTICLE THREE

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

  I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.

A. Purchase Price .

1. The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issue date. However, the purchase price per share of Common Stock issued to a 10% Stockholder shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value.

2. Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or

(ii) past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Vesting Provisions .

1. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. However, the Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any stock issuance effected under the Stock Issuance Program which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the issuance date. Such limitation shall not apply to any Common Stock issuances made to the officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or independent consultants.

2. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

10


3. The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

4. Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to such surrendered shares.

5. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to such shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

C. First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

  II. CORPORATE TRANSACTION

A. Upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

B. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the unvested shares are issued or any time while the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event the Participant’s Service should subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

 

11


  III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 

  IV. ACCELERATION UPON DEATH OR DISABILITY

With respect to Participants who are Employees, in the event of a Participant’s termination of Service on account of death or Disability, that number of the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program that would have become fully vested over the twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination of Service under the vesting schedules applicable to such shares had the Participant remained continuously employed by or providing Services to the Corporation during such period shall immediately become so vested on the date of termination.

 

12


ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  I. FINANCING

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Discretionary Option Grant Program or the purchase price of shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments. The terms of any such promissory note (including the interest rate and the terms of repayment) shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. In no event may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of those shares) plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

  II. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

A. The Plan became effective when adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors on October 3, 1997 and was approved by the Corporation’s stockholders on November 14, 1997. The Plan was amended by the Board on June 10, 1999 to increase the number of shares issuable thereunder by an additional 1,800,000 shares of Common Stock (the “1999 Amendment”). The 1999 Amendment was approved by the Corporation’s stockholders on August 1, 1999. The Plan was further amended by the Board on May 17, 2002 to increase the number of shares issuable hereunder by an additional 400,000 shares of Common Stock (the “2002 Amendment”). The 2002 Amendment was approved by the Corporation’s stockholders on September 20, 2002. Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

B. The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Corporate Transaction. All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of a clause (i) termination event shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing such options or issuances.

 

  III. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

13


B. Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.

 

  IV. USE OF PROCEEDS

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

  V. WITHHOLDING

The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options or upon the vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

  VI. REGULATORY APPROVALS

The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

 

  VII. NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

  VIII. FINANCIAL REPORTS

The Corporation shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at least annually to each individual holding an outstanding option under the Plan, unless such individual is a key Employee whose duties in connection with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) assure such individual access to equivalent information.

 

14


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

A. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

B. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

C. Committee shall mean a committee of two (2) or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

F. Corporation shall mean ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

G. Disability shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances.

H. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

I. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

J. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market.

 

1


If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

K. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

L. Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

(i) such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or

(ii) such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonuses under any corporate performance-based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

M. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

N. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2


O. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

P. Option Grant Program shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

Q. Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

R. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

S. Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

T. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

U. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

V. Service shall mean the provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant.

W. Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

X. Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

Y. Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

Z. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

3


AA. 10% Stockholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

4


CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

1997 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionee listed below (“Optionee”), an option (this “Option”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Shares”) set forth below, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:

  

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

  

 

Date of Grant:

  

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

 

Exercise Price per Share:

   $                             

Total Number of Shares Granted:

  

 

Total Exercise Price:

   $                             

Term/Expiration Date:

  

 

 

Type of Option:    ¨     Incentive Option             ¨     Non-Statutory Option
Vesting Schedule:    The Shares subject to this Option shall vest according to the following schedule:
   Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option (rounded down to the next whole number of shares) shall vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48th of the Shares subject to the Option (rounded down to the next whole number of shares) shall vest on the first day of each full month thereafter, so that all of the Shares shall be vested on the first day of the forty-eighth (48th) month after the Vesting Commencement Date.
   The Shares subject to this Option shall vest on an accelerated basis following a Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Plan) as described in Section 13 below or, if Optionee is an Employee, in the event of Optionee’s death or disability as described in Section 14 below.
Termination Period:    This Option may be exercised, to the extent vested, for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company other than as a


   result of a termination for Misconduct, or such longer period as may be applicable upon the death or disability of Optionee as provided herein (or, if not provided herein, then as provided in the Plan), but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Stock Option Agreement, this grant of an Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of the Company or any Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Statutory Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

2. Exercise of Option . This Option is exercisable as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set out in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued Service.

(ii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(iii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Optionee’s Service, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 below.

(iv) In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (in the form attached as Exhibit A ). The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Notice must be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice must be accompanied by payment of the

 

2


Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) with the consent of the Plan Administrator, from and after the first date upon which Common Stock of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system (such date, the “Public Trading Date”), other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months, or the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes, on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised;

 

3


(d) with the consent of the Plan Administrator, from and after the Public Trading Date, delivery of a notice that the Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Options and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price, provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

(e) with the consent of the Plan Administrator, any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company. If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may also not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

7. Termination of Relationship . If Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company (other than by reason of Optionee’s death or the total and permanent disability of Optionee as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)), Optionee may exercise this Option during the Termination Period set out in the Notice of Grant, to the extent the Option was vested at the date on which Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company. To the extent that the Option is not vested at the date on which Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

8. Disability of Optionee . If Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company as a result of his or her total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), Optionee may exercise the Option to the extent the Option was vested at the date on which Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company, but only within twelve (12) months from such date (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option is not vested at the date on which Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

9. Death of Optionee . If Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company as a result of the death of Optionee, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. To the extent that the Option is not vested at the date of death, or if the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

10. Termination for Misconduct . If Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company as a result of a termination of such Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship by the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for Misconduct, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination and the Shares covered by the Option shall immediately

 

4


cease to be issuable under the Option. For purposes of this Option, the term “Misconduct” shall mean the commission by Optionee of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of Optionee.

11. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. It may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

12. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant.

13. Acceleration Following a Corporate Transaction .

(a) In the event of an Involuntary Termination of Optionee’s Service within eighteen (18) months following a Corporate Transaction, all remaining unvested Shares under this Option shall vest immediately upon such termination. The Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration date of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant or (ii) the expiration of the one (1)-year period measured from the date of the Involuntary Termination.

(b) An “Involuntary Termination” shall mean the termination of Optionee’s Service by reason of:

(i) Optionee’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than for Misconduct, or

(ii) Optionee’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in Optionee’s position with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing Optionee) which materially reduces Optionee’s duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in Optionee’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonuses under any corporate-performance based incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of Optionee’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company without Optionee’s consent.

(c) The provisions of this Section 13 shall govern the period for which the Option is to remain exercisable following the Involuntary Termination of Optionee’s Service within eighteen (18) months after a Corporate Transaction and shall supersede any provisions to the contrary in Paragraph 7 above.

 

5


14. Acceleration Upon Death or Disability . In the event of Optionee’s termination of employment on account of death or disability (as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), that number of Shares under this Option that would have become fully vested and exercisable over the twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination under the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant had the Optionee remained continuously employed by or providing services to the Company during such period shall immediately become so vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, on the date of termination.

[Signature page follows]

 

6


This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 1997 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Plan Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

Dated:           
      [OPTIONEE]
      Residence Address:
       
       

 

7


EXHIBIT A

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

1997 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

ChemoCentryx, Inc.

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      ,              , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the ChemoCentryx, Inc. 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”) and the   ¨ Incentive   ¨  Non-Statutory Option Agreement dated                      ,              , (the “Option Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

Date of Grant:

  

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is

Exercised:

  

 

Exercise Price per Share:

   $                             

Total Exercise Price:

   $                             

Certificate to be issued in name of:

  

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:                ¨

   $                             

Promissory note delivered herewith:             ¨

   $                         

Type of Option:         ¨      Incentive Option         ¨     Non-Statutory Option

2. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement. Optionee agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

3. Rights as Stockholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided otherwise in the Plan.


Optionee shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal hereunder. Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

4. Optionee’s Rights to Transfer Shares .

(a) Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any permitted transferee (each, a “Holder”) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (each, a “Transfer”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares proposed to be Transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . In the event any Holder desires to Transfer any Shares, the Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (w) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares; (x) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (y) the number of Shares to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (z) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to Transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer such Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees. The purchase price will be determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares repurchased under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times mutually agreed to by the Company and the Holder.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be Transferred are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares

 

2


described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such 120-day period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal as provided herein before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

(b) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the Transfer of any or all of the Shares during Optionee’s lifetime or upon Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to Optionee’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Optionee’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal. As used herein, “Immediate Family” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted). In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so Transferred subject to the provisions of this Section (including the Right of First Refusal) and there shall be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(c) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon a sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (a “Public Offering”).

(d) Transfer Restrictions . Any transfer or sale of the Share is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any of the Shares not in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be void and the Company may enforce the terms of this Agreement by stop transfer instructions or similar actions by the Company and its agents or designees.

5. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR

 

3


TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

7. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Board of Directors or committee thereof that is responsible for the administration of the Plan (the “Plan Administrator”), which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.

9. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

10. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address

 

4


as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

11. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

12. Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.

13. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Accepted by:     Submitted by:
CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.     OPTIONEE

By:

         

Name:

        [Optionee]  

Its:

         
      Address :  
       
       
       

 

5


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE   :   
COMPANY   :   

ChemoCentryx, Inc.

SECURITY   :   

Common Stock

AMOUNT   :   
DATE   :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “Securities”) of ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned (the “Optionee”) represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted


securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two (2) years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Optionee:
   
[Optionee]

Date:                          ,             

 

1

Exhibit 10.2

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of the ChemoCentryx, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Acquisition ” means

(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) “ Administrator ” means the Board or the Committee responsible for conducting the general administration of the Plan, as applicable, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any particular Code section shall include any successor section.

(f) “ Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.


(g) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(h) “ Company ” means ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) “ Consultant ” means any consultant or adviser if: (i) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) the services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to render such services.

(j) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(k) “ Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is an employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient, by itself, to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(l) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any particular Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

(m) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including, without limitation, The Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a share of such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a share of the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or


(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(n) “ Holder ” means a person who has been granted or awarded an Option or Stock Purchase Right or who holds Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(o) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator.

(p) “ Independent Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee of the Company.

(q) “ Misconduct ” shall mean the commission by a Holder of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Holder, any unauthorized use or disclosure by the Holder of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of the Holder.

(r) “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option (or portion thereof) that is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator, or which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator but fails to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(s) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Holder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(v) “ Parent ” means any corporation, whether now or hereafter existing (other than the Company), in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(w) “ Plan ” means the ChemoCentryx, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan.


(x) “ Public Trading Date ” means the first date upon which Common Stock of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

(y) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an unvested Option in accordance with Section 10(i) below or pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right granted under Section 12 below.

(z) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means that certain Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

(aa) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as such Section may be amended from time to time.

(bb) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any particular Securities Act section shall include any successor section.

(cc) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(dd) “ Share ” means a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

(ee) “ Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 12 below.

(ff) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, whether now or hereafter existing (other than the Company), in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the shares of stock subject to Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall be Common Stock, initially shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of such Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall be 6,300,000 Shares. Shares issued upon exercise of Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares which are delivered by the Holder or withheld by the Company upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right under the Plan, in payment of the exercise price thereof or tax withholding thereon, may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of this Section 3. If Shares of


Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at a price not greater than their original exercise price and pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase rights under the Plan, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Code Section 422.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Administrator . Unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee as set forth below, the Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one or more members of the Board, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, from and after the Public Trading Date, a Committee of the Board shall administer the Plan and the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Independent Directors each of whom is both an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (i) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Independent Directors the authority to grant awards under the Plan to eligible persons who are either (1) not then “covered employees,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and are not expected to be “covered employees” at the time of recognition of income resulting from such award or (2) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or (ii) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not “non-employee directors,” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, the authority to grant awards under the Plan to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its sole discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;


(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder (such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may vest or be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine);

(vi) to determine whether to offer to buyout a previously granted Option as provided in subsection 10(j) and to determine the terms and conditions of such offer and buyout (including whether payment is to be made in cash or Shares);

(vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

(viii) to allow Holders to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld based on the statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes that apply to supplemental taxable income. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Holders to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(ix) to amend the Plan or any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan as provided in Section 15; and

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan and to exercise such powers and perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or desirable to promote the best interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Holders.


5. Eligibility . Non-Qualified Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. If otherwise eligible, a Service Provider who has been granted an Option or Stock Purchase Right may be granted additional Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

6. Limitations .

(a) Each Option shall be designated by the Administrator in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to a Holder’s Incentive Stock Options and other incentive stock options granted by the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, which become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options or other options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options.

For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.

(b) Neither the Plan, any Option nor any Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon a Holder any right with respect to continuing the Holder’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Holder’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

(c) No Service Provider shall be granted, in any calendar year, Options or Stock Purchase Rights to purchase more than 1,100,000 Shares; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitation shall not apply until the earliest of: (i) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3); (ii) the issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (iii) the expiration of the Plan; (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which Directors of the Company are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (v) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The foregoing limitation shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 13. For purposes of this Section 6(c), if an Option is canceled in the same calendar year it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 13), the canceled Option will be counted against the limit set forth in this Section 6(c). For this purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced, the transaction shall be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of a new Option.


7. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its initial adoption by the Board and shall continue in effect until the earlier of (a) the expiration of the ten (10) year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or (b) termination of the Plan under Section 15. No Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be issued under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date upon which the Plan is adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

8. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however , that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Holder who, at the time the Option is granted, owns (or is treated as owning under Code Section 424) stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Except as provided in Section 13, the per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns (or is treated as owning under Code Section 424) stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option

(A) granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

(B) granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.


(b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) with the consent of the Administrator, a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code) and payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator, (4) with the consent of the Administrator, from and after the Public Trading Date, other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, have been owned by the Holder for more than six (6) months, or the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes, on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) with the consent of the Administrator, property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration, (6) with the consent of the Administrator, from and after the Public Trading Date, delivery of a notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Options and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price, provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (7) with the consent of the Administrator, any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) Vesting; Fractional Exercises . Except as provided in Section 13, Options granted hereunder shall be vested and exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement; provided, however , that, except with regard to Options granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants, in no event shall an Option granted hereunder become vested and exercisable at a rate of less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option is granted, subject to reasonable conditions, such as continuing to be a Service Provider. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Deliveries upon Exercise . All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company or his or her office:

(i) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

(ii) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Laws. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance, including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop transfer notices to agents and registrars;


(iii) Upon the exercise of all or a portion of an unvested Option pursuant to Section 10(i), a Restricted Stock purchase agreement in a form determined by the Administrator and signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option; and

(iv) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 10(f) by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

(c) Conditions to Delivery of Share Certificates . The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased upon the exercise of any Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(i) The admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed;

(ii) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law, or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

(iii) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

(iv) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience; and

(v) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such Shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which in the sole discretion of the Administrator may be in the form of consideration used by the Holder to pay for such Shares under Section 9(b).

(d) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Holder ceases to be a Service Provider other than by reason of the Holder’s disability or death, or as a result of a termination of Holder’s employment or consulting relationship by the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for Misconduct, such Holder may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination; provided , however , that prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than thirty (30) days (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option


Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Holder’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Holder is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option immediately cease to be issuable under the Option and shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. If, after termination, the Holder does not exercise his or her Option within the time period specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(e) Disability of Holder . If a Holder ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Holder’s disability, the Holder may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination; provided , however , that prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than six (6) months (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Holder’s termination. If such disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option from and after the day which is three (3) months and one (1) day following such termination. If, on the date of termination, the Holder is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately cease to be issuable under the Option and shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. If, after termination, the Holder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(f) Death of Holder . If a Holder dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement provided , however , that prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than six (6) months (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant), by the Holder’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Holder’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Holder is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately cease to be issuable under the Option and shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. The Option may be exercised by the executor or administrator of the Holder’s estate or, if none, by the person(s) entitled to exercise the Option under the Holder’s will or the laws of descent or distribution. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(g) Termination for Misconduct . If a Holder ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of a termination of such Holder’s employment or consulting relationship by the


Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for Misconduct, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination and the Shares covered by the Option shall immediately cease to be issuable under the Option, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(h) Regulatory Extension . A Holder’s Option Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Holder’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Holder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in Section 8 or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Holder’s status as a Service Provider during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

(i) Early Exercisability . The Administrator may provide in the terms of a Holder’s Option Agreement that the Holder may, at any time before the Holder’s status as a Service Provider terminates, exercise the Option in whole or in part prior to the full vesting of the Option; provided, however , that subject to Section 20, Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option which has not fully vested may be subject to any forfeiture, transfer or other restrictions as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion.

(j) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buyout for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Holder at the time that such offer is made.

11. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights . Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Holder, only by the Holder.

12. Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with Options granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer; provided, however, that to the extent required to comply with applicable securities laws, the purchase price of such Shares shall not be less than the purchase price requirements set forth in Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock purchase agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.


(b) Repurchase Right . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company the right to repurchase Shares acquired upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right upon the termination of the purchaser’s status as a Service Provider for any reason. Subject to Section 20, the purchase price for Shares repurchased by the Company pursuant to such repurchase right and the rate at which such repurchase right shall lapse shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and shall be set forth in the Restricted Stock purchase agreement; provided, however, that, except with regard to Options granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants, in no event shall the repurchase right lapse at a rate of less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Stock Purchase Right is granted, subject to reasonable conditions, such as continuing to be a Service Provider.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Rights as a Shareholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

13. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale .

(a) In the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, then the Administrator shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of:

(i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) with respect to which Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be granted or awarded (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3 on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued and adjustments of the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by any Holder in any calendar year pursuant to Section 6(c));


(ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock; and

(iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 13(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Holder’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock granted or issued under the Plan or to facilitate such transaction or event:

(i) To provide for either the purchase of any such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right or realization of the Holder’s rights had such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested or the replacement of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

(ii) To provide that such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Option or Stock Purchase Right;

(iii) To provide that such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

(iv) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Options and Stock Purchase Rights, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock or Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock which may be granted in the future; and

(v) To provide that immediately upon the consummation of such event, such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall not be exercisable and shall terminate; provided, that for a specified period of time prior to such event, such Option or Stock Purchase


Right shall be exercisable as to all Shares covered thereby, and the restrictions imposed under an Option Agreement or Restricted Stock purchase agreement upon some or all Shares may be terminated and, in the case of Restricted Stock, some or all shares of such Restricted Stock may cease to be subject to repurchase, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock purchase agreement.

(c) Subject to Section 3, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Option, Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company.

(d) If the Company undergoes an Acquisition, then any surviving corporation or entity or acquiring corporation or entity, or affiliate of such corporation or entity, may assume any Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this subsection 13(d)) for those outstanding under the Plan. In the event any surviving corporation or entity or acquiring corporation or entity in an Acquisition, or affiliate of such corporation or entity, does not assume such Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock or does not substitute similar stock awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to (i) Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock held by participants in the Plan whose status as a Service Provider has not terminated prior to such event, the vesting of such Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock (and, if applicable, the time during which such awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated and made fully exercisable and all restrictions thereon shall lapse at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition (and the Options or Stock Purchase Rights terminated if not exercised prior to the closing of such Acquisition), and (ii) any other Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding under the Plan, such Options or Stock Purchase rights shall be terminated if not exercised prior to the closing of the Acquisition.

(e) The existence of the Plan, any Option Agreement or Restricted Stock purchase agreement and the Options or Stock Purchase Rights granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

14. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.


15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time wholly or partially amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan. However, without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after the action by the Board, no action of the Board may, except as provided in Section 13, increase the limits imposed in Section 3 on the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan or extend the term of the Plan under Section 7.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Holder, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Holder and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Holder and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock granted or awarded under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

16. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan. Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval, provided that such Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock shall not be exercisable, shall not vest and the restrictions thereon shall not lapse prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders, and provided further that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve-month period, all Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

17. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

18. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.


19. Information to Holders and Purchasers . Prior to the Public Trading Date and to the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall provide to each Holder and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Holder or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

20. Repurchase Provisions . The Administrator in its sole discretion may provide that the Company may repurchase Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right upon the occurrence of certain specified events, including, without limitation, a Holder’s termination as a Service Provider, divorce, bankruptcy or insolvency; provided, however, that any such repurchase right shall be set forth in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock purchase agreement or in another agreement referred to in such agreement and, provided further, that to the extent required by Section 260.140.41 and Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, any such repurchase right set forth in an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the Public Trading Date to a person who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall be upon the following terms: (i) if the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares upon termination as a Service Provider at not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares to be purchased on the date of termination of status as a Service Provider, then (A) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within ninety (90) days of termination of status as a Service Provider (or in the case of shares issued upon exercise of Options or Stock Purchase Rights after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Administrator and the Plan participant and (B) the right terminates when the shares become publicly traded; and (ii) if the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the Shares upon termination as a Service Provider at the original purchase price for such Shares, then (A) the right to repurchase at the original purchase price shall lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares per year over five (5) years from the date the Option or Stock Purchase Right is granted (without respect to the date the Option or Stock Purchase Right was exercised or became exercisable) and (B) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within ninety (90) days of termination of status as a Service Provider (or, in the case of shares issued upon exercise of Options or Stock Purchase Rights, after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Plan participant.

21. Investment Intent . The Company may require a Plan participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring stock under any Option or Stock Purchase Right, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business


matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the participant is acquiring the stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right for the participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of stock under the applicable Option or Stock Purchase Right has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.

22. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

23. Acceleration Upon Death or Disability . With respect to Holders who are Employees, in the event of a Holder’s termination of employment on account of death or disability (as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), that number of the Holder’s unvested Options and/or shares of Restricted Stock that would have become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, over the twelve (12) months following the Holder’s termination under the vesting schedules applicable to such Options and/or shares of Restricted Stock had the Holder remained continuously employed by or providing services to the Company during such period shall immediately become so vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, on the date of termination.


CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

APPENDIX

REGARDING PLAN AMENDMENTS

 

      

Date of Board Approval

    

Date of Shareholder Approval

Initial adoption of plan (1,100,000 shares)

     May 2002      September 20, 2002

Increase of share reserve by 1,700,000 shares (to 2,800,000 shares)

     May 2004      May 2004

Amendment to provide for accelerated vesting upon death or disability

     February 2005      Not applicable

Increase of share reserve by 2,000,000 shares (to 4,800,000 shares)

     November 2005      March 2006

Increase of share reserve by 1,500,000 shares (to 6,300,000 shares)

     February 2007      [April 2007]


CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

2002 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Early Exercise Permitted

ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the Optionee listed below (“Optionee”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee:      
Date of Grant and Stock Option
Agreement:
  

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

  
Exercise Price per Share:    $0.00   
Total Number of Shares Granted:   

 

  
Total Exercise Price:    $00,000.00   
Term/Expiration Date:   

 

  

 

Type of Option:

   X   Incentive Stock Option            ¨    Non-Qualified Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:

   ¨   Same as Vesting Schedule       x   Early Exercise Permitted

Vesting Schedule:

   This Option is exercisable immediately, in whole or in part, conditioned upon Optionee entering into a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to any unvested Shares. The Shares subject to this Option shall vest and/or be released from the Company’s Repurchase Option, as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 , according to the following schedule:
   Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option (rounded down to the next whole number of shares) shall vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48th of the Shares subject to the Option (rounded down to the next whole number of shares) shall vest on the first day of each full month thereafter, so that all of the Shares shall be vested on the first day of the forty-eighth (48th) month after the Vesting Commencement Date.


Termination Period:

   This Option may be exercised, to the extent vested, for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider other than as a result of a termination for Misconduct, or such longer period as may be applicable upon the death or disability of Optionee as provided herein (or, if not provided herein, then as provided in the Plan), but in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Optionee an Option to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Option Agreement, this grant of an Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of the Company or any Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

2. Exercise of Option . This Option is exercisable as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set out in the Notice of Grant. Alternatively, at the election of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares which have not yet vested. For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on Optionee’s continued status as a Service Provider. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement).

(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, the Optionee shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

2


(iv) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of the Optionee’s status as a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 below.

(v) In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written Notice (in the form attached as Exhibit A ). The Notice must state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Notice must be signed by the Optionee and, together with an executed copy of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, if applicable, shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price plus payment of any applicable withholding tax. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, if applicable, accompanied by the Exercise Price and payment of any applicable withholding tax.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such Shares.

 

3


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) with the consent of the Administrator, a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code) and payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator;

(d) with the consent of the Administrator, from and after the Public Trading Date, other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, have been owned by the Holder for more than six (6) months, or the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes, on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised;

(e) with the consent of the Administrator, property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration;

(f) with the consent of the Administrator, from and after the Public Trading Date, delivery of a notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Options and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price, provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

(g) with the consent of the Administrator, any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company. If the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may also not be exercised. The Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

7. Termination of Relationship . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (other than by reason of the Optionee’s death or the total and permanent disability of the Optionee as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), or as a result of a termination of Optionee’s services for Misconduct), Optionee may exercise this Option during the Termination Period set out in the Notice of Grant, to the extent the Option was vested at the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. To the extent that the Option is not vested at the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

4


8. Disability of Optionee . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of his or her total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), Optionee may exercise the Option to the extent the Option was vested at the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, but only within twelve (12) months from such date (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant). To the extent that the Option is not vested at the date on which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

9. Death of Optionee . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the death of Optionee, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. To the extent that the Option is not vested at the date of death, or if the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

10. Termination for Misconduct . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of a termination of such Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship by the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for Misconduct, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination and the Shares covered by the Option shall immediately cease to be issuable under the Option. For purposes of this Option, the term “Misconduct” shall mean the commission by Optionee of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of Optionee.

11. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution . It may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

12. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant.

13. Restrictions on Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares, the right of the Company to repurchase Shares, and a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to permitted transfers of Shares. Such terms and conditions may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, be contained in the Exercise Notice with respect to the Option or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine and which the Optionee hereby agrees to enter into at the request of the Company.

 

5


This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one document.

 

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.
By:    
Name: Susan M. Kanaya
Title:   Corporate Secretary

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2002 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

   
OPTIONEE:
Residence Address:
   
   

 

6


EXHIBIT A

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

2002 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

ChemoCentryx, Inc.

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,              ,              , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the ChemoCentryx, Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the   ¨ Incentive   ¨ Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated              ,              , (the “Option Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

Date of Grant:

     

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is

     

 

Exercised:

     

Exercise Price per Share:

      $____________

Total Exercise Price:

      $____________

Certificate to be issued in name of:

     

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

  

¨

   $____________

Promissory note delivered herewith:

  

¨

   $____________

Type of Option:         ¨    Incentive Stock Option         ¨    Non-Qualified Stock Option

2. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement. Optionee agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

3. Rights as Stockholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.


Optionee shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal hereunder. Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

4. Optionee’s Rights to Transfer Shares

(a) Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any permitted transferee (each, a “Holder”) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (each, a “Transfer”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares proposed to be Transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . In the event any Holder desires to Transfer any Shares, the Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (w) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares; (x) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (y) the number of Shares to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (z) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to Transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer such Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees. The purchase price will be determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares repurchased under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times mutually agreed to by the Company and the Holder.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be Transferred are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section and the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, if applicable, shall continue to apply to the Shares

 

2


in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such 120-day period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal as provided herein before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

(b) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the Transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or upon the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal. As used herein, “Immediate Family” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted). In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so Transferred subject to the provisions of this Section (including the Right of First Refusal) and the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, if applicable, and there shall be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(c) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon a sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (a “Public Offering”).

(d) Transfer Restrictions . Any transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any of the Shares not in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be void and the Company may enforce the terms of this Agreement by stop transfer instructions or similar actions by the Company and its agents or designees.

5. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN

 

3


FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

7. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Board of Directors or committee thereof that is responsible for the administration of the Plan (the “Administrator”), which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.

9. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

10. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States

 

4


mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

11. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

12. Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.

13. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement, the Investment Representation Statement and the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, if applicable, constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Accepted by:

    Submitted by:
CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.     OPTIONEE
By:          
Name:         [Optionee]

Its:

         
       
     

Address :

       
       
       
       

 

5


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

OPTIONEE :   
COMPANY :    ChemoCentryx, Inc.
SECURITY :    Common Stock
AMOUNT :   
DATE :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “Securities”) of ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned (the “Optionee”) represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted


securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two (2) years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

    Signature of Optionee:
         
        [Optionee]
       
       
  Date:                      ,                   

 

2


EXHIBIT C-1

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

2002 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT is made between              (the “Purchaser”) and ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “Company”), as of                              ,              .

RECITALS

(1) Pursuant to the exercise of the Option granted to Purchaser under the Company’s 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) dated                      ,              , by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant, which Option Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase              of those shares which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares”.

(2) As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

 

  1. Repurchase Option .

(a) If Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider (as defined in the Company’s 2002 Equity Incentive Plan) for any reason, including for cause, death, and disability, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date on which Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider at a repurchase price equal to the lesser of (i) the exercise price paid by Purchaser for such Shares in connection with the exercise of the Option or (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) The Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering, personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be), within ninety (90) days of the date on which Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, a notice


in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option and setting forth a date for closing not later than thirty (30) days from the mailing of such notice. The closing shall take place at the Company’s office. At the closing, the holder of the certificates for the Unvested Shares being transferred shall deliver the stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Unvested Shares, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price therefor.

(c) At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for the Unvested Shares to a bank selected by the Company. The Company shall avail itself of this option by a notice in writing to Purchaser stating the name and address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company’s office.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the date on which Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) One hundred percent (100%) of the Unvested Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant until all Shares are released from the Repurchase Option. Fractional Shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

 

  2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company from time to time, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the secretary, or any other person designated by the Company from time to time as escrow agent, as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company from time to time, the share certificate(s) representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 . The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the secretary in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option as provided in Section 1, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. As a further condition to the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, the spouse of Purchaser, if any, shall execute and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 . Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the escrow agent shall promptly deliver to Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the escrow agent’s possession belonging to Purchaser, and the escrow agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the escrow

 

2


agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as escrow agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement. Any transfer or attempted transfer of any of the Shares not in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be void and the Company may enforce the terms of this Agreement by stop transfer instructions or similar actions by the Company and its agents or designees.

3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties . This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares which may be made by the Company after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices . Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at its principal executive office.

7. Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

 

3


8. Section 83(b) Elections .

(a) Election for Unvested Shares Purchased Pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option for Unvested Shares, that unless an election is filed by Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (and similar state tax provisions if applicable) to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase, there will be a recognition of taxable income to the Optionee, measured by the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares, at the time the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses over the purchase price for the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted any tax consultant(s) Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase of the Shares or the filing of the Election under Section 83(b) and similar tax provisions.

(b) Election for Unvested Shares Purchased Pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option for Unvested Shares, that unless an election is filed by Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (and similar state tax provisions if applicable) to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase, there will be a recognition of income to the Purchaser, for alternative minimum tax purposes, measured by the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares at the time the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses over the purchase price for the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultant(s) Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase of the Shares or the filing of the Election under Section 83(b) and similar tax provisions.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations . Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that Purchaser (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

4


Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.
By:    
Title:    
PURCHASER
     
Address:  
     
     


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                  , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                                                                    (                      ) shares of the Common Stock of ChemoCentryx, Inc. registered in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.               herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                               to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Assignment Separate from Certificate may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between ChemoCentryx, Inc. and the undersigned dated                                  ,              .

Dated:                              ,             

Signature:                                                                       

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise the Repurchase Option, as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser .


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                             ,                 

ChemoCentryx, Inc.

Attn: Secretary

As Escrow Agent for both ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “Company”) and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (“Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or a combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s Repurchase Option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute, with respect to such securities, all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

4. Upon written request of Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s Repurchase Option has been exercised, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or


certificates representing the number of shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s Repurchase Option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the expiration of any rights under any applicable state, federal or local statute of limitations or similar statute or regulation with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

 

2


12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the addresses set forth on the signature pages hereto or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.

 

3


CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Address:
850 Maude Avenue
Mountain View, CA 94043
PURCHASER:
 
Address:
 
 
ESCROW AGENT:
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Address:
 
 

 

4


EXHIBIT C-4

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                                                       , spouse of                              , have read and approve the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated                          ,              , between my spouse and ChemoCentryx, Inc. In consideration of granting of the right to my spouse to purchase shares of ChemoCentryx, Inc. set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

Dated:                          ,                    

 

Exhibit 10.3

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE 1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the ChemoCentryx, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “ Company ”) by linking the individual interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company stockholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent. The Plan provides a mechanism through which the Company may grant equity and equity-based awards as well as cash bonus and other cash awards to Eligible Individuals.

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates. Masculine, feminine and neuter pronouns are used interchangeably and each comprehends the others.

2.1 “ Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 12. With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan that have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 12.6, or that the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties.

2.2 “ Affiliate ” shall mean (a) any Subsidiary; and (b) any domestic eligible entity that is disregarded, under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3, as an entity separate from either (i) the Company or (ii) any Subsidiary.

2.3 “ Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

2.4 “ Applicable Law ” shall mean any applicable law, including without limitation; (i) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (ii) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or


regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (iii) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

2.5 “ Award ” shall mean an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Stock Payment award or a Stock Appreciation Right, that may be awarded or granted under the Plan (collectively, “ Awards ”).

2.6 “ Award Agreement ” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the Plan.

2.7 “ Award Limit ” shall mean with respect to Awards that shall be payable in Shares or in cash, as the case may be, the respective limit set forth in Section 3.3.

2.8 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.9 “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of any of, but not limited to, the following: (a) conviction of a Holder of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty; (b) a Holder’s participation (whether by affirmative act or omission) in a fraud, act or dishonesty or other act of misconduct against the Company and/or any Affiliate; (c) conduct by a Holder that, based upon a good faith and reasonable factual investigation by the Company (or, if a Holder is an executive officer, by the Board), demonstrates such Holder’s unfitness to serve; (d) a Holder’s violation of any statutory or fiduciary duty, or duty of loyalty owed to the Company and/or any Affiliate; (e) a Holder’s violation of state or federal law in connection with the Holder’s performance of his or her job that has an adverse effect on the Company and/or any Affiliate; and (f) a Holder’s violation of Company policy that has a material adverse effect on the Company and/or any Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder’s Disability shall not constitute Cause as set forth herein. The determination that a termination is for Cause shall be by the Administrator it its sole and exclusive judgment and discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Holder is a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company or any Affiliate in effect as of the date of grant of an Award that defines “Misconduct” or “Cause” or a similar term, “Cause” for purposes of the Plan and such Award shall have the meaning given to such term in such employment or severance agreement.

2.10 “ Change in Control ” shall mean and includes each of the following:

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company


possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.10(a) or 2.10(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i) that results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.10(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

(d) The Company’s stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any portion of an Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section 409A.

The Committee shall have full and final authority to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided


that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

2.11 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.12 “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board, appointed as provided in Section 12.1.

2.13 “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

2.14 “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

2.15 “ Consultant ” shall mean any consultant or adviser engaged to provide services to the Company or any Affiliate that qualifies as a consultant under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement.

2.16 “ Covered Employee ” shall mean any Employee who is, or could be, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.17 “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.

2.18 “ Disability ” shall mean that the Holder is either (a) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, or (b) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under a long-term disability income plan, if any, covering employees of the Company. For purposes of the Plan, a Holder shall be deemed to have incurred a Disability if the Holder is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration or in accordance with the applicable disability insurance program of the Company; provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of this definition.

2.19 “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 9.2.

2.20 “ DRO ” shall mean a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.

2.21 “ Effective Date ” shall mean the day prior to the Public Trading Date.


2.22 “ Eligible Individual ” shall mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined by the Administrator.

2.23 “ Employee ” shall mean any officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of the Company or of any Affiliate.

2.24 “ Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per-share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

2.25 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

2.26 “ Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 13.1.

2.27 “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows (unless an alternative definition is approved by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, in which case such definition shall apply to such Award):

(a) If the Common Stock is listed on any (i) established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) national market system or (iii) automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(b) If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(c) If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.


2.28 “ Good Reason ” shall mean (a) a change in the Holder’s position with the Company (or its Affiliate employing the Holder) that materially reduces the Holder’s duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (b) a reduction in the Holder’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonuses under any corporate performance-based incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent or (c) a relocation of the Holder’s place of employment by more than 50 miles, provided that such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company (or its Affiliate employing the Holder) without the Holder’s consent.

2.29 “ Greater Than 10% Stockholder ” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) or parent corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code).

2.30 “ Holder ” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award.

2.31 “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

2.32 “ Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.

2.33 “ Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

2.34 “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.35 “ Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 6. An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided , however , that Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

2.36 “ Option Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

2.37 “ Performance Award ” shall mean a cash bonus award, stock bonus award, performance award or incentive award that is paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, awarded under Section 9.1.

2.38 “ Performance-Based Compensation ” shall mean any compensation that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

2.39 “ Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Committee selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, determined as follows:


(a) The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: (i) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation and (D) amortization); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings; (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) operating or other costs and expenses; (xiv) improvements in expense levels; (xv) working capital; (xvi) earnings per share; (xvii) adjusted earnings per share; (xviii) price per share of Common Stock; (xix) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; (xx) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxi) market share; (xxii) economic value; (xxiii) comparisons with various stock market indices; (xxiv) capital raised in financing transactions or other financing milestones; (xxv) stockholders’ equity; (xxvi) market recognition (including but not limited to awards and analyst ratings); (xxvii) financial ratios; and (xxviii) implementation, completion or attainment of objectively determinable objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; in each case as determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards, if applicable, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

(b) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to one or more of the Performance Goals. Such adjustments may include one or more of the following: (i) items related to a change in accounting principle; (ii) items relating to financing activities; (iii) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (iv) other non-operating items; (v) items related to acquisitions; (vi) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period; (vii) items related to the disposal of a business or segment of a business; (viii) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; (ix) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; (x) any other items of significant income or expense that are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (xi) items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments; (xii) items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (xiii) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (xiv) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (xv) items relating to changes in tax laws; (xvi) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (xvii) items relating to asset impairment charges; (xviii) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; or (xix) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in Applicable Law, accounting principles or business conditions. For all Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such determinations shall be made within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.40 “ Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon one or more Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance


Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of an Affiliate, division, business unit, or an individual. The achievement of each Performance Goal shall be determined, to the extent applicable, with reference to Applicable Accounting Standards.

2.41 “ Performance Period ” shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s right to, and the payment of, an Award.

2.42 “ Performance Stock Unit ” shall mean a Performance Award awarded under Section 9.1 that is denominated in units of value including dollar value of Shares.

2.43 “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, any “family member” of the Holder, as defined in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator after taking into account Applicable Law.

2.44 “ Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

2.45 “ Prior Plans ” shall mean the ChemoCentryx, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and the ChemoCentryx, Inc. Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as such plans may be amended from time to time.

2.46 “ Prior Plan Award ” shall mean an award outstanding under the Prior Plans as of the Effective Date.

2.47 “ Program ” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms and conditions intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan and pursuant to which such type of Award may be granted under the Plan.

2.48 “ Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

2.49 “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean Common Stock awarded under Article 7 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

2.50 “ Restricted Stock Units ” shall mean the right to receive Shares or cash awarded under Article 8.

2.51 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.52 “ Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock.


2.53 “ Stock Appreciation Right ” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article 10.

2.54 “ Stock Appreciation Right Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.

2.55 “ Stock Payment ” shall mean (a) a payment in the form of Shares, or (b) an option or other right to purchase Shares, as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, awarded under Section 9.3.

2.56 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

2.57 “ Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

2.58 “ Termination of Service ” shall mean:

(a) As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

(b) As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

(c) As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to any Termination of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided , however ,


that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of the Program, the Award Agreement or otherwise, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then-applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relationship shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Affiliate employing or contracting with such Holder ceases to remain an Affiliate following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).

ARTICLE 3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares .

(a) Subject to Sections 3.1(b) and 13.2, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan is the sum of (i) 3,000,000, 1 (ii) any Shares that as of the Effective Date are available for issuance under the Prior Plans, or are subject to Prior Plan Awards that become available for future grants of Awards under the Plan following the Effective Date pursuant to Section 3.1(b); and (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning with the first January 1 following the Effective Date and ending with the last January 1 during the initial ten-year term of the Plan, equal to the least of (A) 2,000,000 1 Shares, (B) four percent of the Shares outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (C) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board. The aggregate number of Shares authorized for issuance under the Prior Plans was 6,000,000 1 Shares and, accordingly, the total number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not exceed 6,000,000 1 Shares. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the number of shares of Stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 29,000,000 1 Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 13.2. From and after the Effective Date, no awards shall be granted under the Prior Plans; however , any Prior Plan Award shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the Prior Plans.

(b) To the extent all or a portion of an Award or a Prior Plan Award is forfeited, expires or lapses for any reason, or is settled for cash without the delivery of Shares to the Holder, any Shares subject to such Award, Prior Plan Award or portion thereof, to the extent of such forfeiture, termination, expiration, lapse or cash settlement, shall again be or shall become, as applicable, available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. Any Shares tendered by a Holder or withheld by the Company or any Affiliate to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation in connection with all or a portion of an Award or Prior Plan Award shall again be or shall become, as applicable, available for the grant of an Award pursuant

 

 

1  

Note that the share numbers reflected in this Plan give effect to the 1:2 reverse stock split that will be implemented in connection with the initial public offering of the Company.


to the Plan. Any Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. Any Shares repurchased by or surrendered to the Company pursuant to Section 7.4 or in connection with any Prior Plan Award so that such Shares are returned to the Company shall again be or shall become, as applicable, available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be or, as applicable, may become eligible to be, optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

(c) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available Shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

3.2 Stock Distributed . Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury Common Stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.

3.3 Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Section 13.2, the maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one person during any calendar year shall be 2,000,000 2 and the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid in cash to any one person during any calendar year with respect to one or more Awards payable in cash shall be $5,000,000; provided , however , that the foregoing limitations shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1); (b) the issuance of all of the Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under

 

 

2  

Note that the share numbers reflected in this Plan give effect to the 1:2 reverse stock split that will be implemented in connection with the initial public offering of the Company.


Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, Shares subject to Awards that are canceled shall continue to be counted against the Award Limit.

ARTICLE 4.

GRANTING OF AWARDs

4.1 Participation . The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan. Except as provided in Section 4.6 regarding the grant of Awards pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, no Eligible Individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

4.2 Award Agreement . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for such Award, which may include the term of the Award, the provisions applicable in the event of the Holder’s Termination of Service, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award. Award Agreements evidencing Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

4.3 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.4 At-Will Employment; Voluntary Participation . Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a Director or Consultant for, the Company or any Affiliate, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Affiliate, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Affiliate. Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and nothing in the Plan shall be construed as mandating that any Eligible Individual shall participate in the Plan.


4.5 Foreign Holders . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Sections 3.1 and 3.3; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate Applicable Law. For purposes of the Plan, all references to foreign laws, rules, regulations or taxes shall be references to the laws, rules, regulations and taxes of any applicable jurisdiction other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof.

4.6 Non-Employee Director Awards . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written nondiscretionary formula established by the Administrator (the “ Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy ”), subject to the limitations of the Plan. The Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of Shares to be subject to Non-Employee Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. The Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy may be modified by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion.

4.7 Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards . Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.

ARTICLE 5.

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS INTENDED TO QUALIFY AS

PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION

5.1 Purpose . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine at the time an Award is granted or at any time thereafter whether such Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. If the Committee, in its sole discretion, decides to grant such


an Award to an Eligible Individual that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, then the provisions of this Article 5 shall control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards to other Eligible Individuals that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 and that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator at the time of grant, the Performance Criteria with respect to an Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation payable to a Covered Employee shall be determined on the basis of Applicable Accounting Standards.

5.2 Applicability . The grant of an Award to an Eligible Individual for a particular Performance Period shall not require the grant of an Award to such Eligible Individual in any subsequent Performance Period and the grant of an Award to any one Eligible Individual shall not require the grant of an Award to any other Eligible Individual in such period or in any other period.

5.3 Types of Awards . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may grant any Award to an Eligible Individual intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, including, without limitation, Restricted Stock the restrictions with respect to which lapse upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals, Restricted Stock Units that vest and become payable upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals and any Performance Awards described in Article 9 that vest or become exercisable or payable upon the attainment of one or more specified Performance Goals.

5.4 Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards . To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award granted to one or more Eligible Individuals that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no later than 90 days following the commencement of any Performance Period or any designated fiscal period or period of service (or such earlier time as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Eligible Individuals, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, that may be earned for such Performance Period based on the Performance Criteria, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period. Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amount earned under such Awards, the Committee shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant, including the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period.

5.5 Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, as to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based


Compensation, the Holder must be employed by the Company or an Affiliate throughout the Performance Period. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Performance Goals, Program or Award Agreement, a Holder shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to such Awards for a Performance Period only if and to the extent the Performance Goals for such period are achieved.

5.6 Additional Limitations . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any Award that is granted to an Eligible Individual and is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as Performance-Based Compensation, and the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

ARTICLE 6.

OPTIONS

6.1 Granting of Options to Eligible Individuals . The Administrator is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

6.2 Option Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share subject to each Option shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).

6.3 Option Vesting .

(a) The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and the Administrator may determine that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted; provided, however, that unless otherwise approved by the Administrator and set forth in an Award Agreement, no Option shall vest prior to the date that is six months from the date of grant. Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, any of the Performance Criteria, or any other criteria selected by the Administrator.

(b) No portion of an Option that is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as provided in Section 11.6 or as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in the applicable Program, the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option, or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in the Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option, the portion of an Option that is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall automatically expire 30 days following such Termination of Service.


6.4 Manner of Exercise . All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, the stock administrator of the Company or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

(c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 11.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of the Company for the Shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Section 11.1 and 11.2.

6.5 Partial Exercise . An exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part. However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares and the Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares.

6.6 Option Term . The term of each Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the Option Term shall not be more than ten years from the date the Option is granted, or five years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder. The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Options, which time period may not extend beyond the last day of the Option Term. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 6.6, the Administrator may extend the Option Term of any outstanding Option, and may extend the time period during which vested Options may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend, subject to Section 13.1, any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a Termination of Service.

6.7 Expiration of Option Term: Automatic Exercise of In-The-Money Options . In the discretion of the Administrator, an Award Agreement may provide that an Option that is outstanding on the last business day of the applicable Option Term and that has an exercise price per share that is less than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of such date shall automatically and without further action by the Holder of such Option or the Company be


exercised on the last business day of the Option Term. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, payment of the exercise price and any required tax withholding upon exercise of any such Option shall be satisfied by the withholding by the Company of Shares otherwise issuable under such Option pursuant to Sections 11.1(b) and 11.2. In such event, the Company shall deliver to the Holder the number of Shares for which the Option was deemed exercised, less the number of Shares required to be withheld for the payment of the exercise price and required tax withholding. For the avoidance of doubt, no Option with an exercise price per share that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the last business day of the Option Term shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 6.7.

6.8 Qualification of Incentive Stock Options . No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who is not an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company. No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be modified by the Administrator, with the consent of the Holder, to disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any parent or subsidiary corporation thereof (each as defined in Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted.

6.9 Notification Regarding Disposition . The Holder shall give the Company prompt written or electronic notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option that occurs within (a) two years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such Option to such Holder, or (b) one year after the transfer of such Shares to such Holder.

6.10 Substitute Awards . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the Shares subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the Shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.


6.11 Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may provide in the applicable Program or the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable, and shall also have the same exercise price, vesting schedule and remaining Option Term as the substituted Option.

ARTICLE 7.

RESTRICTED STOCK

7.1 Award of Restricted Stock .

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.

(b) The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided , however , that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value, if any, of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock.

7.2 Rights as Stockholders . Subject to Section 7.4, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the applicable Program or in each individual Award Agreement, including the right to vote and the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares; provided , however , that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect to the Shares shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 7.3.

7.3 Restrictions . All shares of Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of the applicable Program or in each individual Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide; provided , however , that unless otherwise approved by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Program or an Award Agreement, no Award of Restricted Stock shall vest or be released from such restrictions and vesting requirements prior to the date that is six months from the date of grant. Such restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting rights and transferability and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Administrator, including, without limitation, criteria based on the Holder’s duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company, the


Performance Criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other criteria selected by the Administrator. By action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Stock by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the applicable Program or Award Agreement. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Restricted Stock may not be sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or expire.

7.4 Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, if no price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration. If a price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Holder the unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in the applicable Program or Award Agreement.

7.5 Certificates for Restricted Stock . Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine. Certificates or book entries evidencing shares of Restricted Stock shall include an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock. The Company, in its sole discretion, may (a) retain physical possession of any stock certificate evidencing shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and/or (b) require that the stock certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Holder deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such Restricted Stock.

7.6 Section 83(b) Election . If a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Holder would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Holder shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service along with proof of the timely filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service.

ARTICLE 8.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator.

8.2 Term . Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of a Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion.


8.3 Purchase Price . The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Holder to the Company with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

8.4 Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, vesting based upon the Holder’s duration of service to the Company or any Affiliate, one or more Performance Criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other specific criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator; provided , however , that unless otherwise approved by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Program or an Award Agreement, no Award of Restricted Stock shall vest or be released from such restrictions and vesting requirements prior to the date that is six months from the date of grant.

8.5 Maturity and Payment . At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Holder (if permitted by the applicable Award Agreement); provided that, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and set forth in any applicable Award Agreement, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Stock Unit occur following the later of (a) the 15 th day of the third month following the end of calendar year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests; or (b) the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests. On the maturity date, the Company shall, subject to Section 11.4(e), transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Common Stock as determined by the Administrator.

8.6 No Rights as a Stockholder . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, a Holder of Restricted Stock Units shall possess no incidents of ownership with respect to the Shares represented by such Restricted Stock Units, unless and until such Shares are transferred to the Holder pursuant to the terms of this Plan and the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE 9.

PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, STOCK PAYMENTS

9.1 Performance Awards .

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Performance Awards, including Awards of Performance Stock Units and Awards of cash bonuses or other cash awards determined in the Administrator’s discretion from time to time, to any Eligible Individual and to determine whether such Performance Awards shall be Performance-Based Compensation. The value of Performance Awards, including Performance Stock Units and any cash awards, may be


linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific criteria determined by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods and in such amounts as may be determined by the Administrator. Performance Awards, including Performance Stock Unit awards may be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Administrator.

(b) Without limiting Section 9.1(a), the Administrator may grant Performance Awards to any Eligible Individual in the form of a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of objective Performance Goals, or such other criteria, whether or not objective, that are established by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Any such bonuses paid to a Holder that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas established in accordance with the provisions of Article 5.

9.2 Dividend Equivalents .

(a) Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date an Award is granted to a Holder and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time and subject to such restrictions and limitations as may be determined by the Administrator. In addition, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such Award shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

9.3 Stock Payments . The Administrator is authorized to make Stock Payments to any Eligible Individual. Stock Payments may, but are not required to, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such Eligible Individual. The number or value of Shares of any Stock Payment shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon one or more Performance Criteria or any other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, determined by the Administrator. Shares underlying a Stock Payment that is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator that is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator shall not be issued until those conditions have been satisfied. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Holder of a Stock Payment shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Stock Payment until such time as the Stock Payment has vested and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder.

9.4 Term . The term of a Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent award and/or Stock Payment award shall be established by the Administrator in its sole discretion.


9.5 Purchase Price . The Administrator may establish the purchase price of a Performance Award or Shares distributed as a Stock Payment award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.


ARTICLE 10.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

10.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

(b) A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the Stock Appreciation Right from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose. Except as described in (c) below, the exercise price per Share subject to each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 10.1(b) to the contrary, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the Shares subject to such Stock Appreciation Right may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the excess of: (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the Shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (ii) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

10.2 Stock Appreciation Right Vesting .

(a) The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, a Stock Appreciation Right vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and the Administrator may determine that a Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted; provided , however , that unless otherwise approved by the Administrator and set forth in an Award Agreement, no Stock Appreciation Right shall vest prior to the date that is six months from the date of grant. Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, or any other criteria selected by the Administrator, such as Performance Criteria. Except as limited by the Plan, at any time after grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, may accelerate the period during which a Stock Appreciation Right vests.


(b) No portion of a Stock Appreciation Right that is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as provided in Section 11.6 or as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator in the applicable Program, the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.

10.3 Manner of Exercise . All or a portion of an exercisable Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, the stock administrator of the Company or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Stock Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right or such portion of the Stock Appreciation Right;

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance, including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

(c) In the event that the Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 10.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of the Company for the Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Sections 11.1 and 11.2.

10.4 Stock Appreciation Right Term . The term of each Stock Appreciation Right (the “ Stock Appreciation Right Term ”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the Stock Appreciation Right Term shall not be more than ten years from the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted. The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Stock Appreciation Rights, which time period may not extend beyond the last day of the Stock Appreciation Right Term applicable to such Stock Appreciation Right. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 10.4, the Administrator may extend the Stock Appreciation Right Term of any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend, subject to Section 13.1, any other term or condition of such Stock Appreciation Right relating to such a Termination of Service.


10.5 Payment . Payment of the amounts payable with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Article 10 shall be in cash, Shares (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised), or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.

10.6 Expiration of Stock Appreciation Right Term: Automatic Exercise of In-The-Money Stock Appreciation Rights . In the discretion of the Administrator, an Award Agreement may provide that a Stock Appreciation Right that is outstanding on the last business day of the applicable Stock Appreciation Right and that has an exercise price per share that is less than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of such date shall automatically and without further action by the Holder of such Stock Appreciation Right or the Company be exercised on the last business day of the Stock Appreciation Right Term. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Company or any Affiliate shall deduct or withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes associated with such exercise in accordance with Section 11.2. For the avoidance of doubt, no Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price per share that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the last business day of the Stock Appreciation Right Term shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 10.6.

ARTICLE 11.

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS

11.1 Payment . The Administrator shall determine the methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) or Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator in its sole discretion. The Administrator shall also determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Holder who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

11.2 Tax Withholding . The Company or any Affiliate shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Holder to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, employment tax or other social security contribution obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any


taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to the tax withholding obligations with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, which methods may include any of the methods permitted under Section 11.1 above. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, may withhold, or allow a Holder to elect to have the Company withhold, Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the surrender of Shares). The number of Shares that may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Shares that have a fair market value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income. The Administrator shall determine the fair market value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.

11.3 Transferability of Awards .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.3(b) and 11.3(c):

(i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed;

(ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by Section 11.3(a)(i); and

(iii) During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to such Holder under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be exercised by the Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option to any one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the


Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a DRO; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); (iii) any transfer of an Award to a Permitted Transferee shall be without consideration, except as required by Applicable Law; and (iv) the Holder and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law and (C) evidence the transfer.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), a Holder may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Holder and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Holder’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to the Holder, except to the extent the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Holder is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as the Holder’s beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time; provided that the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to the Holder’s death.

11.4 Conditions to Issuance of Shares .

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with Applicable Law and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law.

(b) All share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law. The Administrator may place legends on any share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.


(c) The Administrator shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

(d) No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by Applicable Law, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

11.5 Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions . Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to Awards under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the right to provide, in an Award Agreement or otherwise, or to require a Holder to agree by separate written or electronic instrument, that:

(a) (i) Any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or exercise of the Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award, shall be paid to the Company, and (ii) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited, if (x) a Termination of Service occurs prior to a specified date, or within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the Award, or (y) the Holder at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any activity in competition with the Company, or that is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, as further defined by the Administrator or (z) the Holder incurs a Termination of Service for Cause; and

(b) All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of Applicable Law, including without limitation the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.

11.6 Acceleration Upon Death or Disability . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, with respect to Holders who are Emplolyees, in the event of a Holder’s Termination of Service on account of death or Disability, that number of Holder’s unvested Awards that would have become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, over the 12 months following the Holder’s Termination of Service under the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards had the Holder remained continuously


employed by the Company during such period shall immediately become so vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, on the date of the Holder’s Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 12.

ADMINISTRATION

12.1 Administrator . The Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein) and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors appointed by and holding office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as both a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code and an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded; provided that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 12.l or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the terms “Administrator” and “Committee” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (b) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 12.6.

12.2 Duties and Powers of Committee . It shall be the duty of the Committee to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are not inconsistent therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Program or Award Agreement; provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not affected adversely by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 11.5, Section 13.2 or Section 13.10. Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Holder. Any such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters that under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.


12.3 Action by the Committee . Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Committee, a majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

12.4 Authority of Administrator . Subject to the Company’s Bylaws, the Committee’s Charter and any specific designation in the Plan, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

(a) Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual;

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, purchase price, any performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines;

(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;

(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(h) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement;


(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

(k) Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at any time after the grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects and Article 5 and Section 13.2(h).

12.5 Decisions Binding . The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding and conclusive on all parties.

12.6 Delegation of Authority . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to this Article 12; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant awards to, amend awards held by, or take administrative actions with respect to Awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees, or (c) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant, amend or administer Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided , further , that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code and other Applicable Law. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 12.6 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board and the Committee.

ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

13.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 13.1, the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board or the Committee. However, without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve months before or after the action by the Administrator, no action of the Administrator may, except as provided in Section 13.2, (i) increase the limits imposed in Section 3.1 on the maximum number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan, or (ii) increase the limits imposed in Section 3.3 on the Awards that may be issued under the Plan to any individual in any calendar year. Except as provided in Section 13.10, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after


termination of the Plan, and in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Expiration Date ”). Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) The Board or the Committee may, without stockholder approval, (i) amend any Award to reduce the per-share exercise price of such an Award below the per-share exercise price as of the date the Award is granted and (ii) grant an Award in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of an Award having a higher per-share exercise price.

13.2 Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events .

(a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares of the Company’s stock or the share price of the Company’s stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 on the maximum number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit); (ii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing Non-Employee Directors pursuant to Section 4.6; (iv) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (v) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan. Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 13.2(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any Affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, including, without limitation, a Change in Control, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Holder’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

(i) To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon


the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 13.2 the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion having an aggregate value not exceeding the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested;

(ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

(iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares of the Company’s stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards and Awards that may be granted in the future;

(iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all Shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement; and

(v) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

(c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 13.2(a) and 13.2(b):

(i) The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted; and/or

(ii) The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 on the maximum number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit). The adjustments provided under this Section 13.2(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall continue in effect or be assumed or an equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor


corporation. In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for an Award upon the Change in Control, such Award shall become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such Award shall lapse as of immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control. If an Award is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Holder that the Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen days from the date of such notice, contingent upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, and the Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.

(e) For the purposes of this Section 13.2, an Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided , however , that if such consideration received in the Change in Control was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to an Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per-share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

(f) The Administrator may provide in an Award Agreement that, in the event an Award continues in effect or is assumed or an equivalent Award substituted following a Change in Control, and the surviving or successor corporation terminates the Holder’s employment or service without Cause or the Holder voluntarily resigns for Good Reason upon or within 18 months following the Change in Control, then (i) such Holder shall be fully vested in such continued, assumed or substituted Award on the date of such termination, and (ii) such Award shall remain exercisable, if applicable, until the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of the date of such termination or (B) the original expiration date of the Award.

(g) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(h) With respect to Awards that are granted to Covered Employees and are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no adjustment or action described in this Section 13.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause such Award to fail to so qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, unless the Administrator determines that the Award should not so qualify. No adjustment or action described in this Section 13.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code. Furthermore, no such adjustment or action shall be authorized to the extent such adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 unless the Administrator determines that the Award is not to comply with such exemptive conditions.


(i) The existence of the Plan, the Program, the Award Agreement and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(j) Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, no action shall be taken under this Section 13.2 that shall cause an Award to fail to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(k) In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the share price of the Common Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Administrator in its sole discretion, may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

13.3 Approval of Plan by Stockholders . The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.

13.4 No Stockholders Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Holder shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder becomes the record owner of such Shares.

13.5 Paperless Administration . In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

13.6 Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans . The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Affiliate. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the Company or any Affiliate, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.


13.7 Compliance with Laws . The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Law (including but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

13.8 Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act . The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.

13.9 Governing Law . The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

13.10 Section 409A . To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Program pursuant to which such Award is granted and the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan, the Program and any Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under such Section.

13.11 No Rights to Awards . No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Holders or any other persons uniformly.


13.12 Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

13.13 Indemnification . To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

13.14 Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

13.15 Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates.


* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of ChemoCentryx, Inc. on                                   , 201        .

* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of ChemoCentryx, Inc. on                                   , 201        .

Executed on this                  day of                                   , 201        .

 

   
Corporate Secretary


CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE AND

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (“ Holder ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Option ”). This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”) and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.

 

Holder:

  
  

 

Grant Date:

  
  

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

  
  

 

Exercise Price per Share of Common Stock:

  

$

  

 

Total Exercise Price:

  

$

  

 

Total Number of Shares of Common Stock Subject to the Option:

   shares
  

 

Expiration Date:

  
  

 

 

Type of Option:

 

         ¨   Incentive Stock Option

   ¨   Non-Qualified Stock Option   

Vesting Schedule:

 

        [To be specified in individual agreements]

     

By his or her signature, Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. Holder has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Holder hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Stock Option Agreement.

Holder understands and agrees that this Option does not alter the at-will nature of his or her employment relationship with the Company and is not a promise of continued employment or service for the vesting period of the Option or any portion of it.

The Plan, this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all oral, implied or written promises, statements, understandings, undertakings and agreements between the Company and Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation, the provisions of any employment agreement or offer letter regarding equity awards to be awarded to Holder by the Company, or any other oral, implied or written promises, statements, understandings, undertakings or agreements by the Company or any of its representatives regarding equity awards to be awarded to Holder by the Company.

 

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

   

HOLDER

By:

       

By:

   

Print Name:

       

Print Name:

   

Title:

         

Address:

 

850 Maude Avenue

   

Address:

   
 

Mountain View, CA 94043

       


EXHIBIT A

TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to Holder an Option under the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock indicated in the Grant Notice.

ARTICLE 14.

GENERAL

14.1 Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

14.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan . The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

ARTICLE 15.

GRANT OF OPTION

15.1 Grant of Option . In consideration of Holder’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or a Parent or Affiliate and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company irrevocably grants to Holder the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement. Unless designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option to the maximum extent permitted by law.

15.2 Exercise Price . The exercise price of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided , however , that the price per share of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Holder is a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the price per share of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date.

15.3 No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice, or this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Parent or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Parent or Affiliate, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of the Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, except to the extent

 

A-1


expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and the Holder.

ARTICLE 16.

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

16.1 Commencement of Exercisability .

(a) Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6 and 5.6, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice.

(b) No portion of the Option that has not become vested and exercisable at the date of Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided in the Grant Notice or provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and Holder.

16.2 Duration of Exercisability . The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are cumulative. Each such installment that becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3.

16.3 Expiration of Option . Subject to Section 3.5, the Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The expiration of ten years from the Grant Date;

(b) If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and Holder owned (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code), at the time the Option was granted, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or any “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), the expiration of five years from the Grant Date;

(c) The expiration of three months following the date of Holder’s Termination of Service, unless such termination occurs by reason of Holder’s death, Disability or for Cause;

(d) The expiration of one year from the date of Holder’s death if Holder dies prior to his or her Termination of Service or within three months after his or her Termination of Service;

(e) The expiration of one year from the date of Holder’s Termination of Service by reason of Holder’s Disability; or

(f) The date of Holder’s Termination of Service by the Company for Cause.

If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that, to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an “incentive stock option,” the Code requires that at all times

 

A-2


beginning on the date of grant of the Option and ending on the day three months before the date of Option’s exercise, Holder must be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company, except in the event of Holder’s death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of Holder’s Option under certain circumstances for Holder’s benefit but cannot guarantee that Holder’s Option will necessarily be treated as an “incentive stock option” if Holder continues to be employed by or provide services to the Company or an affiliate as a Consultant or Director after Holder’s employment terminates or if Holder otherwise exercises its options more than three months after the date Holder’s employment terminates.

16.4 Special Tax Consequences . Holder acknowledges that, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Holder in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, the Option and such other options shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent necessary to comply with the limitations imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code. Holder further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking the Option and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

16.5 Acceleration Upon a Qualifying Termination Following a Change in Control . In the event Holder’s Termination of Service without Cause or Holder’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason upon or within 18 months following a Change in Control, then (a) the Option shall be fully vested and exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service, and (b) the Option shall remain exercisablefor a period of 12 months following such Termination of Service (but in no event beyond the date set forth in Section 3.3(a) above).

16.6 Acceleration Upon Death or Disability . If Holder is an Employee, in the event of Holder’s Termination of Service on account of death or Disability, that number of Shares under this Option that would have become fully vested and exercisable over the 12 months following Holder’s Termination of Service under the vesting schedules set forth in the Grant Notice had Holder remained continuously employed by the Company during such period shall immediately become vested and exercisable on the date of Holder’s Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 17.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

17.1 Person Eligible to Exercise . Except as provided in Section 5.1, during the lifetime of the Holder, only Holder may exercise the Option or any portion thereof, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO. After the death of Holder, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3, be exercised by Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

A-3


17.2 Partial Exercise . Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3.

17.3 Manner of Exercise . The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other person or entity designated by the Company) of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3:

(a) An Exercise Notice in writing signed by Holder or any other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator. Such notice shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Grant Notice (or such other form as is prescribed by the Administrator);

(b) The receipt by the Company of full payment for the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, as provided under Section 4.4;

(c) Any other written representations as may be required in the Administrator’s reasonable discretion to evidence compliance with the Securities Act or any other applicable law, rule, or regulation; and

(d) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.

17.4 Method of Payment . Payment of the exercise price and any applicable withholding tax shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Holder, subject to Sections 11.1 and 11.2 of the Plan:

(a) Cash;

(b) Check;

(c) Delivery of a notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised and any applicable withholding tax; provided , that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale;

 

A-4


(d) With the consent of the Administrator, by delivery of a full recourse promissory note on such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Administrator;

(e) With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of vested shares of Common Stock owned by Holder that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised and any applicable withholding tax;

(f) With the consent of the Administrator, surrendered shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised and any applicable withholding tax; or

(g) With the consent of the Administrator, property of any kind that constitutes good and valuable consideration.

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Holder is a Director or “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act, he or she shall not be permitted to make payment pursuant to this Section 4.4, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company, in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

17.5 Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates . The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(a) The admission of such shares of Common Stock to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Common Stock is then listed;

(b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares of Common Stock under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall deem necessary or advisable;

(c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine to be necessary or advisable;

(d) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience; and

(e) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares of Common Stock, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, as provided under Section 4.4.

17.6 Rights as Stockholder . The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any shares of Common Stock

 

A-5


purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such shares of Common Stock shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) and, once issued, such shares of Common Stock shall be freely tradeable and non-forfeitable. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the shares of Common Stock are issued, except as provided in Article 13 of the Plan.

ARTICLE 18.

OTHER PROVISIONS

18.1 Option Generally Not Transferable .

(a) Subject to Section 5.1(c), the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until the shares of Common Stock underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares of Common Stock have lapsed. Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Holder or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

(b) Unless transferred to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with Section 5.1(c), during the lifetime of Holder, only Holder may exercise the Option or any portion thereof, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO. After the death of Holder, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3, be exercised by Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, with the consent of the Administrator and to the extent the Option is designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the Option may be transferred to, exercised by and paid to one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 11.3 of the Plan. Subject to such conditions and procedures as the Administrator may require, a Permitted Transferee may exercise the Option or any portion thereof during the Holder’s lifetime.

18.2 Adjustments . The Holder acknowledges that the Option, including the vesting of the Option and the number of Shares subject to the Option, is subject to adjustment in the discretion of the Administrator upon the occurrence of certain events as provided in this Agreement and Article 13 of the Plan.

18.3 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the

 

A-6


address given beneath the signature of the Company’s authorized officer on the Grant Notice, and any notice to be given to Holder shall be addressed to Holder at the address given beneath Holder’s signature on the Grant Notice. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice that is required to be given to Holder shall, if Holder is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option pursuant to Section 4.1 by written notice under this Section 5.3. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

18.4 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

18.5 Governing Law; Severability . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

18.6 Conformity to Securities Laws . Holder acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

18.7 Tax Representations . Holder has reviewed with Holder’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Grant Notice and this Agreement. Holder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Holder understands that Holder (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Holder’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

18.8 Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in Section 5.1, this Agreement shall be binding upon Holder and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

18.9 Notification of Disposition . If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, Holder shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of

 

A-7


any shares of Common Stock acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two years from the Grant Date with respect to such shares of Common Stock or (b) within one year after the transfer of such shares of Common Stock to the Holder. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Holder in such disposition or other transfer.

18.10 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Holder is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

18.11 Amendment, Suspension and Termination . To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board; provided , that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall impair any rights or obligations under this Agreement in any material way without the prior written consent of Holder.

 

A-8


EXHIBIT B

TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

Effective as of today,                  , 20          the undersigned ( Holder ”) hereby elects to exercise Holder’s option to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the ChemoCentryx, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement dated                  , 20          , (the “ Option Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

Grant Date:

  
  

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock as to

  
  

 

which Option is Exercised:

  

Exercise Price per Share of Common Stock:

  

$                                                                  

Total Exercise Price:

  

$                                                                  

Certificate to be issued in name of:

  
  

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

  

$                      (Representing the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax)

 

Type of Option:

 

¨   Incentive Stock Option

   ¨   Non-Qualified Stock Option   

1. Representations of Holder . Holder acknowledges that Holder has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement. Holder agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

2. Rights as Stockholder . Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Article 13 of the Plan. The Shares shall be freely tradeable and non-forfeitable.

3. Tax Consultation . Holder understands that Holder may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Holder’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Holder represents that Holder has consulted with any tax consultants Holder deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Holder is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.


4. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Holder and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

5. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Holder or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and on Holder.

6. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

7. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 5.3 of the Option Agreement.

8. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

ACCEPTED BY:

   

SUBMITTED BY:

 

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

   

 

HOLDER

By:

       

By:

   

Print Name:

       

Print Name:

   

Title:

         

850 Maude Avenue

   

Address:

   

Mountain View, CA 94043

     

 

10

Exhibit 10.4

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

2012 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE 1.

PURPOSE

The purposes of this ChemoCentryx, Inc. 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) are to assist Eligible Employees of ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company pursuant to a plan which is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code, and to help Eligible Employees provide for their future security and to encourage them to remain in the employment of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates. Masculine, feminine and neuter pronouns are used interchangeably and each comprehends the others.

2.1 “ Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 11. The term “Administrator” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan generally as provided in Article 11.

2.2 “ Applicable Law ” shall mean any applicable law, including without limitation; (i) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (ii) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (iii) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

2.3 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4 “ Change in Control ” shall mean and include each of the following:

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a


person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.4(a) or 2.4(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i) that results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

(d) The Company’s stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

The Administrator shall have full and final authority to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

2.5 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.6 “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board, appointed as provided in Section 11.1.

2.7 “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Common Stock pursuant to Article 8.

2.8 “ Company ” shall mean ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2.9 “ Compensation ” of an Eligible Employee shall mean the gross base compensation received by such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, excluding overtime payments, sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments.

2.10 “ Designated Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 11.3(b).

 

2


2.11 “ Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 10.

2.12 “ Eligible Employee ” shall mean an Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary : (a) who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Stock or other stock of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code); (b) whose customary employment is for more than twenty hours per week; and (c) whose customary employment is for more than five months in any calendar year. For purposes of the foregoing, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee; provided , however , that the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that an Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period if: (i) such Employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code; and/or (ii) such Employee has not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two years), and/or (iii) such Employee is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase Stock under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of an option to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , further , that any exclusion in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all employees of the Company and all Designated Subsidiaries, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e). For purposes of clause (a) above, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee.

2.13 “ Employee ” shall mean any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary. “Employee” shall not include any director of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who does not render services to the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three (3)-month period.

2.14 “ Enrollment Date ” shall mean the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

2.15 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

2.16 “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of a Share on the date determined as follows (unless an alternative definition is approved by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, in which case such definition shall apply to such Award):

(a) If the Common Stock is listed on any (i) established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) national market system or (iii) automated quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed, quoted or traded, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such

 

3


exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(b) If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(c) If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith, as of any given date, the fair market value of a Share on the date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established from time to time by the Administrator.

2.17 “ Offering Document ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

2.18 “ Offering Period ” shall mean each Offering Period designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document pursuant to Section 4.1.

2.19 “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2.20 “ Participant ” shall mean any Eligible Employee who has executed a subscription agreement and been granted rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to the Plan.

2.21 “ Plan ” shall mean this ChemoCentryx, Inc. 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

2.22 “ Purchase Date ” shall mean the last Trading Day of each Offering Period.

2.23 “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the purchase price designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided , however , that, in the event no purchase price is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower; provided , further , that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article 8; provided , further , that the Purchase Price shall not be less than the par value of a Share.

2.24 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

2.25 “ Share ” shall mean a share of Common Stock.

2.26 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total

 

4


combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain; provided , however, that a limited liability company or partnership may be treated as a Subsidiary to the extent either (a) such entity is treated as a disregarded entity under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) by reason of the Company or any other Subsidiary that is a corporation being the sole owner of such entity, or (b) such entity elects to be classified as a corporation under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) and such entity would otherwise qualify as a Subsidiary.

2.25 “ Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which national stock exchanges are open for trading.

ARTICLE 3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares . Subject to Article 8, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be 300,000 1 shares. In addition to the foregoing, subject to Article 8, commencing on the first January 1 following the Effective Date, and on each January 1 thereafter during the initial 10-year term of the Plan, the number of Shares that shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be increased by that number of Shares equal to the least of (a) 1% of the Company’s outstanding shares on such date, (b) 300,000 1 shares, or (c) a lesser amount determined by the Board. If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Common Stock not purchased under such right shall again become available for the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 3,300,000 1 shares, subject to Article 8.

3.2 Stock Distributed . Any Common Stock distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.

ARTICLE 4.

OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES

4.1 Offering Periods . The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Common Stock of the Company under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “ Offering Period ”) selected by the Administrator commencing on such dates (each, an “ Enrollment Date ”) selected by the Administrator. The terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “ Offering Document ” adopted by the Administrator, which Offering Document shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan and shall be attached hereto as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offering Periods under the Plan need not be identical.

4.2 Offering Documents . Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):

(a) the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven months;

 

 

1  

Note that the share numbers reflected in this Plan give effect to the 1:2 reverse stock split that will be implemented in connection with the initial public offering of the Company.

 

5


(b) the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 20,000 2 shares;

(c) such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.

ARTICLE 5.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

5.1 Eligibility . Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the day immediately preceding a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article 5 and the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

5.2 Enrollment in Plan .

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 5.8 or in an Offering Document, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company by such time prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document) designated by the Administrator and in such form as the Administrator provides.

(b) Each such agreement shall designate a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such Eligible Employee on each payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan. An Eligible Employee may designate any whole percentage of Compensation that is not less than 1% and not more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which percentage shall be 15% in the absence of any such designation) as payroll deductions. The payroll deductions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company.

(c) A Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of Compensation designated in his or her subscription agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 5.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, at any time during an Offering Period; provided , however , that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period in the applicable Offering Document (and in the absence of any specific designation by the Administrator, a Participant shall be allowed two changes to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period). Any such change or suspension of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period following five business days after the Company’s receipt of the new subscription agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). In the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall be applied to the purchase of Shares on the next occurring Purchase Date and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article 7.

 

 

2  

Note that the share numbers reflected in this Plan give effect to the 1:2 reverse stock split that will be implemented in connection with the initial public offering of the Company.

 

6


(d) Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period.

5.3 Payroll Deductions . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Offering Document, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll in the Offering Period to which his or her authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article 8.

5.4 Effect of Enrollment . A Participant’s completion of a subscription agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new subscription agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article 7 or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.

5.5 Limitation on Purchase of Common Stock . An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Plan only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of fair market value of such stock (determined as of the first day of the Offering Period during which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

5.6 Decrease or Suspension of Payroll Deductions . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be suspended by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares by reason of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

5.7 Foreign Employees . In order to facilitate participation in the Plan, the Administrator may provide for such special terms applicable to Participants who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction, or who are employed by a Designated Subsidiary outside of the United States, as the Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Such special terms may not be more favorable than the terms of rights granted under the Plan to Eligible Employees who are residents of the United States. Moreover, the Administrator may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of, this Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of this Plan as in effect for any other purpose. No such special terms, supplements, amendments or restatements shall include any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as then in effect unless this Plan could have been amended to eliminate such inconsistency without further approval by the stockholders of the Company.

5.8 Leave of Absence . During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) under the Code, a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on his or her normal payday equal to his or her authorized payroll deduction.

ARTICLE 6.

 

7


GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

6.1 Grant of Rights . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of Shares specified under Section 4.2(b), subject to the limits in Section 5.5, and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price. The right shall expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

6.2 Exercise of Rights . On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any other additional payments specifically provided for in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole Shares of the Company, up to the maximum number of shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. Any cash in lieu of fractional Shares remaining after the purchase of whole Shares upon exercise of a purchase right will be credited to a Participant’s account and carried forward and applied toward the purchase of whole Shares for the next following Offering Period. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator may determine and may be issued in certificated form or issued pursuant to book-entry procedures.

6.3 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares . If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (a) the number of Shares that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (b) the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants for whom rights to purchase Common Stock are to be exercised pursuant to this Article 6 on such Purchase Date, and shall either (a) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (b) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article 9. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

6.4 Withholding . At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Common Stock. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Participant.

6.5 Conditions to Issuance of Common Stock . The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for, or make any book entries evidencing, Shares purchased upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

8


(a) The admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Common Stock is then listed; and

(b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; and

(c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and

(d) The payment to the Company of all amounts that it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and

(e) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

ARTICLE 7.

WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR ELIGIBILITY

7.1 Withdrawal . A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Administrator no later than one week prior to the end of the Offering Period. All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account during an Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the next Offering Period unless the Participant delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

7.2 Future Participation . A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in subsequent Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

7.3 Cessation of Eligibility . Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article 7 and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 12.4, as soon as reasonably practicable, and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated.

ARTICLE 8.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK

8.1 Changes in Capitalization . Subject to Section 8.3, in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization,

 

9


distribution of Company assets to stockholders (other than normal cash dividends), or any other corporate event affecting the Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock, the Administrator may make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 4.2 on the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased); (b) the class(es) and number of shares and price per Share subject to outstanding rights; and (c) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

8.2 Other Adjustments . Subject to Section 8.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in Applicable Law, and whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions:

(a) To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

(b) To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; and

(c) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights that may be granted in the future;

(d) To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Common Stock prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) terminated; and

(e) To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.

8.3 No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances . No adjustment or action described in this Article 8 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

8.4 No Other Rights . Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall

 

10


affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

9.1 Amendment, Modification and Termination . The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided , however , that approval by a vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote shall be required to amend the Plan to: (a) increase the aggregate number, or change the type, of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 3.1 (other than an adjustment as provided by Article 8); (b) change the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees may be granted rights under the Plan; or (c) change the Plan in any manner that would cause the Plan to no longer be an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code.

9.2 Certain Changes to Plan . Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code, the Administrator shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

9.3 Actions In the Event of Unfavorable Financial Accounting Consequences . In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(a) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(b) shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and

(c) allocating Shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

9.4 Payments Upon Termination of Plan . Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon.

 

11


ARTICLE 10.

TERM OF PLAN

The Plan shall be effective on the business day immediately preceding the date on which the Registration Statement filed with respect to the Plan becomes effective (the “ Effective Date ”). The effectiveness of the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within twelve months following the date the Plan is first approved by the Board. No right may be granted under the Plan prior to such stockholder approval. The Plan shall be in effect until the tenth anniversary of the date this Plan is first approved by the Board, unless sooner terminated under Article 9. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

ARTICLE 11.

ADMINISTRATION

11.1 Administrator . The Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan) (such committee, the “ Committee ”), which Committee shall consist solely of two or more members of the Board each of whom is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 which has been adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act and which Committee is otherwise constituted to comply with Applicable Law. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and vest in the Board the administration of the Plan.

11.2 Action by the Administrator . A majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and, subject to Applicable Law and the Bylaws of the Company, acts approved in writing by a majority of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

11.3 Authority of Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(a) To determine when and how rights to purchase Common Stock shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).

(b) To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(c) To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(d) To amend the Plan as provided in Article 9.

 

12


(e) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

11.4 Decisions Binding . The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any subscription agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

ARTICLE 12.

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 Restriction upon Assignment . A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 12.4 hereof, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.

12.2 Rights as a Stockholder . With respect to Shares subject to a right granted under the Plan, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company, and the Participant shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such shares have been issued to the Participant or his or her nominee following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

12.3 Interest . No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or lump sum contributions of a Participant under the Plan.

12.4 Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) A Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the Participant’s rights are exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

13


12.5 Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

12.6 Equal Rights and Privileges . Subject to Section 5.7, all Eligible Employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary will have equal rights and privileges under this Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Subject to Section 5.7, any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code.

12.7 Use of Funds . All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

12.8 Reports . Statements of account shall be given to participating Employees at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

12.9 No Employment Rights . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or to affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.

12.10 Notice of Disposition of Shares . Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of stock purchased upon exercise of a right under the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period in which the shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

12.11 Governing Law . The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

12.12 Electronic Forms . To the extent permitted by applicable state law and in the discretion of the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may submit any form or notice as set forth herein by means of an electronic form approved by the Administrator. Before the commencement of an Offering Period, the Administrator shall prescribe the time limits within which any such electronic form shall be submitted to the Administrator with respect to such Offering Period in order to be a valid election.

 

14


* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of ChemoCentryx, Inc. on                                   , 201         .

* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of ChemoCentryx, Inc. on                                   , 201__.

Executed on this              day of                                   , 201__.

 

   
Corporate Secretary

 

15

Exhibit 10.5

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.

INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the ChemoCentryx, Inc. Incentive Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of ChemoCentryx, Inc. (the “ Company ”). The Plan is intended to enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract, retain, motivate and reward the best qualified executive officers and key employees by providing them with the opportunity to earn competitive compensation directly linked to the Company’s performance. This Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below).

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates. Masculine, feminine and neuter pronouns are used interchangeably and each comprehends the others.

2.1 “ Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

2.2 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.3 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.4 “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee or subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee as the Board or Compensation Committee shall designate from time to time.

2.5 “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

2.6 “ Effective Date ” shall mean the day prior to the Public Trading Date.

2.7 “ Equity Incentive Plan ” shall mean the ChemoCentryx, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time.


2.8 “ Participant ” shall mean (a) each executive officer of the Company and (b) each other employee of the Company or a Subsidiary whom the Committee designates as a participant under the Plan.

2.9 “ Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Committee selects for an award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, if any, which criteria may include: net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); gross or net sales or revenue; net income (either before or after taxes); adjusted net income; operating earnings; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); return on assets; return on capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; gross or net profit or operating margin; operating or other costs and expenses; improvements in expense levels; working capital; earnings per share; adjusted earnings per share; price per share of Common Stock; regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; implementation or completion of critical projects; market share; economic value; comparisons with various stock market indices; capital raised in financing transactions or other financing milestones; stockholders’ equity; market recognition (including but not limited to awards and analyst ratings); financial ratios; and implementation, completion or attainment of objectively determinable objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide that one or more adjustments shall be made to one or more of the Performance Goals. Such adjustments may include one or more of the following: items related to a change in accounting principle; items relating to financing activities; expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; other non-operating items; items related to acquisitions; items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period; items related to the disposal of a business or segment of a business; items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; any other items of significant income or expense that are determined to be appropriate adjustments; items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments; items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; items related to acquired in-process research and development; items relating to changes in tax laws; items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; items relating to asset impairment charges; items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; or items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in applicable law, accounting principles or business conditions.

2.10 “ Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Committee for the Performance Period. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business unit, or an individual. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the

 

2


achievement of each Performance Goal shall be determined, to the extent applicable, with reference to Applicable Accounting Standards.

2.11 “ Performance Period ” shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s right to, and the payment of, an award under this Plan.

2.12 “ Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

2.13 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

ARTICLE 3.

AWARDS

3.1 Establishing Performance Goals . The Committee may establish the Performance Goals that must be satisfied in order for a Participant to receive an award for a Performance Period or may make discretionary payments under the Plan. Performance Goals may be based upon the Performance Criteria or such other criteria as the Committee may determine, if any.

3.2 Maximum Amount Payable . The maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid to any one Participant during any fiscal year of the Company under the Plan with respect to one or more awards payable in cash shall be $5,000,000.

3.3 Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, if a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason prior to the date on which the award is paid hereunder, such Participants shall forfeit all rights to any and all awards that have not yet been paid under the Plan.

3.4 Discretion . Notwithstanding anything else contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the right, in its absolute discretion, (a) to increase, reduce or eliminate the amount otherwise payable to any Participant under the Plan based on individual performance or conduct or any other factors that the Committee, in its discretion, shall deem appropriate and (b) to establish rules or procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to each Participant to an amount that is less than the maximum amount otherwise authorized under Section 3.2.

 

3


3.5 Form of Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the right, in its discretion, to grant any award in cash, in shares of the Company’s Common Stock under the Equity Incentive Plan, in other awards under the Equity Incentive Plan or in any combination thereof, based on individual performance or any other criteria that the Committee deems appropriate. For the avoidance of doubt, awards paid other than in cash shall not be subject to the limitation set forth in Section 3.2.

ARTICLE 4.

PAYMENT

Payment of any award amount from the Plan shall be made to each Participant as soon as practicable after the Committee determines the amount of any such award amount, which payment shall be made no later than the time period required for the award amount to be considered a “short term deferral” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”), unless such award amount is intended as deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A. The Committee shall determine whether any bonus payable under the Plan is payable in cash, in shares of Common Stock (including, but not limited to, restricted common stock or restricted stock units) or other awards under the Equity Incentive Plan, or in any combination thereof. The Committee shall have the right to impose whatever conditions it deems appropriate with respect to the award of shares of Common Stock or other awards, including conditioning the vesting of such shares or other awards on the performance of additional service.

ARTICLE 5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Administration . The Committee shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall establish the Performance Goals for any fiscal year or other Performance Period determined by the Committee in accordance with Article 3 and determine whether such Performance Goals have been obtained. The Committee may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan. Any authority exercised by the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised by the Committee in its sole discretion. Determinations, interpretations or other actions made or taken by the Committee under the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.

5.2 Delegation by the Committee . All of the powers, duties and responsibilities of the Committee specified in this Plan may be exercised and performed by the Committee or any duly constituted committee thereof to the extent authorized by the Committee to exercise and perform such powers, duties and responsibilities, and any determination, interpretation or other action taken by such committee shall have the same effect hereunder as if made or taken by the Committee.

 

4


5.3 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the power to withhold, or to require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy all U.S. federal, state, local and any non-U.S. withholding tax or other governmental tax, charge or fee requirements in respect of any payment under the Plan.

5.4 No Guarantee of Employment . Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time, or confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or retention of the Company.

5.5 Unfunded Plan; Plan Not Subject to ERISA . The Plan is an unfunded plan and Participants shall have the status of unsecured creditors of the Company. The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income and Security Act of 1974, as amended.

5.6 Freedom of Action . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed as limiting or preventing the Company or any of its affiliates from taking any action that it deems appropriate or in its best interest (as determined in its sole and absolute discretion) and no Participant (or person claiming by or through a Participant) shall have any right relating to the diminishment in the value of any award or any associated return as a result of any such action. The foregoing shall not constitute a waiver by a Participant of the terms and provisions of the Plan.

5.7 Forfeiture of Award Amounts .

(a) Forfeiture for Financial Reporting Misconduct . If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance by the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, (x) with respect to any Participant who either knowingly or grossly negligently engaged in the misconduct or knowingly or grossly negligently failed to prevent the misconduct as determined by the Committee or is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, such Participant shall forfeit and disgorge to the Company any award amounts (A) received during the 12-month period following the filing of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement or (B) earned based on the materially non-complying financial reporting, and (y) with respect to any Participant who is a current or former executive officer of the Company (as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) who received incentive compensation under the Plan during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare such accounting restatement, based on erroneous data, in excess of what would have been awarded or paid to such Participant under such accounting restatement, such Participant shall forfeit and disgorge to the Company such excess incentive compensation.

(b) Forfeiture under Applicable Laws or Regulations . In addition to forfeiture for the reasons specified in subsection (a) of this Section 5.7, the Participant shall forfeit and disgorge to the Company any award amounts to the extent required by applicable law or regulations in effect on or after the Effective Date.

5.8 Amendment or Alteration . The Board or the Committee may at any time amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan.

 

5


5.9 Severability . The holding of any provision of this Plan to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall not affect any other provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect.

5.10 Assignment . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.10, this Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns. Neither this Plan nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable by the Participant, his beneficiaries, or legal representatives; provided that nothing in this Section 5.10 shall preclude the Participant from designating a beneficiary to receive any benefit payable hereunder upon his death, or the executors, administrators or other legal representatives of the Participant or his estate from assigning any rights hereunder to the person or persons entitled thereunto. This Plan shall be assignable by the Company to a Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company; to any corporation, partnership or other entity that may be organized by the Company, its general partners or its Participants as a separate business unit in connection with the business activities of the Company or Participants; or to any corporation, partnership or other entity resulting from the reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, partnership or other entity, or any corporation, partnership, or other entity to or with which all or any portion of the Company’s business or assets may be sold, exchanged or transferred.

5.11 No Attachment . Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Plan shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.

5.12 Headings . The Section headings appearing in this Plan are used for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered a part of this Plan or in any way modify, amend, or affect the meaning of any of its provisions.

5.13 Rules of Construction . Whenever the context so requires, the use of the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine and vice versa, and the use of the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa. The fact that this Plan was drafted by the Company shall not be taken into account in interpreting or construing any provision of this Plan.

5.14 Governing Law . This Plan and its enforcement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

6


* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of ChemoCentryx, Inc. on                               , 201__.

* * * * *

Executed on this              day of                      , 201__.

 

 
Corporate Secretary

 

7

Exhibit 10.18

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                  , 20          by and between ChemoCentryx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS , this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS , Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve


in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, to continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as an officer, director or key employee of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation.

2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board of Directors . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals, who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a

 

2


response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

(c) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise (as defined below) which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

(f) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding (as defined below). Expenses also shall include expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(h) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(i) “ Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided , however , that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(j) The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (formal or informal), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative

 

3


nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken (or failure to act) by him or her or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(k) References to “ other enterprise ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that any court in which the Proceeding was brought or the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all

 

4


Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, the Company also shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with a claim, issue or matter related to any claim, issue or matter on which Indemnitee was successful. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

7. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4 or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnity shall be made under this Section 7(a) on account of Indemnitee’s conduct which constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders or is an act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

(b) For purposes of Section 7(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

8. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been received by or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount actually received under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; [ FOR DIRECTORS AFFILIATED WITH A VC FUND ONLY: provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 14(c) below;]

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

5


(c) except as otherwise provided in Sections 13(d)-(f) hereof, prior to a Change in Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

9. Advances of Expenses; Defense of Claim.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances solely upon the execution and delivery to the Company of an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 9(a) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 8.

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(c) The Company shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

10. Procedure for Notification and Application for Indemnification.

(a) Within sixty (60) days after the actual receipt by Indemnitee of notice that he or she is a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written notice identifying the Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee (i) otherwise than under this Agreement and (ii) under this Agreement unless and only to the extent that the Company can establish that such omission to notify resulted in actual prejudice to the Company.

(b) Indemnitee shall thereafter deliver to the Company a written application to indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with this Agreement. Such application(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Following such a written application for indemnification by Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement.

11. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(b), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if constituting less than a quorum of the Board; or (ii) if so requested by Indemnitee, in his or her sole discretion, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered

 

6


to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and the basis for the Board determination that such counsel qualified as Independent Counsel. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction (the “ Court ”) for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

12. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(b) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or

 

7


entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by the Board or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by the Board or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 60-day period shall be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 12(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent, advisor or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

13. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement within the time period specified in Section 12(b) of this Agreement, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6, 7 or the last sentence of Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or

 

8


Section 4 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or arbitration on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 13, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 9 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 13, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advances of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect or (ii) recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

9


14. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; [ FOR DIRECTORS AFFILIATED WITH A VC FUND ONLY : Primacy of Indemnification;] Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the Company’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. The parties hereto intend that, to the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s bylaws and this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managing members, fiduciaries, employees or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) [ FOR DIRECTORS AFFILIATED WITH A VC FUND ONLY: The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [ INSERT NAME OF VC ENTITY ] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of

 

10


recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 14(c).]

[(d)] [ FOR DIRECTORS AFFILIATED WITH A VC FUND ONLY: Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [i]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [ FOR DIRECTORS AFFILIATED WITH A VC FUND ONLY : (other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

[(e)] [ FOR DIRECTORS AFFILIATED WITH A VC FUND ONLY: Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [t]he Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

[(f)] [ FOR DIRECTORS AFFILIATED WITH A VC FUND ONLY: Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [t]he Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such Enterprise.

15. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company; or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 13 Proceeding).

16. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

17. Enforcement and Binding Effect .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

11


(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to Indemnitee’s service as an officer, director or key employee of the Company prior to the date of this Agreement.

(d) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

18. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

19. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, except as provided in Section 10(a).

20. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and if receipt is acknowledged in writing by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to:

ChemoCentryx, Inc.

850 Maude Avenue

Mountain View, California 94043

Attn.: Chief Financial Officer

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee in writing by the Company.

21. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect: (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the

 

12


event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not a resident of the State of Delaware, irrevocably The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (v) waive and agree not to plead or to make any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

23. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

24. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CHEMOCENTRYX, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  

INDEMNITEE

  

By:

               

Name:

          

[NAME]

    

Title:

               
             
        

Address:

      
                 
                 

 

14

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated October 14, 2011 (except for Note 15, as to which the date is January 19, 2012), in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1/A No. 333-177332) and related Prospectus of ChemoCentryx, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

January 19, 2012